2019 Nissan Rogue Sport | Owner's Manual and Maintenance Information

2019 ROGUE SPORT OWNER’S MANUAL and MAINTENANCE INFORMATION

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle. CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING Foreword

This manual was prepared to help you READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELY WARNING understand the operation and mainte- Before driving your vehicle, read your nance of your vehicle so that you may Owner’s Manual carefully. This will ensure enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. familiarity with controls and maintenance Operating, servicing and main- Please read through this manual before requirements, assisting you in the safe taining a passenger vehicle or operating your vehicle. operation of your vehicle. off-highway motor vehicle can A separate Warranty Information Book- let explains details about the warranties expose you to chemicals in- covering your vehicle. Additionally, a WARNING cluding engine exhaust, carbon separate Customer Care/Lemon Law monoxide, phthalates, and Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION resolve any concerns you may have REMINDERS! lead, which are known to the with your vehicle, as well as clarify your Follow these important driving rules State of California to cause rights under your state’s lemon law. to help ensure a safe and comforta- cancer and birth defects or In addition to factory installed options, ble trip for you and your passengers! your vehicle may also be equipped with other reproductive harm. To . NEVER drive under the influence additional accessories installed by NISSAN of alcohol or drugs. or by your NISSAN dealer prior to delivery. minimize exposure, avoid . It is important that you familiarize your- ALWAYS observe posted speed breathing exhaust, do not idle self with all disclosures, warnings, cau- limits and never drive too fast the engine except as neces- tions and instructions concerning proper for conditions. sary, service your vehicle in a use of such accessories prior to operating . ALWAYS give your full attention to the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recom- driving and avoid using vehicle well-ventilated area and wear mended you see a NISSAN dealer for features or taking other actions gloves or wash your hands details concerning the particular acces- that could distract you. frequently when servicing your sories with which your vehicle is . ALWAYS use your seat belts and equipped. appropriate child restraint sys- vehicle. For more information Your NISSAN dealer knows your vehicle tems. Pre-teen children should go to www.P65Warnings.ca. best. When you require any service or be seated in the rear seat. gov/passenger-vehicle. have any questions, we will be glad to . ALWAYS provide information assist you with the extensive resources about the proper use of vehicle available to us. safety features to all occupants MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHI- WHEN READING THE MANUAL of the vehicle. CLE This manual includes information for all . ALWAYS review this Owner’s Man- features and equipment available on ual for important safety informa- This vehicle should not be modified. this model. Features and equipment in tion. Modification could affect its perfor- your vehicle may vary depending on mance, safety or durability, and may model, trim level, options selected, or- even violate governmental regula- der, date of production, region or avail- On-pavement and off-road tions. In addition, damage or perfor- ability. Therefore, you may find driving mance problems resulting from information about features or equip- modification may not be covered un- ment that are not included or installed This vehicle will handle and maneuver der NISSAN warranties. on your vehicle. differently from an ordinary passenger car because it has a higher center of All information, specifications and illustra- gravity. As with other vehicles with tions in this manual are those in effect at features of this type, failure to operate WARNING the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the this vehicle correctly may result in loss right to change specifications, perfor- of control or an accident. Be sure to Installing an aftermarket On-Board mance, design or component suppliers read “Avoiding collision and rollover” Diagnostic (OBD) plug-in device that without notice and without obligation. and “Driving safety precautions” in the uses the port during normal driving, From time to time, NISSAN may update “5. Starting and driving” section of this for example remote insurance com- or revise this manual to provide Owners manual. pany monitoring, remote vehicle di- with the most accurate information cur- agnostics, telematics or engine rently available. Please carefully read and reprogramming, may cause interfer- retain with this manual all revision up- ence or damage to vehicle systems. dates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure We do not recommend or endorse you have access to accurate and up-to- the use of any aftermarket OBD date information regarding your vehicle. plug-in devices, unless specifically Current versions of vehicle Owner’s Man- approved by NISSAN. The vehicle uals and any updates can also be found in warranty may not cover damage the Owner section of the NISSAN website caused by any aftermarket plug-in at https://owners.nissanusa.com/now- device. ners/navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner’s Manual, contact NISSAN Consumer Affairs. See the NISSAN those above call attention to an item in CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM page in this the illustration. Owner’s Manual for contact information. CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVI- IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT SORY THIS MANUAL Some vehicle parts, such as lithium You will see various symbols in this batteries, may contain perchlorate ma- manual. They are used in the following terial. The following advisory is pro- ways: vided: “Perchlorate Material - special handling may apply, see www.dtsc.ca. WARNING gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.” © 2018 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD. This is used to indicate the presence All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual may be reproduced or stored in a of a hazard that could cause death or SIC0697 serious personal injury. To avoid or retrieval system, or transmitted in any reduce the risk, the procedures must If you see the symbol above, it means “Do form, or by any means, electronic, me- be followed precisely. not do this” or “Do not let this happen”. chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, without the prior written per- mission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

CAUTION If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow This is used to indicate the presence points to the front of the vehicle. of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or Arrows in an illustration that are similar to reduce the risk, the procedures must those above indicate movement or ac- be followed carefully. tion.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your You can write to NISSAN with the infor- If you prefer, visit us at: NISSAN dealer cannot assist you with or mation at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) you would like to provide NISSAN directly For U.S. customers or with comments or questions, please con- Nissan North America, Inc. www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers) tact the NISSAN Consumer Affairs Depart- Consumer Affairs Department ment using our toll-free number: P.O. Box 685003 We appreciate your interest in NISSAN For U.S. customers Franklin, TN 37068-5003 and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN 1-800-NISSAN-1 or via e-mail at: vehicle. (1-800-647-7261) nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa. For Canadian customers com 1-800-387-0122 For Canadian customers The Consumer Affairs Department will Nissan Canada Inc. ask for the following information: 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 . Your name, address, and telephone or via e-mail at: number . information.centre@nissancana- Vehicle identification number (at- da.com tached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver’s side) . Date of purchase . Current odometer reading . Your NISSAN dealer’s name . Your comments or questions OR

Table of Illustrated table of contents 0 Contents Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1 Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4 Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Do-it-yourself 8

Maintenance and schedules 9

Technical and consumer information 10

Index 11

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint Instrument panel ...... 0-8 System (SRS)...... 0-2 Meters and gauges ...... 0-9 Exterior front ...... 0-3 Engine compartment ...... 0-10 Exterior rear ...... 0-4 MR20DD engine model ...... 0-10 Passenger compartment ...... 0-5 Warning and indicator lights ...... 0-11 Cockpit ...... 0-6 SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

11. Child restraint anchor point (for top tether strap) (P.1-36)

JVC1140X

1. Supplemental front-impact air bags 6. Front seats (P.1-3) (P.1-40) 7. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- 2. Occupant classification sensors (weight mental air bags (P.1-40) sensors) (P.1-40) 8. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-57) 3. Seat belts (P.1-11) 9. Rear seats (P.1-6) 4. Head restraints (P.1-7) — Child restraints (P.1-20) 5. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and 10. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for rollover supplemental air bags (P.1-40) CHildren) system (for rear seats) (P.1-22) 0-2 Illustrated table of contents EXTERIOR FRONT

— Flat tire (P.6-3) — Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (P.2-13, P.5-5) 11. Outside mirrors (P.3-33) 12. Side view camera* (P.4-10) 13. Doors — Keys (P.3-2) — Door locks (P.3-5) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-8) — Security system (P.2-42) — Remote engine start* (P.3-23) *: if so equipped

JVC1065X

1. Hood (P.3-25) 5. Power windows (P.2-68) 2. Windshield wiper and washer 6. Side turn signal light* (P.2-53) — Switch operation (P.2-45) 7. Front view camera* (P.4-10) — Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 8. Fog lights* (P.2-54) 3. Front camera* (P.5-35, P.5-40, P.5-86, 9. Headlights and turn signal lights (P.2-48) P.5-122) 10. Tires 4. Moonroof* (P.2-71) — Wheels and tires (P.8-29, P.10-7)

Illustrated table of contents 0-3 EXTERIOR REAR

8. Rear combination light (P.8-25) 9. Fuel-filler door (P.3-28) — Fuel information (P.10-3) 10. Child safety rear door locks (P.3-7) *: if so equipped

WAA0053X

1. Rear window defroster (P.2-47) 6. Rear sonar 2. Rear window wiper and washer — Rear sonar system (RSS)* (P.5-152) — Switch operation (P.2-46) — Rear automatic braking (RAB)* (P.5-132) — Window washer fluid (P.8-10) 7. Liftgate (P.3-26) 3. High-mounted stop light (P.8-25) — Intelligent Key system* (P.3-11) 4. Antenna (P.4-33) — Remote keyless entry system* (P.3-8) 5. Roof rack* (P.2-67) — Rear view camera* (P.4-2, P.4-10)

0-4 Illustrated table of contents PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

— Power door lock switch (P.3-7) — Outside rearview mirror remote control switch (Driver’s side) (P.3-33) 10. Front cup holders (P.2-62) 11. Heated seat switch* (P.2-55) 12. Console box (P.2-64) — Power outlet (P.2-60) — USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector (P.2-61) 13. Cargo area — Storage (P.2-62) — Luggage hooks (P.2-65) — Parcel shelf (P.2-66) — Spare tire (P.6-3) — Cargo light (P.2-75) *: if so equipped **: Refer to the separate NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

JVC1067X

1. Inside mirror (P.3-32) 5. SOS button** — HomeLink® Universal Transceiver* 6. Sun visors (P.3-31) (P.2-76) 7. Room light (P.2-74) 2. Sunglasses holder (P.2-64) 8. Rear armrest* (P.1-7) 3. Map lights (P.2-73) — Rear cup holders (P.2-62) — Microphone** 9. Door armrest 4. Moonroof switch* (P.2-71) — Power window switch (P.2-68)

Illustrated table of contents 0-5 COCKPIT

5. Steering wheel (P.3-30) — Horn (P.2-54) 6. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-45) 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch (P.6-2) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right side) — Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)* (P.5-40) — Cruise control switches* (P.5-64) — Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system* (P.5-66) — ProPILOT assist* (P.5-86) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- tem** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) (P.5-20) — Manual Transmission (MT) (P.5-25) 10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch (P.2-57) 11. Heated steering wheel switch* (P.2-54) WAA0056X 12. Parking brake (Pedal type) (P.5-27) 1. Instrument brightness control (P.2-9) 4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* (P.2-58) 2. TRIP RESET switch (P.2-6) side) 14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro- 3. Headlight and turn signal switch (P.2-48)/ — Audio control** PILOT assist) (P.2-57, P.5-86) or Dynamic Fog light switch* (P.2-54) — Vehicle information display control driver assistance switch* (models without (P.2-20) ProPILOT assist) (P.2-56, P.5-40) 15. ECO switch (P.5-32)

0-6 Illustrated table of contents 16. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) (P.5-14) 17. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent Key system) (P.5-12) 18. Parking brake (Switch type) (P.5-27) 19. Automatic brake hold switch* (P.5-29) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

Illustrated table of contents 0-7 INSTRUMENT PANEL

9. Steering wheel lock lever (P.3-30) 10. Driver’s front-impact air bag (P.1-40)/Horn (P.2-54) 11. Heater/air conditioner control (P.4-26) 12. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection port** 13. Power outlet (P.2-60) 14. Defroster switch (P.2-47) 15. Glove box (P.2-64) *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

JVC1090X

1. Side ventilator (P.4-25) — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 2. Meters and gauges (P.2-5)/Clock (P.2-41) tem** 3. Center ventilator (P.4-25) 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag (P.1-40) 4. Audio system** or navigation system** 6. Fuse box cover (P.8-20) — RearView Monitor* (P.4-2) 7. Fuel-filler door release handle (P.3-28) — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* (P.4-10) 8. Hood release handle (P.3-25)

0-8 Illustrated table of contents METERS AND GAUGES

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer (P.2-7) 2. Warning/indicator lights (P.2-10) 3. Vehicle information display (P.2-19) — Odometer/twin trip odometer (P.2-6) 4. Speedometer (P.2-6) 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge (P.2-7) 6. Fuel gauge (P.2-8)

Illustrated table of contents 0-9 ENGINE COMPARTMENT

JVC1070X MR20DD ENGINE MODEL 7. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-6) 1. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-5) 8. Battery (P.8-11) 2. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-6) 9. Fuse/fusible link box (P.8-18) 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir (P.8-9) *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model 4. Air cleaner (P.8-15) 5. Window washer fluid reservoir (P.8-10) 6. Drive belt (P.8-13) 0-10 Illustrated table of contents WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Indica- Warning Name Page Name Page tor light light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator light (if so 2-16 Anti-lock Braking System 2-11 (ABS) warning light equipped) Automatic brake hold indi- 2-16 cator light (white) Brake warning light (red) 2-11 Automatic brake hold indi- 2-16 cator light (green)

2-12 Electronic parking brake Charge warning light indicator light (if so 2-16 equipped) Electric power steering 2-12 warning light Exterior light indicator 2-17 Electronic parking brake warning light (yellow) (if so 2-12 Front fog light indicator 2-17 equipped) light (if so equipped) Automatic Emergency High beam assist indicator 2-17 Braking (AEB) system 2-12 light (if so equipped) warning light High beam indicator light 2-17 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning light 2-13 Malfunction Indicator Light 2-17 (if so equipped) (MIL) Low tire pressure warning 2-13 2-18 light Security indicator light Turn signal/hazard indica- Master warning light 2-14 2-18 tor lights Seat belt warning light 2-15 Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-18 (VDC) off indicator light Supplemental air bag 2-15 warning light Vehicle Dynamic Control 2-16 (VDC) warning light

Illustrated table of contents 0-11 MEMO

0-12 Illustrated table of contents 1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats ...... 1-2 Child restraints ...... 1-20 Front seats ...... 1-3 Precautions on child restraints ...... 1-20 Rear seats ...... 1-6 Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren Armrest (if so equipped) ...... 1-7 (LATCH) system ...... 1-22 Head restraints/headrests ...... 1-7 Rear-facing child restraint installation Adjustable head using LATCH ...... 1-25 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-8 Rear-facing child restraint installation Non-adjustable head using the seat belts...... 1-27 restraint/headrest components ...... 1-8 Forward-facing child restraint installation Remove ...... 1-9 using LATCH ...... 1-30 Install...... 1-9 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts...... 1-33 Adjust...... 1-9 Booster seats...... 1-37 Seat belts ...... 1-11 Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ...... 1-40 Precautions on seat belt usage ...... 1-11 Precautions on SRS ...... 1-40 Seat belt warning light ...... 1-13 NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System Pregnant women ...... 1-13 (front seats) ...... 1-46 Injured persons ...... 1-13 Front seat-mounted side-impact Three-point type seat belt with retractor ...... 1-13 supplemental air bag and roof-mounted Seat belt extenders ...... 1-16 curtain side-impact and rollover Seat belt maintenance ...... 1-17 supplemental air bag systems ...... 1-55 Child safety ...... 1-17 Seat belts with pretensioners Infants ...... 1-18 (front seats) ...... 1-57 Small children ...... 1-18 Supplemental air bag warning labels ...... 1-58 Larger children ...... 1-18 Supplemental air bag warning light ...... 1-59 Repair and replacement procedure ...... 1-59 SEATS

. To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets. . Do not adjust the driver’s seat SSS0133 while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The well back and upright in the seat seat may move suddenly and WARNING with both feet on the floor and could cause loss of control of adjust the seat properly. See the vehicle. . Do not ride in a moving vehicle “Precautions on seat belt usage” . The seatback should not be re- when the seatback is reclined. (P.1-11). clined any more than needed for This can be dangerous. The . After adjustment, gently rock in comfort. Seat belts are most ef- shoulder belt will not be against the seat to make sure it is se- fective when the passenger sits your body. In an accident, you curely locked. well back and straight up in the could be thrown into it and re- . seat. If the seatback is reclined, ceive neck or other serious inju- Do not leave children unattended the risk of sliding under the lap ries. You could also slide under inside the vehicle. They could belt and being injured is in- the lap belt and receive serious unknowingly activate switches creased. internal injuries. or controls. Unattended children could become involved in serious . For the most effective protection accidents. when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit 1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/ or damage.

JVR0332X FRONT SEATS The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of Front manual seat adjustment different sizes to help obtain the proper Forward and backward: seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).) 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is 2. Slide the seat to the desired position. parked. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seat in position. Reclining: 1. Pull up the adjusting lever . 2. Tilt the seatback to the desired position. 3. Release the adjusting lever to lock the seatback in position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3 Front power seat adjustment Operating tips: . The power seat motor has an auto- reset overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during the seat adjustment, wait 30 seconds, then reacti- vate the switch. . To avoid discharge of the battery, do not operate the power seats for a long period of time when the engine is not running.

JVR0333X

Seat lifter (if so equipped): Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height until the desired position is achieved.

1-4 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system JVR0334X JVR0119X

Forward and backward: Seat lifter: Move forward or backward the adjusting Move the switch as shown to adjust the switch to the desired position. seat height until the desired position is achieved. Reclining: Move forward or backward the adjusting switch to the desired position. The reclining feature allows the adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes to help obtain the proper seat belt fit. (See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).) The seatback may be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is parked.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5 straints could result in serious injury in an accident or sudden stop. . Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any cargo is on the rear seats. . Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. . When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain SSS1053 JVR0467X they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are Lumbar support: REAR SEATS not completely secured, passen- The lumbar support feature provides low- Folding gers may be injured in an acci- er back support to the driver. dent or sudden stop. 1. Pull up the lever and fold the seatback Push the switch as shown to adjust the flat. seat lumbar area until the desired position is achieved. 2. To return the seats to a seating position, push up on the seatback until it latches in place.

WARNING

. Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the fold-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper re- 1-6 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

WARNING

Head restraint/headrest supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end collisions. Adjustable head restraints/headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or remove the head re- JVR0327X straint/headrest. Do not use the seat JVR0530X Rear seats if the head restraint/headrest has The illustration shows the seating posi- ARMREST (if so equipped) been removed. If the head restraint/ tions equipped with head restraint/head- Pull the armrest down as shown. headrest was removed, reinstall and rest. properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses Indicates the seating position is the seating position. Failure to follow equipped with a head restraint. these instructions can reduce the Indicates the seating position is effectiveness of the head restraint/ equipped with a headrest. headrest. This may increase the risk + Indicates the seating position is not of serious injury or death in a colli- equipped with a head restraint or head- sion. rest. . Your vehicle is equipped with a head restraint/headrest that may be inte- grated, adjustable or non-adjustable. . Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalk to lock them in a desired adjustment Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7 position. . The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame. . Proper Adjustment: — For the adjustable type, align the head restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest. — If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position. SSS0992 JVR0203X . If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is re- ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RE- installed and locked in place before HEADREST COMPONENTS STRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS riding in that designated seating position. 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 1. Removable head restraint/headrest 2. Multiple notches 2. Single notch 3. Lock knob 3. Lock knob 4. Stalks 4. Stalks

1-8 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS1037 SSS1038 SSS0997 REMOVE INSTALL ADJUST Use the following procedure to remove 1. Align the head restraint/headrest For adjustable head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest. stalks with the holes in the seat. Make Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to sure that the head restraint/headrest center is level with the center of your ears. the highest position. is facing the correct direction. The If your ear position is still higher than the stalk with the adjustment notch 2. Push and hold the lock knob. recommended alignment, place the head must be installed in the hole with the restraint/headrest at the highest posi- 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest lock knob . tion. from the seat. 2. Push and hold the lock knob and push 4. Store the head restraint/headrest the head restraint/headrest down. properly in a secure place so it is not 3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ loose in the vehicle. headrest before an occupant uses 5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head the seating position. restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9 JVR0259X SSS0993 SSS0994

For non-adjustable head restraint/ Raise Lower headrest To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull To lower, push and hold the lock knob Make sure the head restraint/headrest is it up. and push the head restraint/headrest positioned so the lock knob is engaged in down. the notch before riding in that designated Make sure the head restraint/headrest is seating position. positioned so the lock knob is engaged in Make sure the head restraint/headrest is the notch before riding in that designated positioned so the lock knob is engaged in seating position. the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

1-10 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SEAT BELTS

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supplemental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat SSS0136 belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

SSS0134

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11 . Be sure the seat belt tongue is WARNING securely fastened to the proper buckle. . Every person who drives or rides . Do not wear the seat belt inside in this vehicle should use a seat out or twisted. Doing so may belt at all times. Children should reduce its effectiveness. be properly restrained in the rear . seat and, if appropriate, in a child Do not allow more than one restraint. person to use the same seat belt. . . The seat belt should be properly Never carry more people in the adjusted to a snug fit. Failure to vehicle than there are seat belts. do so may reduce the effective- . If the seat belt warning light ness of the entire restraint sys- glows continuously while the tem and increase the chance or ignition is turned ON with all SSS0016 severity of injury in an accident. doors closed and all seat belts Serious injury or death can occur fastened, it may indicate a mal- if the seat belt is not worn prop- function in the system. Have the erly. system checked. It is recom- . Always route the shoulder belt mended you visit a NISSAN dealer over your shoulder and across for this service. your chest. Never put the belt . No changes should be made to behind your back, under your the seat belt system. For exam- arm or across your neck. The belt ple, do not modify the seat belt, should be away from your face add material, or install devices and neck, but not falling off your that may change the seat belt shoulder. routing or tension. Doing so may . Position the lap belt as low and affect the operation of the seat snug as possible AROUND THE belt system. Modifying or tam- HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt pering with the seat belt system SSS0014 worn too high could increase the may result in serious personal risk of internal injuries in an injury. accident. 1-12 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . Once a seat belt pretensioner has PREGNANT WOMEN activated, it cannot be reused and NISSAN recommends that pregnant wo- must be replaced together with men use seat belts. The seat belt should the retractor. It is recommended be worn snug, and always position the lap you visit a NISSAN dealer for this belt as low as possible around the hips, service. not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over . All seat belt assemblies, including your shoulder and across your chest. retractors and attaching hard- Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your ware, should be inspected after abdominal area. Contact your doctor for any collision. It is recommended specific recommendations. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this INJURED PERSONS service. NISSAN recommends that NISSAN recommends that injured persons all seat belt assemblies in use use seat belts, depending on the injury. during a collision be replaced Check with your doctor for specific re- unless the collision was minor JVR0575X commendations. and the belts show no damage SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT and continue to operate properly. THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT Seat belt assemblies not in use Both the driver’s and passenger’s front WITH RETRACTOR during a collision should also be seats are equipped with a seat belt inspected and replaced if either warning light. The warning light, located damage or improper operation is in the meters and gauges area, will show WARNING noted. the status of the driver and passenger seat belt. . . All child restraints and attaching Every person who drives or rides hardware should be inspected NOTE: in this vehicle should use a seat after any collision. Always follow The front passenger seat belt warning belt at all times. Children should the restraint manufacturer’s in- light will not illuminate if the seat is not be in the rear seats and in an spection instructions and repla- occupied. appropriate restraint. cement recommendations. The For additional information, refer to “Warn- . Do not ride in a moving vehicle child restraints should be re- ing lights, indicator lights and audible when the seatback is reclined. placed if they are damaged. reminders” (P.2-10). This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13 could be thrown into it and re- Fastening the seat belts ceive neck or other serious inju- 1. Adjust the seat. (See “Seats” (P.1-2).) ries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries. . For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly. . Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Auto- JVR0572X matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt 2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the becomes wrapped around a retractor and insert the tongue into child’s neck with the ALR mode the buckle until you hear and feel activated, the child can be ser- the latch engage. iously injured or killed if the seat . The retractor is designed to lock belt retracts and becomes tight. during a sudden stop or on im- This can occur even if the vehicle pact. A slow pulling motion per- is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt mits the belt to move and allows to release the child. If the seat you some freedom of movement belt can not be unbuckled or is in the seat. already unbuckled, release the . If the seat belt cannot be pulled child by cutting the seat belt with from its fully retracted position, a suitable tool (such as a knife or firmly pull the belt and release it. scissors) to release the seat belt. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

1-14 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully retracts. For additional information, see “Child restraints” (P.1-20).

JVR0573X The ALR mode should be used only for JVR0574X child restraint installation. During nor- 3. Position the lap belt portion low and mal seat belt use by an occupant, the Unfastening the seat belts snug on the hips as shown. ALR mode should not be activated. If it To unfasten the seat belt, push the 4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward is activated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension. button on the buckle . The seat belt the retractor to take up extra slack . automatically retracts. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your WARNING Checking seat belt operation chest. Seat belt retractors are designed to lock The three-point seat belts in the front When fastening the seat belts, be seat belt movement by two separate passenger seat and the rear seating certain that seatbacks are comple- methods: positions have two modes of operation: tely secured in the latched position. . When the belt is pulled quickly from . Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) If they are not completely secured, the retractor. . Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) passengers may be injured in an . When the vehicle slows down rapidly. The Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) accident or sudden stop. To increase your confidence in the seat mode allows the seat belt to extend and belts, check the operation as follows: retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15 . Grasp the shoulder belt and pull for- shoulder belt may vary depending on the ward quickly. The retractor should model. lock and restrict further belt movement. If the retractor does not lock during this WARNING check, get the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer . After adjustment, release the ad- for this service, or to learn more about justment button and try to move seat belt operation. the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure it is securely fixed in position. . The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. Failure to do so SSS0351A may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and Shoulder belt height adjustment increase the chance or severity of (for front seats) injury in an accident. The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position best for you. SEAT BELT EXTENDERS (See “Precautions on seat belt usage” (P.1- If, because of body size or driving position, 11).) it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ To adjust, pull the adjustment button , shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender and then move the shoulder belt anchor that is compatible with the installed seat to the desired position , so that the belt belts is available that can be purchased. passes over the center of the shoulder. The extender adds approximately 8 in The belt should be away from your face (200 mm) of length and may be used for and neck, but not falling off of your either the driver or front passenger seat- shoulder. Release the adjustment button ing position. It is recommended you visit a to lock the shoulder belt anchor into NISSAN dealer for assistance with pur- position. chasing an extender if an extender is required. The range of height adjustment of the 1-16 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system CHILD SAFETY

. If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt WARNING guide of the seat belt anchors, the WARNING seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoulder belt guide with a clean, dry . It is recommended that only Do not allow children to play with the NISSAN seat belt extenders, made cloth. . seat belts. Most seating positions are by the same company which Periodically check to see that the equipped with Automatic Locking made the original equipment seat seat belt and the metal components, Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If belts, be used with NISSAN seat such as buckles, tongues, retractors, the seat belt becomes wrapped belts. flexible wires and anchors, work prop- around a child’s neck with the ALR . erly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts mode activated, the child can be Adults and children who can use or other damage on the webbing is the standard seat belt should not seriously injured or killed if the seat found, the entire seat belt assembly use an extender. Such unneces- belt retracts and becomes tight. This should be replaced. sary use could result in serious can occur even if the vehicle is personal injury in the event of an parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to accident. release the child. If the seat belt can not be unbuckled or is already un- . Never use seat belt extenders to buckled, release the child by cutting install child restraints. If the child the seat belt with a suitable tool restraint is not secured properly, (such as a knife or scissors) to the child could be seriously in- release the seat belt. jured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop. Children need adults to help protect SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE them. . To clean the seat belt webbing, apply They need to be properly restrained. a mild soap solution or any solution In addition to the general information in recommended for cleaning upholstery this manual, child safety information is or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and available from many other sources, in- allow the seat belts to dry in the cluding doctors, teachers, government shade. Do not allow the seat belts to traffic safety offices, and community or- retract until they are completely dry. ganizations. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17 There are three basic types of child territories require the use of approved SMALL CHILDREN restraint systems: child restraints for infants and small Children that are over 1 year old and . Rear-facing child restraint children. See “Child restraints” (P.1-20). weigh at least 20 lbs (9 kg) should remain . Forward-facing child restraint A child restraint may be secured in the in a rear-facing child restraint as long as . Booster seat vehicle by using either the LATCH (Lower possible up to the height or weight limit The proper restraint depends on the Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system of the child restraint. Children who out- child’s size. Generally, infants up to about or with the vehicle seat belt. See “Child grow the height or weight limit of the 1 year and less than 20 lbs (9 kg) should restraints” (P.1-20) for more information. rear-facing child restraint and are at least be placed in rear-facing child restraints. NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens 1 year old should be secured in a forward- Forward-facing child restraints are avail- and children be restrained in the rear facing child restraint with a harness. Refer able for children who outgrow rear-facing seat. Studies show that children are to the manufacturer’s instructions for child restraints and are at least 1 year old. safer when properly restrained in the minimum and maximum weight and Booster seats are used to help position a rear seat than in the front seat. height recommendations. NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who This is especially important because child restraints that comply with Federal can no longer use a forward-facing child your vehicle has a supplemental re- Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana- restraint. straint system (Air bag system) for the dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You front passenger. See “Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-40). should choose a child restraint that fits WARNING your vehicle and always follow the man- INFANTS ufacturer’s instructions for installation Infants and children need special Infants up to at least 1 year old should be and use. protection. The vehicle’s seat belts placed in a rear-facing child restraint. LARGER CHILDREN NISSAN recommends that infants be may not fit them properly. The Children should remain in a forward- placed in child restraints that comply with shoulder belt may come too close facing child restraint with a harness until to the face or neck. The lap belt may Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards they reach the maximum height or or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- not fit over their small hip bones. In weight limit allowed by the child restraint dards. You should choose a child restraint an accident, an improperly fitting manufacturer. seat belt could cause serious or fatal that fits your vehicle and always follow injury. Always use appropriate child the manufacturer’s instructions for instal- Once a child outgrows the height or restraints. lation and use. weight limit of the harness-equipped forward-facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or a commercially available booster seat to 1-18 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt . Is the child able to use the properly to fit properly, the booster seat should adjusted head restraint/headrest? raise the child so that the shoulder belt is . Will the child be able to stay in position properly positioned across the chest and for the entire ride? the top, middle portion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor JVR0473X Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. If you answered no to any of these questions, the child should remain in a A booster seat should be used until the booster seat using a three-point type child can pass the seat belt fit test below: seat belt. . Are the child’s back and hips against NOTE: the vehicle seatback? Laws in some communities may follow . Is the child able to sit without slouch- different guidelines. Check local and ing? state regulations to confirm your child . Do the child’s knees bend easily over is using the correct restraint system the front edge of the seat with feet flat before traveling. on the floor? . Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips WARNING and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)? Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo area. The child could be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19 CHILD RESTRAINTS

seriously injured or killed in a sudden PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RE- stop or collision. STRAINTS

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use and installation of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: — The child restraint must be used and installed properly. SSS0099 Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions for installation and use. — Infants and children should never be held on anyone’s lap. Even the strongest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision. — Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger. — NISSAN recommends that all child restraints be installed in SSS0100 the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear 1-20 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system seat than in the front seat. If will not be properly installed you must install a forward- using the damaged ancho- CAUTION facing child restraint in the rage, and a child could be front seat, see “Forward-fa- seriously injured or killed in a A child restraint in a closed vehicle cing child restraint installation collision. can become very hot. Check the using the seat belts” (P.1-33). — Never use the anchor points seating surface and buckles before — Even with the NISSAN Ad- for adult seat belts or har- placing a child in the child restraint. vanced Air Bag System, never nesses. install a rear-facing child re- This vehicle is equipped with a universal — A child restraint with a top straint in the front seat. An child restraint anchor system, referred to tether strap should not be inflating air bag could ser- as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and used in the front passenger iously injure or kill a child. A Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child seat. rear-facing child restraint restraints include rigid or webbing- must only be used in the rear — Keep seatbacks as upright as mounted attachments that can be con- seat. possible after fitting the child nected to these anchors. restraint. — Be sure to purchase a child For details, see “Lower Anchors and restraint that will fit the child — Infants and children should Tethers for CHildren (LATCH) system” and vehicle. Some child re- always be placed in an appro- (P.1-22). straints may not fit properly priate child restraint while in If you do not have a LATCH compatible in your vehicle. the vehicle. child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can — Child restraint anchorages are . When the child restraint is not in be used. designed to withstand only use, keep it secured with the Several manufacturers offer child re- those loads imposed by cor- LATCH system or a seat belt. In a straints for infants and small children of rectly fitted child restraints. sudden stop or collision, loose various sizes. When selecting any child Under no circumstances are objects can injure occupants or restraint, keep the following points in they to be used to attach damage the vehicle. mind: adult seat belts, or other . Choose only a restraint with a label items or equipment to the certifying that it complies with Federal vehicle. Doing so could da- Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or mage the child restraint an- Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan- chorages. The child restraint dard 213. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21 . Check the child restraint in your law requires the top tether strap on vehicle to be sure it is compatible with forward-facing child restraints be se- the vehicle’s seat and seat belt sys- cured to the designated anchor point tem. on the vehicle. . If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjustments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your child’s height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures. . If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs JVR0555X (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH system anchor location LATCH anchors or the seat belt to Lower Anchors and Tethers for install the child restraint (not both at the same time). CHildren (LATCH) SYSTEM . If the combined weight of the child Your vehicle is equipped with special and child restraint is greater than 65 anchor points that are used with LATCH lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt system compatible child restraints. This (not the lower anchors) to install the system may also be referred to as the child restraint. ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this system, you do not have to use a . Be sure to follow the child restraint vehicle seat belt to secure the child manufacturer’s instructions for instal- restraint unless the combined weight of lation. the child and child restraint exceeds 65 All U.S. states and Canadian provinces lbs (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the or territories require that infants and child and child restraint is greater than 65 small children be restrained in an ap- lbs (29.5 kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt proved child restraint at all times while (not the lower anchors) to install the child the vehicle is being operated. Canadian restraint. Be sure to follow the child 1-22 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system restraint manufacturer’s instructions for . Inspect the lower anchors by in- installation. serting your fingers into the lower anchor area. Feel to make sure CAUTION there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. Store the loose LATCH covers (for The child restraint will not be example, in the console box) where secured properly if the lower they will not get damaged to avoid anchors are obstructed. losing them. (See “Console box” (P.2- . 64).) Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted LATCH lower anchor child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other WARNING items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the Failure to follow the warnings and child restraint anchorages. The instructions for proper use and in- child restraint will not be properly stallation of child restraints could installed using the damaged an- result in serious injury or death of a chorage, and a child could be child or other passengers in a sud- seriously injured or killed in a den stop or collision: collision. JVR0556X . Attach LATCH system compatible LATCH lower anchor cover removal child restraints only at the loca- LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchor points are tions shown in the illustration. The LATCH lower anchor points are located under covers labelled ISOFIX at . Do not secure a child restraint in provided to install child restraints in the the bottom of the rear outboard seat the center rear seating position rear outboard seating positions only. Do cushions. To access a LATCH lower an- using the LATCH lower anchors. not attempt to install a child restraint in chor point, insert your finger into the The child restraint will not be the center seating position using the cover and pull the cover off. secured properly. LATCH lower anchors.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23 collision. If the parcel shelf contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the parcel shelf from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the parcel shelf is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

SSS0643 SSS0644 LATCH webbing-mounted attachment LATCH rigid attachment Installing child restraint LATCH When installing a child restraint, carefully lower anchor attachments read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child LATCH compatible child restraints include restraint. two rigid or webbing-mounted attachments that can be connected to two Top tether anchor anchors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to WARNING secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is Properly secure cargo and do not compatible with LATCH. This information allow it to contact the top tether may also be in the instructions provided strap when it is attached to the top by the child restraint manufacturer. tether anchor. Cargo that is not properly secured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a 1-24 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system collision. 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks. If a child restraint has a top tether strap, it must be used when installing with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts. If you have any questions when installing a top tether strap child restraint on the rear seat, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT JVR0194X INSTALLATION USING LATCH Top tether anchor point locations Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. WARNING Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the Child restraint anchorages are de- child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If signed to withstand only those loads the combined weight of the child and the imposed by correctly fitted child child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 restraints. Under no circumstances kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the are they to be used to attach adult lower anchors) to install the child re- seat belts, or other items or equip- straint. Be sure to follow the child re- ment to the vehicle. Doing so could straint manufacturer’s instructions for damage the child restraint an- installation. chorages. The child restraint will not Follow these steps to install a rear-facing be properly installed using the da- child restraint using the LATCH system: maged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25 SSS0648 SSS0649 SSS0639 Rear-facing web-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- 3. For child restraints that are equipped tachments to the LATCH lower an- with webbing-mounted attachments, chors. Check to make sure the LATCH remove any additional slack from the attachment is properly attached to anchor attachments. Press downward the lower anchors. and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

1-26 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system in all types of vehicles. 5. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 4. REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- SSS0650 matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must SSS0100 Rear-facing — step 4 be used when installing a child re- Rear-facing — step 1 straint. Failure to use the ALR mode 4. After attaching the child restraint, test Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the will result in the child restraint not it before you place the child in it. Push “Child safety” (P.1-17) and “Child restraints” being properly secured. The restraint it from side to side while holding the (P.1-20) before installing a child restraint. could tip over or be loose and cause child restraint near the LATCH attach- injury to a child in a sudden stop or Do not use the lower anchors if the ment path. The child restraint should collision. combined weight of the child and the not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If from side to side. Try to tug it forward the combined weight of the child and the and check to see if the LATCH attach- child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 ment holds the restraint in place. If the kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the restraint is not secure, tighten the lower anchors) to install the child re- LATCH attachment as necessary, or straint. Be sure to follow the child re- put the restraint in another seat and straint manufacturer’s instructions for test it again. You may need to try a installation. different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if Follow these steps to install a rear-facing applicable). Not all child restraints fit child restraint using the vehicle seat belts in the rear seats: Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27 1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the restraint manufacturer’s instructions.

SSS0654 SSS0655 Rear-facing — step 2 Rear-facing — step 3 2. Route the seat belt tongue through 3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to the tions for belt routing. Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

1-28 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system SSS0656 SSS0657 SSS0658 Rear-facing — step 4 Rear-facing — step 5 Rear-facing — step 6 4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up 5. Remove any additional slack from the 6. After attaching the child restraint, test on the shoulder belt to remove any seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push slack in the belt. ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint to compress the vehicle seat child restraint near the seat belt path. cushion and seatback while pulling up The child restraint should not move on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 7. Check to make sure that the child restraint is properly secured prior to

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29 each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6. After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- STRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sections before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and the child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If SSS0645 SSS0646 the combined weight of the child and the Forward-facing web-mounted — step 2 Forward-facing rigid-mounted — step 2 child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- 3. The back of the child restraint should kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the tachments to the LATCH lower an- be secured against the vehicle seat- lower anchors) to install the child re- chors. Check to make sure the LATCH back. straint. Be sure to follow the child re- attachment is properly attached to If necessary, adjust or remove the straint manufacturer’s instructions for the lower anchors. head restraint to obtain the correct installation. If the child restraint is equipped with a child restraint fit. If the head restraint Follow these steps to install a forward- top tether strap, route the top tether is removed, store it in a secure place. facing child restraint using the LATCH strap and secure the tether strap to Be sure to reinstall the head re- system: the tether anchor point. See “Installing straint when the child restraint is 1. Position the child restraint on the seat. top tether strap” (P.1-32). Do not install removed. See “Head restraints/head- Always follow the child restraint man- child restraints that require the use of rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust- ufacturer’s instructions. a top tether strap in seating positions ment information. that do not have a top tether anchor. If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position or a different 1-30 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraint.

SSS0647 SSS0638 Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 6 4. For child restraints that are equipped 6. After attaching the child restraint, test with webbing-mounted attachments, it before you place the child in it. Push remove any additional slack from the it from side to side while holding the anchor attachments. Press downward child restraint near the LATCH attach- and rearward firmly in the center of ment path. The child restraint should the child restraint with your knee to not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), compress the vehicle seat cushion from side to side. Try to tug it forward and seatback while tightening the and check to see if the LATCH attach- webbing of the anchor attachments. ment holds the restraint in place. If the 5. Tighten the tether strap according to restraint is not secure, tighten the the manufacturer’s instructions to LATCH attachment as necessary, or remove any slack. put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31 7. Check to make sure the child restraint collision. is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6. The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments. First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear outboard seating positions only). 1. Remove the head restraint and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. JVR0194X See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment, re- Installing top tether strap moval and installation information. 2. Position the top tether strap as WARNING shown. 3. Secure the top tether strap to the Child restraint anchorages are de- tether anchor point as shown. signed to withstand only those loads 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint imposed by correctly fitted child installation procedure steps in this restraints. Under no circumstances section before tightening the tether are they to be used to attach adult strap. seat belts, or other items or equip- If you have any questions when instal- ment to the vehicle. Doing so could ling a top tether strap, it is recom- damage the child restraint an- mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer chorages. The child restraint will not for this service. be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a 1-32 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system FORWARD-FACING CHILD RE- passenger seat: STRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE 1. If you must install a child restraint in SEAT BELTS the front seat, it should be placed in a forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost posi- WARNING tion. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction The three-point seat belt with Auto- and, therefore, must not be used in matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must the front seat. be used when installing a child re- 2. Position the child restraint on the seat. straint. Failure to use the ALR mode Always follow the child restraint man- will result in the child restraint not ufacturer’s instructions. being properly secured. The restraint The back of the child restraint should could tip over or be loose and cause be secured against the vehicle seat- injury to a child in a sudden stop or SSS0640 back. collision. Also, it can change the Forward-facing (front passenger seat) — step 1 operation of the front passenger air Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the If necessary, adjust or remove the bag. See “Front passenger air bag “Child safety” and “Child restraints” sec- head restraint to obtain the correct and status light” (P.1-48). tions before installing a child restraint. child restraint fit. If the head restraint is removed, store it in a secure place. Do not use the lower anchors if the Be sure to reinstall the head re- combined weight of the child and the straint when the child restraint is child restraint exceeds 65 lbs (29.5 kg). If removed. See “Head restraints/head- the combined weight of the child and the rests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjust- child restraint is greater than 65 lbs (29.5 ment, removal and installation kg), use the vehicle’s seat belt (not the information. lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child re- If the seating position does not have straint manufacturer’s instructions for an adjustable head restraint and it is installation. interfering with the proper child restraint fit, try another seating position Follow these steps to install a forward- or a different child restraint. facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats or in the front Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33 SSS0360B SSS0651 SSS0652 Forward-facing — step 3 Forward-facing — step 4 Forward-facing — step 5 3. Route the seat belt tongue through 4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is 5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up the child restraint and insert it into the fully extended. At this time, the seat on the shoulder belt to remove any buckle until you hear and feel the belt retractor is in the Automatic slack in the belt. latch engage. Be sure to follow the Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child child restraint manufacturer’s instruc- restraint mode). It reverts to Emer- tions for belt routing. gency Locking Retractor (ELR) mode If the child restraint is equipped with a when the seat belt is fully retracted. top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installation only). See “Installing top tether strap” (P.1-36). Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor. 1-34 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0653 SSS0641 Forward-facing — step 6 Forward-facing — step 8 6. Remove any additional slack from the 8. After attaching the child restraint, test seat belt; press downward and rear- it before you place the child in it. Push ward firmly in the center of the child it from side to side while holding the restraint with your knee to compress child restraint near the seat belt path. the vehicle seat cushion and seatback The child restraint should not move while pulling up on the seat belt. more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to 7. Tighten the tether strap according to side. Try to tug it forward and check to the manufacturer’s instructions to see if the belt holds the restraint in remove any slack. place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles. 9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35 collision.

The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts. First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt. 1. Remove the head restraint and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the child restraint is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment, re- SSS0676 JVR0194X moval and installation information. Forward-facing — step 10 Installing top tether strap 2. Position the top tether strap as 10. If the child restraint is installed in the shown. front passenger seat, place the ignition switch in the ON position. The 3. Secure the top tether strap to the front passenger air bag status light WARNING tether anchor point as shown. should illuminate. If this light is not 4. Refer to the appropriate child restraint illuminated, see “Front passenger air Child restraint anchorages are de- installation procedure steps in this bag and status light” (P.1-48). Move signed to withstand only those loads section before tightening the tether the child restraint to another seating imposed by correctly fitted child strap. restraints. Under no circumstances position. Have the system checked. It If you have any questions when instal- are they to be used to attach adult is recommended you visit a NISSAN ling a top tether strap, it is recom- seat belts, or other items or equip- dealer for this service. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for ment to the vehicle. Doing so could After the child restraint is removed and this service. damage the child restraint an- the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR chorages. The child restraint will not mode (child restraint mode) is canceled. be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a 1-36 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system BOOSTER SEATS . Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the Precautions on booster seats vehicle’s seat and seat belt system.

WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or collision greatly increases: . Make sure the shoulder portion of the belt is away from the child’s face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the LRS0453 stomach. . Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the child’s arm. . A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind: . Choose only a booster seat with a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard LRS0455 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37 . Make sure the child’s head will be using a booster seat with the seat properly supported by the booster belts. seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the child’s ears. For example, if a low Refer to all Warnings and Cautions in the back booster seat is chosen, the “Child safety”, “Child restraints” and “Boos- vehicle seatback must be at or above ter seats” sections earlier in this section the center of the child’s ears. If the before installing a child restraint. seatback is lower than the center of Follow these steps to install a booster the child’s ears, a high back booster seat in the rear seat or in the front seat should be used. passenger seat: . If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various adjustments to be sure the booster LRS0464 seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended pro- All U.S. states and Canadian provinces cedures. or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the vehicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat. Booster seat installation

WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when 1-38 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the child’s hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle portion of the child’s shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturer’s instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing. 6. Follow the warnings, cautions and SSS0640 LRS0454 instructions for properly fastening a Front passenger position 1. If you must install a booster seat in seat belt shown in “Seat belts” (P.1-11). the front seat, move the seat to the 3. The booster seat should be positioned rearmost position. on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. 2. Position the booster seat on the seat. If necessary, adjust or remove the Only place it in a forward-facing head restraint to obtain the correct direction. Always follow the booster booster seat fit. If the head restraint is seat manufacturer’s instructions. removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint when the booster seat is removed. See “Head restraints/headrests” (P.1-7) for head restraint adjustment, removal and installation information. If the seating position does not have a head restraint and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS certain side impact or rollover collisions. In a side-impact, the curtain air bags are This SRS section contains important in- designed to inflate on the side where the formation concerning the following sys- vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the tems: curtain air bags on both sides are de- . Driver and front passenger supple- signed to inflate. Under both side-impact mental front-impact air bag (NISSAN and rollover situations, the curtain air Advanced Air Bag System) bags will remain inflated for a short . Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- period of time. plemental air bag These supplemental restraint systems are . Roof-mounted curtain side-impact designed to supplement the crash pro- and rollover supplemental air bag tection provided by the driver and pas- . Seat belt with pretensioner (front senger seat belts and are not a seats) substitute for them. Seat belts should SSS0676 Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- always be correctly worn and the occupant seated a suitable distance away 7. If the booster seat is installed in the tem: The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag Sys- tem can help cushion the impact force to from the steering wheel, instrument pa- front passenger seat, place the igni- nel and door finishers. (See “Seat belts” tion switch in the ON position. The the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions. (P.1-11) for instructions and precautions on front passenger air bag status light seat belt usage.) may or may not illuminate de- Front seat-mounted side-impact sup- pending on the size of the child and plemental air bag system: This system The supplemental air bags operate only the type of booster seat used. See can help cushion the impact force to the when the ignition switch is in the ON or “Front passenger air bag and status chest and pelvic area of the driver and START position. light” (P.1-48). front passenger in certain side impact After the ignition is placed in the ON collisions. The side air bag is designed to position, the supplemental air bag inflate on the side where the vehicle is warning light illuminates. The supple- impacted. mental air bag warning light will turn Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and off after about 7 seconds if the systems rollover supplemental air bag system: are operational. This system can help cushion the impact force to the heads of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in 1-40 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover, or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents. . The front passenger air bag will not inflate if the front passenger air bag status light is lit. See SSS0131 “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-48). . The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the SSS0132 front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far- Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41 away as practical from the steer- flates. ing wheel or instrument panel. Always use the seat belts. . The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sensors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The Ad- vanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Failure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. SSS0007 . The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag OFF under some conditions. These sensors are only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident. See “Front passenger air bag and status light” (P.1-48). . Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are SSS0006 injured if the front air bag in-

1-42 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system WARNING

. Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the illustrations. . Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly SSS0008 SSS0099 restrained. Pre-teens and children should be properly restrained in the rear seat, if possible. . Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. See “Child restraints” (P.1-20) for details.

SSS0009 SSS0100

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43 SSS0059A SSS0140 SSS0159 Do not lean against doors or windows. WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof- mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags: . The side air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity SSS0162 of injury in various kinds of acci- SSS0188A dents.

1-44 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The curtain air bags ordinarily will properly restrained. Some exam- not inflate in the event of a front ples of dangerous riding posi- impact, rear impact, or lower tions are shown in the severity side collision. Always illustrations. wear your seat belts to help . Do not use seat covers on the reduce the risk or severity of front seatbacks. They may inter- injury in various kinds of acci- fere with side air bag inflation. dents. . The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bags on the side of the seatback of the front seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear outboard seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the previous illustrations. . When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be especially careful with children, who should always be Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45 10. Lap outer pretensioners 11. Seat belt with pretensioners 12. Satellite sensors NISSAN ADVANCED AIR BAG SYS- TEM (front seats)

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the passenger’s Advanced Air Bag system, please observe the following items. . Do not allow a passenger in the rear seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket. . Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint or in the seatback pocket. . Make sure nothing is pressing against the rear of the seatback, JVR0571X such as a child restraint installed in the rear seat or an object 1. Supplemental front-impact air bag mod- mental air bag modules stored on the floor. ules (NISSAN Advanced Air Bags) 6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and 2. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) rollover supplemental air bag inflators . Make sure that there is no object 3. Occupant classification sensors (weight 7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and placed under the front passenger sensors) rollover supplemental air bag modules seat. 4. Occupant classification system control 8. Crash zone sensor . Make sure that there is no object unit 9. Front door pressure sensors (driver’s side placed between the seat cushion 5. Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- shown; front passenger side similar) and center console or between 1-46 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system the seat cushion and the door. . Confirm the operating condition another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. . Be sure that the front passenger with the front passenger air bag status light. They may not inflate in certain frontal seat does not contact the rear collisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is . seat, instrument panel, etc., or the If you notice that the front pas- not always an indication of proper front head restraint does not contact senger air bag status light is not air bag operation. the roof. operating as described in this The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System has . Do not position the front passen- section, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer to check the dual stage air bag inflators. The system ger seat so it contacts the rear monitors information from the Air bag seat. If the front seat does con- passenger seat Advanced Air Bag System. Control Unit (ACU), seat belt buckle sen- tact the rear seat, the air bag sors and the occupant classification sen- . system may determine a sensor Until you have confirmed with sors (weight sensors). Inflator operation is malfunction has occurred and the your dealer that your passenger based on the severity of a collision and front passenger air bag status seat Advanced Air Bag is working seat belt usage for the driver. For the light may illuminate and the sup- properly, position the occupants front passenger, the occupant classifica- plemental air bag warning light in the rear seating positions. tion sensors are also monitored. Based on may flash. information from the sensors, only one . If a forward facing child restraint This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN front air bag may inflate in a crash, is installed in the front passenger Advanced Air Bag System for the driver depending on the crash severity and seat, do not position the front and front passenger seats. This system is whether the front occupants are belted passenger seat so the child re- designed to meet certification require- or unbelted. Additionally, the front pas- straint contacts the instrument ments under U.S. regulations. It is also senger air bag may be automatically panel. If the child restraint does permitted in Canada. All of the informa- turned OFF under some conditions, de- contact the instrument panel, the tion, cautions and warnings in this pending on the information provided by system may determine the seat is manual apply and must be followed. the occupant classification sensors. If the occupied and the passenger air The driver supplemental front-impact air front passenger air bag is OFF, the front bag may deploy in a collision. bag is located in the center of the passenger air bag status light will be Also the front passenger air bag steering wheel. The passenger supple- illuminated. (See “Front passenger air status light may not illuminate. mental front-impact air bag is mounted in bag and status light” (P.1-48) for further See “Child restraints” (P.1-20) for the instrument panel above the glove details.) One front air bag inflating does information about installing and box. The front air bags are designed to not indicate improper performance of the using child restraints. inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, system. although they may inflate if the forces in Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47 If you have any questions about your air this, the force of the front air bag inflating bag system, it is recommended you visit a can increase the risk of injury if the NISSAN dealer to obtain information occupant is too close to, or is against, about the system. If you are considering the air bag module during inflation. modification of your vehicle due to a The front air bags deflate quickly after a disability, you may also contact NISSAN. collision. Contact information is contained in the front of this Owner’s Manual. The front air bags operate only when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release After the ignition is placed in the ON of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and position, the supplemental air bag does not indicate a fire. Care should be warning light illuminates. The supple- taken not to inhale it, as it may cause mental air bag warning light will turn irritation and choking. Those with a off after about 7 seconds if the system history of a breathing condition should is operational. SSS0676 get fresh air promptly. Front passenger air bag status light Front air bags, along with the use of seat Front passenger air bag and status belts, help to cushion the impact force on light the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. However, an in- WARNING flating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags The front passenger air bag is de- do not provide restraint to the lower signed to automatically turn OFF body. under some conditions. Read this Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat section carefully to learn how it belts should be correctly worn and the operates. Proper use of the seat, driver and passenger seated upright as seat belt and child restraints is ne- far as practical away from the steering cessary for most effective protec- wheel or instrument panel. The front air tion. Failure to follow all bags inflate quickly in order to help instructions in this manual concern- protect the front occupants. Because of ing the use of seats, seat belts and 1-48 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system child restraints can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

Status light: The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensors (weight sensors) that turn the front passenger air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the instrument panel. After the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminate depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49 PASSENGER AIR BAG FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG STA- CONDITION DESCRIPTION INDICATOR LIGHT ( ) TUS Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Nobody/Somebody ON (illuminated) INHIBITED Small Adult in front passenger seat Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

1-50 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system In addition to the above, certain objects vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn child restraints and to use the Automatic placed on the front passenger seat may the passenger air bag OFF in accordance Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (child re- also cause the light to operate as de- with the regulations. Also, if a child straint mode) may allow the restraint to scribed above depending on their weight. restraint of the type specified in the tip or move in an accident or sudden stop. For additional information related to the regulations is on the seat, the occupant This can also result in the passenger air normal operation and troubleshooting of classification sensors can detect it and bag inflating in a crash instead of being this occupant classification sensor sys- cause the air bag to turn OFF. OFF. (See “Child restraints” (P.1-20) for tem, please refer to “Normal operation” Front passenger seat adult occupants proper use and installation.) (P.1-52) and “Troubleshooting” (P.1-53) in who are properly seated and using the If the front passenger seat is not occu- this section. seat belt as outlined in this manual pied, the passenger air bag is designed should not cause the passenger air bag not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy Front passenger air bag: to be automatically turned OFF. For small objects placed on the seat could result in The front passenger air bag is designed adults it may be turned OFF, however, if air bag inflation, because of the object to automatically turn OFF when the the occupant does not sit in the seat being detected by the occupant classifi- vehicle is operated under some condi- properly (for example, by not sitting up- cation sensors. Other conditions could tions as described below as permitted by right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or also result in air bag inflation, such as if a U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air by otherwise being out of position), this child is standing on the seat, or if two bag is OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The could cause the sensors to turn the air children are on the seat, contrary to the driver air bag and other air bags in your bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and instructions in this manual. Always be vehicle are not part of this system. wearing the seat belt properly for the sure that you and all vehicle occupants The purpose of the regulation is to help most effective protection by the seat belt are seated and restrained properly. reduce the risk of injury or death from an and supplemental air bag. Using the front passenger air bag status inflating air bag to certain front passen- NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and light, you can monitor when the front ger seat occupants, such as children, by children be properly restrained in a rear passenger air bag is automatically turned requiring the air bag to be automatically seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- OFF. turned OFF. propriate child restraints and booster If an adult occupant is in the seat but the The occupant classification sensors seats be properly installed in a rear seat. front passenger air bag status light is (weight sensors) are on the seat cushion If this is not possible, the occupant illuminated (indicating that the air bag is frame under the front passenger seat and classification sensors are designed to OFF), it could be that the person is a small are designed to detect an occupant and operate as described above to turn the adult, or is not sitting on the seat objects on the seat. For example, if a child front passenger air bag OFF for specified properly. is in the front passenger seat, the Ad- child restraints. Failing to properly secure If a child restraint must be used in the Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51 front seat, the front passenger air bag indicate a malfunction. . Make sure that the front passenger status light may or may not be illumi- If a malfunction occurs in the front seat head restraint does not contact nated, depending on the size of the child passenger air bag system, the supple- the roof when adjusting the front and the type of child restraint being used. mental air bag warning light , located passenger seat. If the front passenger air bag status light in the meters and gauges area, will Steps: is not illuminated (indicating that the air illuminate. Have the system checked. It is 1. Adjust the seat as outlined. (See bag might inflate in a crash), it could be recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer “Seats” (P.1-2).) Sit upright, leaning that the child restraint or seat belt is not for this service. being used properly. Make sure that the against the seatback, and centered child restraint is installed properly, the Normal operation: on the seat cushion with your feet seat belt is used properly and the occu- In order for the occupant classification comfortably extended to the floor. pant is positioned properly. If the front sensor system to classify the front pas- 2. Make sure there are no objects on passenger air bag status light is not senger based on weight, please follow the your lap. illuminated, reposition the occupant or precautions and steps outlined below: 3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined. (See child restraint in a rear seat. Precautions: “Seat belts” (P.1-11).) Front passenger If the front passenger air bag status light seat belt buckle status is monitored . Make sure that there are no objects will not illuminate even though you be- by the occupant classification system, weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) hanging on lieve that the child restraint, the seat belts and is used as an input to determine the seat or placed in the seatback and the occupant are properly positioned, occupancy status. So, it is highly it is recommended that you take your pocket. . recommended that the front passen- vehicle to a NISSAN dealer. A NISSAN Make sure that a child restraint or ger fasten their seat belt. dealer can check the system status by other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback. 4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds using a special tool. However, until you allowing the system to classify the . Make sure that a rear passenger is not have confirmed with your dealer that front passenger before the vehicle is pushing or pulling on the back of the your air bag is working properly, reposi- put into motion. tion the occupant or child restraint in a front passenger seat. rear seat. . Make sure that the front passenger 5. Ensure proper classification by check- seat or seatback is not forced back ing the front passenger air bag status The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System light. and front passenger air bag status light against an object on the seat or floor will take a few seconds to register a behind it. NOTE: change in the passenger seat status. This . Make sure that there is no object This vehicle’s occupant classification is normal system operation and does not placed under the front passenger sensor system locks the classification seat. 1-52 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system during driving so it is important that . A rear passenger pushing or pulling . Small adult or child is not sitting you confirm that the front passenger is on the back of the front passenger upright, leaning against the seatback, properly classified prior to driving. Also, seat. and centered on the seat cushion with the occupant classification sensor sys- . Forcing the front seat or seatback his/her feet comfortably extended to tem may recalculate the weight of the against an object on the seat or floor the floor. occupant under some conditions (both behind it. . The child restraint is not properly while driving and when stopped), so the . An object placed under the front installed, as outlined. (See “Child re- front passenger seat occupant should passenger seat. straints” (P.1-20).) continue to remain seated as outlined . An object placed between the seat . An object weighing over 9.1 lbs (4 kg) above. cushion and center console or be- hanging on the seat or placed in the Troubleshooting: tween the seat cushion and the door. seatback pocket. If you think the front passenger air bag If the vehicle is moving, please come to a . A child restraint or other object press- status light is incorrect: stop when it is safe to do so. Check and ing against the rear of the seatback. 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying correct any of the above conditions. . A rear passenger pushing or pulling the front passenger seat: Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. on the back of the front passenger . Occupant is a small adult — the front NOTE: seat. . passenger air bag status light is func- A system check will be performed dur- Forcing the front seat or seatback tioning as intended. The front passen- ing which the front passenger air bag against an object on the seat or floor ger air bag is suppressed. status light will remain lit for about 7 behind it. . However, if the occupant is not a small seconds initially. An object placed under the front adult, then this may be due to the passenger seat. If the light is still ON after this, the person following conditions that may be interfer- . An object placed between the seat should be advised not to ride in the front ing with the weight sensors: cushion and center console. passenger seat and it is recommended . . Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- that the vehicle should be checked by a The front passenger seat head re- ing against the seatback, and cen- NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. straint contacting the roof. tered on the seat cushion with his/her 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child If the vehicle is moving, please come to a feet comfortably extended to the or child restraint occupying the front stop when it is safe to do so. Check and floor. passenger seat. correct any of the above conditions. . A child restraint or other object press- This may be due to the following condi- Restart the vehicle and wait 1 minute. ing against the rear of the seatback. tions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53 NOTE: . Do not place objects with sharp cal system, suspension system or A system check will be performed dur- edges on the seat. Also, do not front end structure. This could ing which the front passenger air bag place heavy objects on the seat affect proper operation of the status light will remain lit for about 7 that will leave permanent impres- front air bag system. seconds initially. sions in the seat. Such objects . Tampering with the front air bag If the light is still OFF after this, the small can damage the seat or occupant system may result in serious per- adult, child or child restraint should be classification sensors (weight sonal injury. Tampering includes repositioned in the rear seat and it is sensors). This can affect the op- changes to the steering wheel recommended that the vehicle should be eration of the air bag system and and the instrument panel assem- checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as result in serious personal injury. bly by placing material over the possible. . Do not use water or acidic clea- steering wheel pad and above the 3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger ners (hot steam cleaners) on the instrument panel or by installing and no objects on the front passenger seat. This can damage the seat or additional trim material around seat, the vehicle should be checked as occupant classification sensors. the air bag system. soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. This can also affect the operation . Removing or modifying the front of the air bag system and result in passenger seat may affect the Other supplemental front-impact serious personal injury. function of the air bag system air bag precautions . Immediately after inflation, sev- and result in serious personal eral front air bag system compo- injury. WARNING nents will be hot. Do not touch . Modifying or tampering with the them; you may severely burn front passenger seat may result yourself. in serious personal injury. For . Do not place any objects on the . No unauthorized changes should example, do not change the front steering wheel pad or on the be made to any components or seats by placing material on the instrument panel. Also, do not wiring of the supplemental air seat cushion or by installing ad- place any objects between any bag system. This is to prevent ditional trim material, such as occupant and the steering wheel accidental inflation of the supple- seat covers, on the seat that is or instrument panel. Such objects mental air bag or damage to the not specifically designed to as- may become dangerous projec- supplemental air bag system. sure proper air bag operation. tiles and cause injury if the front Additionally, do not stow any air bags inflate. . Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle’s electri- objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and 1-54 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system seatback. Such objects may inter- tion. fere with the proper operation of When selling your vehicle, we request that the occupant classification sen- you inform the buyer about the front air sors. bag system and guide the buyer to the . No unauthorized changes should appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- be made to any components or ual. wiring of the seat belt system. This may affect the front air bag system. Tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury. . It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for work on and around the front air bag. It is also SSS0978 recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for installation of electrical FRONT SEAT-MOUNTED SIDE-IM- equipment. The Supplemental PACT SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG AND Restraint System (SRS) wiring ROOF-MOUNTED CURTAIN SIDE- harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthor- IMPACT AND ROLLOVER SUPPLE- ized electrical test equipment MENTAL AIR BAG SYSTEMS and probing devices should not The side air bags are located in the be used on the air bag system. outside of the seatback of the front seats. . A cracked windshield should be The curtain air bags are located in the replaced immediately by a quali- side roof rails. All of the information, fied repair facility. A cracked cautions and warnings in this manual windshield could affect the func- apply and must be followed. The side air tion of the supplemental air bag bags and curtain air bags are designed to system. inflate in higher severity side collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in *The SRS wiring harness connectors are another type of collision are similar to yellow and orange for easy identifica- those of a higher severity side impact. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55 They are designed to inflate on the side provide restraint to the lower body. where the vehicle is impacted. They may The seat belts should be correctly worn WARNING not inflate in certain side collisions. and the driver and passenger seated Curtain air bags are also designed to upright as far as practical away from the . Do not place any objects near the inflate in certain types of rollover colli- side air bags. Rear seat passengers seatback of the front seats. Also, sions or near rollovers. As a result, certain should be seated as far away as practical do not place any objects (an vehicle movements (for example, during from the door finishers and side roof rails. umbrella, bag, etc.) between the severe off-roading) may cause the curtain The side air bags and curtain air bags front door finisher and the front air bags to inflate. inflate quickly in order to help protect the seat. Such objects may become Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not occupants. Because of this, the force of dangerous projectiles and cause always an indication of proper side air the side air bags and curtain air bags injury if a side air bag inflates. bag and curtain air bag operation. inflating can increase the risk of injury if . Right after inflation, several side the occupant is too close to, or is against, When the side air bags and curtain air air bag and curtain air bag sys- these air bag modules during inflation. tem components will be hot. Do bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be The side air bag will deflate quickly after heard, followed by release of smoke. This not touch them; you may severely the collision is over. The curtain air bag burn yourself. smoke is not harmful and does not will remain inflated for a short time. indicate a fire. Care should be taken not . No unauthorized changes should to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and The side air bags and curtain air bags be made to any components or choking. Those with a history of a breath- operate only when the ignition switch is wiring of the side air bag and ing condition should get fresh air in the ON position. curtain air bag systems. This is to promptly. After placing the ignition switch in the prevent damage to or accidental Side air bags, along with the use of seat ON position, the supplemental air bag inflation of the side air bag and belts, help to cushion the impact force on warning light illuminates. The supple- curtain air bag systems. the chest and pelvic area of the front mental air bag warning light will turn . Do not make unauthorized occupants. Curtain air bags help to cush- off after about 7 seconds if the systems changes to your vehicle’s electri- ion the impact force to the head of are operational. cal system, suspension system or occupants in the front and rear outboard side panel. This could affect prop- seating positions. They can help save lives er operation of the side air bag and reduce serious injuries. However, an and curtain air bag systems. inflating side air bag or curtain air bag . Tampering with the side air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. system may result in serious per- Side air bags and curtain air bags do not 1-56 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system sonal injury. For example, do not guide the buyer to the appropriate sec- electrical equipment. Unauthor- change the front seats by placing tions in this Owner’s Manual. ized electrical test equipment material near the seatbacks or by SEAT BELTS WITH PRETENSIONERS and probing devices should not installing additional trim materi- (front seats) be used on the pretensioner sys- al, such as seat covers, around tem. the side air bag. . If you need to dispose of a pre- . Removing or modifying the front WARNING tensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is passenger seat may affect the recommended you visit a NISSAN function of the air bag system . The pretensioners cannot be re- dealer for this service. Correct and result in serious personal used after activation. They must pretensioner disposal procedures injury. be replaced together with the are set forth in the appropriate . It is recommended you visit a retractor and buckle as a unit. NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect NISSAN dealer for work on and . If the vehicle becomes involved in disposal procedures could cause around the side air bag and a collision but a pretensioner is personal injury. curtain air bag. It is also recom- not activated, be sure to have the mended you visit a NISSAN dealer pretensioner system checked The pretensioner system may activate for installation of electrical equip- and, if necessary, repaired. It is with the supplemental air bag system in ment. The Supplemental Re- recommended you visit a NISSAN certain types of collisions. Working with straint System (SRS) wiring dealer for this service. the seat belt retractor, it helps tighten the harnesses* should not be modi- . No unauthorized changes should seat belt when the vehicle becomes fied or disconnected. Unauthor- be made to any components or involved in certain types of collisions, ized electrical test equipment wiring of the pretensioner sys- helping to restrain front seat occupants. and probing devices should not tem. This is to prevent damage to The pretensioner is encased with the seat be used on the side air bag or or accidental activation of the belt retractor. These seat belts are used curtain air bag systems. pretensioners. Tampering with the same way as conventional seat belts. the pretensioner system may re- When a pretensioner activates, smoke is *The SRS wiring harness connectors are sult in serious personal injury. released and a loud noise may be heard. yellow and orange for easy identifica- . It is recommended you visit a The smoke is not harmful and does not tion. NISSAN dealer for work on and indicate a fire. Care should be taken not When selling your vehicle, we request that around the pretensioner system. to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and you inform the buyer about the side air It is also recommended you visit a choking. Those with a history of a breath- bag and curtain air bag systems and NISSAN dealer for installation of ing condition should get fresh air Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57 promptly. deploys, it may cause serious injury After pretensioner activation, load limiters or death. allow the seat belt to release webbing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest. The supplemental air bag warning light is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. See “Supple- mental air bag warning light” (P.1-59). If the operation of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. SSS1020 When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the preten- SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING sioner system and guide the buyer to the LABELS appropriate sections in this Owner’s Man- ual. Warning labels about the supplemental front-impact air bag system are placed in the vehicle as shown in the illustration. SRS air bag The warning labels are located on the surface of the sun visors.

WARNING

Do not use a rear-facing child restraint on a seat protected by an air bag in front of it. If the air bag

1-58 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system . The supplemental air bag warning REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT PRO- light remains on after approximately CEDURE 7 seconds. The front air bags, side air bags, curtain . The supplemental air bag warning air bags and pretensioners are designed light flashes intermittently. to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a . The supplemental air bag warning reminder, unless it is damaged, the sup- light does not come on at all. plemental air bag warning light will re- Under these conditions, the air bag and/ main illuminated after inflation has or pretensioner systems may not operate occurred. These systems should be re- properly. They must be checked and paired and/or replaced as soon as possi- repaired. It is recommended you visit a ble. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service. When maintenance work is required on SPA1097 WARNING the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags and pretensioners and related parts should be pointed out SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING If the supplemental air bag warning to the person performing the mainte- LIGHT light is on, it could mean that the nance. The ignition switch should always front air bag, side air bag, curtain air The supplemental air bag warning light, be in the LOCK position when working bag and/or pretensioner systems displaying in the instrument panel, under the hood or inside the vehicle. monitors the circuits for the air bag will not operate in an accident. To systems, pretensioners and all related help avoid injury to yourself or wiring. others, have your vehicle checked WARNING When the ignition switch is in the ON as soon as possible. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer position, the supplemental air bag warn- . Once a front air bag, side air bag for this service. ing light illuminates for about 7 seconds or curtain air bag has inflated, the and then turns off. This means the system air bag module will not function is operational. again and must be replaced. Ad- If any of the following conditions occur, ditionally, the activated preten- the air bag and/or pretensioner systems sioners must also be replaced. need servicing: The air bag module and pretensioner should be replaced. It is

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59 recommended you visit a NISSAN the impact. Failure to verify prop- dealer for this service. However, er OCS function may result in an the air bag modules and preten- improper air bag deployment re- sioner system cannot be resulting in injury or death. paired. . The front air bag, side air bag and curtain air bag systems, and pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . If you need to dispose of a supplemental air bag or pretensioner or scrap the vehicle, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposal procedures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Man- ual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury. . If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked to verify it is still functioning correctly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of 1-60 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit ...... 2-3 Security systems ...... 2-42 Instrument panel ...... 2-4 Vehicle Security System ...... 2-42 Meters and gauges ...... 2-5 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System ...... 2-43 Speedometer and odometer ...... 2-6 Wiper and washer switch...... 2-45 Tachometer ...... 2-7 Windshield wiper and washer operation ...... 2-45 Engine coolant temperature gauge ...... 2-7 Rear window wiper and washer switch ...... 2-46 Fuel gauge...... 2-8 Rear window and outside mirror Instrument brightness control ...... 2-9 defroster switch...... 2-47 Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) Headlight and turn signal switch ...... 2-48 position indicator (if so equipped) ...... 2-9 Headlight switch ...... 2-48 Warning lights, indicator lights and Turn signal switch ...... 2-53 audible reminders ...... 2-10 Fog light switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-54 Checking lights ...... 2-11 Horn ...... 2-54 Warning lights ...... 2-11 Heated steering wheel (if so equipped)...... 2-54 Indicator lights ...... 2-16 Heated seats (if so equipped) ...... 2-55 Audible reminders ...... 2-18 Dynamic driver assistance switch (models Vehicle information display ...... 2-19 without ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped) ...... 2-56 How to use the vehicle Steering assist switch (models with ProPILOT information display ...... 2-20 assist) (if so equipped) ...... 2-57 Startup display ...... 2-20 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ...... 2-57 Settings ...... 2-21 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch (if so equipped) ...... 2-58 Vehicle information display warnings Rear door alert...... 2-58 and indicators...... 2-31 ECO mode switch ...... 2-59 Trip computer...... 2-39 Power outlet ...... 2-60 Clock and outside air temperature ...... 2-41 USB (Universal Serial Bus) charging connector ...... 2-61 Storage ...... 2-62 Console light (if so equipped)...... 2-74 Cup holders ...... 2-62 Map lights ...... 2-74 Soft bottle holders ...... 2-62 Room light ...... 2-74 Cargo area ...... 2-63 Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) ...... 2-75 Glove box ...... 2-64 Cargo light ...... 2-75 Console box...... 2-64 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver (if Sunglasses holder ...... 2-64 so equipped) ...... 2-76 Card holder (driver’s side) ...... 2-65 Programming HomeLink® ...... 2-76 Luggage hooks ...... 2-65 Programming HomeLink® for Canadian Parcel shelf ...... 2-66 customers and gate openers ...... 2-78 Roof rack (if so equipped) ...... 2-67 Operating the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ...... 2-78 Windows...... 2-68 Programming troubleshooting ...... 2-78 Power windows ...... 2-68 Clearing the programmed information...... 2-79 Moonroof (if so equipped) ...... 2-71 Reprogramming a single Power moonroof ...... 2-71 HomeLink® button ...... 2-79 Interior lights ...... 2-73 If your vehicle is stolen ...... 2-79 Interior light switch ...... 2-73 COCKPIT

— Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)* — Cruise control switches* — Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system* — ProPILOT assist switch* — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System ** — Voice Recognition system switch** — Siri® Eyes Free** 9. Shift lever — Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) — Manual Transmission (MT) 10. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF switch 11. Heated steering wheel switch* 12. Parking brake (Pedal type) 13. Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch* 14. Steering assist switch* (models with Pro- PILOT assist) or Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) 15. ECO switch 16. Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) 17. Ignition switch (model without Intelligent WAA0056X Key system) 1. Instrument brightness control — Vehicle information display control 18. Parking brake (Switch type) 2. TRIP RESET switch 5. Steering wheel 19. Automatic brake hold switch* 3. Headlight and turn signal switch/Fog light — Horn *: if so equipped switch* 6. Wiper and washer switch **: See the separate NissanConnect® owner’s 4. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left 7. Hazard indicator flasher switch manual (if so equipped). side) 8. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (right — Audio control** side)

Instruments and controls 2-3 INSTRUMENT PANEL

11. Heater/air conditioner control 12. Auxiliary input jack** and USB connection port** 13. Power outlet 14. Defroster switch 15. Glove box *: if so equipped **: See the separate NissanConnect® Own- er’s Manual (if so equipped).

JVC1090X

1. Side ventilator tem** 2. Meters and gauges/Clock 5. Front passenger supplemental air bag 3. Center ventilator 6. Fuse box cover 4. Audio system** or navigation system** 7. Fuel-filler door release handle — RearView Monitor* 8. Hood release handle — Intelligent Around View® Monitor* 9. Steering wheel lock lever — Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone Sys- 10. Driver’s front-impact air bag/Horn 2-4 Instruments and controls METERS AND GAUGES

CAUTION

. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, dampened with water. Never use a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, thinner or any kind of solvent or paper towel with a chemical cleaning agent. They will scratch or cause discoloration to the lens. . Do not spray any liquid such as water on the meter lens. Spraying liquid may cause the system to malfunction.

JVC0581X

1. Tachometer The needle indicators may move 2. Warning/indicator lights slightly after the ignition switch is 3. Vehicle information display placed in the OFF or LOCK position. This — Odometer/twin trip odometer is not a malfunction. 4. Speedometer 5. Engine coolant temperature gauge 6. Fuel gauge

Instruments and controls 2-5 . If the amount of fuel added is small, the display just before the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position may continue to be displayed. . When driving uphill or rounding curves, the fuel in the tank shifts, which may momentarily change the display. Odometer/Twin trip odometer: After the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position from ON position, the distance to empty and odometer/ twin trip odometer stays on for 30 JVI1006X JVI1603X seconds. With the ignition switch in OFF Speedometer position, when you open any door then Distance to empty (dte — km or close all doors, the odometer/twin trip SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER odometer stays on for 30 seconds. mile)/Odometer Speedometer The odometer/twin trip odometer is dis- Distance to empty (dte — km or mile): The speedometer indicates vehicle speed played in the vehicle information display in miles per hour (MPH) and kilometers The distance to empty (dte) provides when the ignition switch is in the ON per hour (km/h). you with an estimation of the distance position. that can be driven before refueling. The The odometer displays the total dis- dte is constantly being calculated, based tance the vehicle has been driven. on the amount of fuel in the fuel tank and The twin trip odometer displays the the actual fuel consumption. distance of individual trips. The display is updated every 30 seconds. Changing display: The dte mode includes a low range Push the TRIP RESET switch (located on warning feature. If the fuel level is low, the instrument panel) to change the dis- the warning is displayed on the screen. play as follows: When the fuel level drops even lower, the ODO ? TRIP A ? TRIP B ? ODO dte display will change to “———”. 2-6 Instruments and controls Resetting twin trip odometer: Push the TRIP RESET switch for more than 1 second to reset the trip odometer to zero.

JVI0951X JVI0820X TACHOMETER ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE The tachometer indicates engine speed in GAUGE revolutions per minute (RPM). Do not rev The engine coolant temperature gauge the engine into the red zone . indicates the engine coolant temperature. CAUTION The engine coolant temperature is normal when the gauge needle points within the zone shown in the illustration. When engine speed approaches the red zone, shift to a higher gear or The engine coolant temperature will vary reduce engine speed. Operating the with the outside air temperature and engine in the red zone may cause driving conditions. serious engine damage.

Instruments and controls 2-7 Refuel before the gauge reads the CAUTION empty (0) position. There is a small reserve of fuel in the tank . If the gauge indicates the engine when the fuel gauge reads the empty (0) coolant temperature is near the position. hot (H) end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature. CAUTION . If the gauge is over the normal . range, stop the vehicle as soon as If the vehicle runs out of fuel, the safely possible and let the engine malfunction indicator light idle. (MIL) may come on. Refuel as soon as possible. After a few . If the engine is overheated, con- driving trips, the light should tinued operation of the vehicle JVI0640X turn off. If the light remains on may seriously damage the en- after a few driving trips, have the gine. (See “If your vehicle over- FUEL GAUGE vehicle inspected. It is recom- heats” (P.6-11) for immediate The fuel gauge indicates the approximate mended you visit a NISSAN dealer action required.) fuel level in the tank when the ignition for this service. switch is in the ON position. . For additional information, see The gauge may move slightly during “Malfunction Indicator Light braking, turning, accelerating, or going (MIL)” (P.2-17). up and down hills due to movement of fuel in the tank. The low fuel warning appears on the vehicle information display when the fuel level in the tank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the gauge reads 0 (empty). The arrow, , indicates the location of the fuel-filler door.

2-8 Instruments and controls INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CON- TROL The instrument brightness control switch can be operated when the ignition switch is in the ON position. When the switch is operated, the vehicle information display switches to the brightness adjustment mode. Push the + side of the switch to brighten the meter panel lights. The bar moves to the + side. Push the - side of the switch to dim the lights. The bar moves to the − side. JVI0644X The vehicle information display returns to the normal display when the instrument brightness control switch is not operated for more than 5 seconds. CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- MISSION (CVT) POSITION INDICA- TOR (if so equipped) The Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) position indicator indicates the shift lever position when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

JVI0661M

Instruments and controls 2-9 WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Master warning light Exterior light indicator Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light Front fog light indicator light (if so Seat belt warning light equipped) High beam assist indicator light (if so Supplemental air bag warning light equipped) Brake warning light (red) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn- High beam indicator light ing light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK indicator Charge warning light Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) light (if so equipped) Automatic brake hold indicator light Electric power steering warning light Security indicator light (white) (if so equipped) Electronic parking brake warning light Automatic brake hold indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights (yellow) (if so equipped) (green) (if so equipped) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off system warning light Electronic parking brake indicator indicator light Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system light (if so equipped) warning light (if so equipped) Low tire pressure warning light

2-10 Instruments and controls CHECKING LIGHTS recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer mended you have this service per- With all doors closed, apply the parking for this service. formed by a NISSAN dealer. (See brake, fasten the seat belts and place the If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti- “Brake and clutch fluid” (P.8-9).) ignition switch in the ON position without lock function is turned off. The brake 2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have starting the engine. The following lights (if system then operates normally, but with- the warning system checked. It is so equipped) will come on: out anti-lock assistance. (See “Brake sys- recommended you have this service , , or (red), , , tem” (P.5-145).) performed by a NISSAN dealer. The following lights (if so equipped) come Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning on briefly and then go off: or Brake warning light indicator: (red) , , , , , or , , When the parking brake is released and (red), (yellow). This light functions for both the parking the brake fluid level is sufficient, if both brake and the foot brake systems. the brake warning light and the Anti-lock If any light does not come on or operates Braking System (ABS) warning light illu- in a way other than described, it may Parking brake indicator (models not minate, it may indicate the ABS is not indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a equipped with electronic parking brake functioning properly. Have the brake system malfunction. It is recommended system): system checked, and if necessary re- you have the system checked by a When the ignition switch is in the ON paired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer. position, the light illuminates when the NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Anti- WARNING LIGHTS parking brake is applied. lock Braking System (ABS) warning light” Low brake fluid warning light: (P.2-11).) or Anti-lock Braking Sys- When the ignition switch is placed in the tem (ABS) warning light ON position, the brake warning light WARNING When the ignition switch is in the ON illuminates, and then turns off (models position, the Anti-lock Braking System equipped with electronic parking brake . Your brake system may not be (ABS) warning light illuminates and then system). If the light illuminates while the working properly if the warning turns off. This indicates the ABS is opera- engine is running with the parking brake light is on. Driving could be dan- tional. not applied, stop the vehicle and perform gerous. If you judge it to be safe, If the ABS warning light illuminates while the following: drive carefully to the nearest the engine is running, or while driving, it 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake service station for repairs. Other- may indicate the ABS is not functioning fluid is necessary, add fluid and have wise, have your vehicle towed properly. Have the system checked. It is the system checked. It is recom- because driving it could be dan- Instruments and controls 2-11 gerous. ing. Electronic parking brake . Pressing the brake pedal with the warning light (yellow) (if so engine stopped and/or low brake equipped) fluid level may increase your Electric power steering warn- stopping distance and braking ing light The electronic parking brake warning will require greater pedal effort light functions for the electronic parking When the ignition switch is in the ON as well as pedal travel. brake system. When the ignition switch is position, the electric power steering . placed in the ON position, the light If the brake fluid level is below the warning light illuminates. After starting illuminates for a few seconds. If the minimum or MIN mark on the the engine, the electric power steering warning light illuminates at any other brake fluid reservoir, do not drive warning light turns off. This indicates the time, it may indicate that the electronic until the brake system has been electric power steering is operational. parking brake system is not functioning checked. It is recommended you If the electric power steering warning properly. Have the brake system checked, visit a NISSAN dealer for this light illuminates while the engine is run- and, if necessary, repaired. It is recom- service. ning, it may indicate the electric power mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for steering is not functioning properly and this service. may need servicing. Have the system Charge warning light checked. It is recommended that you visit Automatic Emergency Braking If the light illuminates while the engine is a NISSAN dealer for this service. (AEB) system warning light running, it may indicate the charging When the electric power steering warning system is not functioning properly. Turn When the ignition switch is in the ON light illuminates with the engine running, position, the AEB system warning light the engine off and check the alternator the power assist to the steering will cease belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missing or illuminates. After starting the engine, the operation but you will still have control of warning light turns off. if the light remains on, have your vehicle the vehicle. At this time, greater steering serviced immediately. It is recommended efforts are required to operate the steer- This light illuminates when the AEB sys- you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. ing wheel, especially in sharp turns and at tem is set to OFF on the vehicle informa- low speeds. tion display. CAUTION (See “Electric power steering” (P.5-144).) If the light illuminates when the AEB system is ON, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. See “Automatic Do not continue driving if the alter- Emergency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115) or nator belt is loose, broken or miss- “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with 2-12 Instruments and controls pedestrian detection system” (P.5-122). Low tire pressure warning: flash for approximately 1 minute when the If the vehicle is being driven with low tire ignition switch is placed in the ON posi- Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) pressure, the warning light will illuminate. tion. The light will remain on after the 1 The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning minute. Have the system checked. It is system warning light (if so recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer equipped) also appears in the vehicle information display. for this service. The “Tire Pressure Low - This light comes on when the ignition Add Air” warning does not appear if the switch is placed in the ON position. It When the low tire pressure warning light low tire pressure warning light illuminates turns off after the engine is started. illuminates, you should stop and adjust to indicate a TPMS malfunction. the tire pressure to the recommended This light illuminates when the RAB sys- COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and For additional information, see “Tire Pres- tem is turned off in the vehicle informa- Loading Information label. The low tire sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). tion display. pressure warning light does not automa- If the light illuminates when the RAB tically turn off when the tire pressure is WARNING system is on, it may indicate that the adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the system is unavailable. For additional in- recommended pressure, the vehicle must . formation, see “Rear Automatic Braking be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 If the light does not illuminate (RAB)” (P.5-132). km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off with the ignition switch placed in the low tire pressure warning light. Use a the ON position, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended you Low tire pressure warning tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure. visit a NISSAN dealer for this light service as soon as possible. The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire . If the light illuminates while driv- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that is active as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated. ing, avoid sudden steering man- monitors the tire pressure of all tires euvers or abrupt braking, reduce except the spare tire. For additional information, see “Vehicle vehicle speed, pull off the road to The low tire pressure warning light warns information display” (P.2-19), “Tire Pres- a safe location and stop the of low tire pressure or indicates that the sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- TPMS is not functioning properly. and “Tire Pressure Monitoring System ing with under-inflated tires may (TPMS)” (P.6-3). After the ignition switch is placed in the permanently damage the tires ON position, this light illuminates for TPMS malfunction: and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage about 1 second and turns off. If the TPMS is not functioning properly, could occur and may lead to an the low tire pressure warning light will Instruments and controls 2-13 accident and could result in ser- . Replacing tires with those not (if so equipped) ious personal injury. Check the originally specified by NISSAN . Key battery low warning (if so tire pressure for all four tires. could affect the proper operation equipped) Adjust the tire pressure to the of the TPMS. . Engine start operation for Intelligent recommended COLD tire pressure Key system indicator (if so equipped) shown on the Tire and Loading . Key ID incorrect warning (if so Information label to turn the low CAUTION equipped) tire pressure warning light OFF. If . Release Parking Brake warning the light still illuminates while . Low fuel level warning . The TPMS is not a substitute for driving after adjusting the tire . pressure, a tire may be flat or the regular tire pressure check. Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped) . the TPMS may be malfunctioning. Be sure to check the tire pressure Door/liftgate open warning If you have a flat tire, replace it regularly. . Key System Error: See Owner’s Manual with a spare tire as soon as . If the vehicle is being driven at warning (if so equipped) possible. If no tire is flat and all speeds of less than 16 MPH (25 . Loose Fuel Cap tires are properly inflated, it is km/h), the TPMS may not operate . Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning recommended you consult a correctly. . Low oil pressure Stop vehicle warning NISSAN dealer. . Be sure to install the specified . AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual warn- . Since the spare tire is not size of tires to the four wheels ing (if so equipped) equipped with the TPMS, when a correctly. . AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle warning spare tire is mounted or a wheel (if so equipped) is replaced, the TPMS will not . Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s Man- function and the low tire pressure Master warning light ual warning (if so equipped) warning light will flash for ap- . proximately 1 minute. The light When the ignition switch is in the ON Battery Voltage Low Charge Battery will remain on after 1 minute. position, the master warning light illumi- warning Have your tires replaced and/or nates if any of the following are displayed . Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse TPMS system reset as soon as on the vehicle information display. warning (if so equipped) possible. It is recommended you . No Key detected warning (if so . Power will turn off to save the battery visit a NISSAN dealer for these equipped) warning services. . Shift to Park warning (Continuously . Power turned off to save the battery Variable Transmission (CVT) models) warning

2-14 Instruments and controls . Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights warn- vicing. Seat belt warning light ing . The supplemental air bag warning . Headlight System Error: See Owner’s The light and chime remind you to fasten light remains on after approximately Manual warning (if so equipped) seat belts. The light illuminates whenever 7 seconds. . Timer Alert - Time for a driver break? the ignition switch is placed in the ON or . The supplemental air bag warning indicator (if so equipped) START position, and will remain illumi- light flashes intermittently. . Chassis Control System Error: See nated until the driver’s seat belt is fas- . tened. At the same time, the chime will The supplemental air bag warning Owner’s Manual warning light does not illuminate at all. . sound for about 6 seconds unless the CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual warn- driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN ing (for Continuously Variable Trans- dealer for these services. mission (CVT) models) The seat belt warning light for the front Unless checked and repaired, the Supple- . passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is Malfunction warning (if so equipped) mental Restraint Systems and/or the . not fastened when the front passenger’s Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature seat is occupied. pretensioners may not function properly. warning (if so equipped) For additional information, see “Supple- . See “Seat belts” (P.1-11) for precautions on Not Available: Poor Road Conditions mental Restraint System (SRS)” (P.1-40). warning (if so equipped) seat belt usage. . Currently unavailable warning (if so equipped) Supplemental air bag warning WARNING . Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction light warning After placing the ignition switch in the ON If the supplemental air bag warning . Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction or START position, the supplemental air light is on, it could mean that the warning bag warning light will illuminate. The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air . Other warning supplemental air bag warning light will bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To See “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supple- help avoid injury to yourself or mental side air bag, curtain air bag others, have your vehicle checked. It systems and/or pretensioner seat belt is recommended you visit a NISSAN are operational. dealer for this service. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need ser-

Instruments and controls 2-15 INDICATOR LIGHTS Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Automatic brake hold indica- warning light All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK tor light (green) (if so equipped) When the ignition switch is in the ON indicator light (if so equipped) The automatic brake hold indicator light position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (green) illuminates while the automatic (VDC) warning light illuminates and then When the ignition switch is in the ON brake hold system is operating. (See turns off. position, the All-Wheel Drive (AWD) LOCK “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).) indicator light illuminates and then turns The light will blink when the Vehicle off. Dynamic Control (VDC) system or the or Electronic parking traction control system is operating, thus When selecting LOCK mode while the brake indicator light (if so engine is running, the LOCK indicator alerting the driver that the vehicle is equipped) nearing its traction limits. The road sur- light illuminates. (See “Intelligent 4x4” face may be slippery. (P.5-139).) The electronic parking brake indicator light indicates that the electronic parking If the VDC warning light illuminates while brake system is operating. the VDC system is on, this light alerts the CAUTION driver to the fact that the VDC system’s When the ignition switch is placed in the fail-safe mode is operating, for example ON position, the electronic parking brake Do not drive on dry hard surface indicator light illuminates. When the en- the VDC system may not be functioning roads in the LOCK mode. properly. Have the system checked. It is gine is started and the parking brake is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer released, the warning light turns off. for this service. If a malfunction occurs in If the parking brake is not fully released, the system, the VDC system function will Automatic brake hold indica- the electronic parking brake indicator be canceled but the vehicle is still drive- tor light (white) (if so equipped) light remains on. Be sure that the electro- able. For additional information, see “Ve- The automatic brake hold indicator light nic parking brake indicator light has hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- (white) illuminates when the automatic turned off before driving. (See “Parking 147) of this manual. brake hold system is on standby. (See brake” (P.5-27).) “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29).) If the electronic parking brake indicator light illuminates or flashes while the electronic parking brake warning light (yellow) illuminates, it may indicate that the electronic parking brake system is not functioning properly. Have the 2-16 Instruments and controls system checked, and if necessary re- 18).) paired. It is recommended you visit a High beam indicator light Operation: NISSAN dealer for this service. This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the The malfunction indicator light will come Exterior light indicator low beam is selected. on in one of two ways: . Malfunction indicator light on steady This indicator illuminates when the head- — An emission control system and/or light switch is turned to the AUTO (if so Malfunction Indicator Light CVT malfunction has been detected. equipped), or position and the (MIL) Check the fuel-filler cap if the LOOSE front parking lights, rear combination If the malfunction indicator light comes FUEL CAP warning appears in the lights, license plate lights or headlights on steady or blinks while the engine is vehicle information display. If the are on. The indicator turns off when these running, it may indicate a potential emis- fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tight- lights are turned off. sion control and/or Continuously Variable en or install the cap and continue to Transmission (CVT) malfunction. drive the vehicle. The light should Front fog light indicator light The malfunction indicator light may also turn off after a few driving trips. If the (if so equipped) illuminate steady if the fuel-filler cap is light does not turn off after a few The front fog light indicator light illumi- loose or missing, or if the vehicle runs out driving trips, have the vehicle in- nates when the front fog lights are on. of fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-filler spected. It is recommended you visit (See “Fog light switch” (P.2-54).) cap is installed and closed tightly, and a NISSAN dealer for this service. You that the vehicle has at least 3 US gallons do not need to have your vehicle (11.4 liters) of fuel in the fuel tank. towed to the dealer. High beam assist indicator . Malfunction indicator light blinking — light (if so equipped) After a few driving trips, the light should turn off if no other potential An engine misfire has been detected The indicator light illuminates when the emission control system malfunction ex- which may damage the emission headlights come on while the headlight ists. control system. switch is in the AUTO position with the To reduce or avoid emission control high beam selected. This indicates that If this indicator light remains on for 20 seconds and then blinks for 10 seconds system damage: the high beam assist system is opera- 1) Do not drive at speeds above 45 tional. (See “High beam assist” (P.2-50).) when the engine is not running, it indicates that the vehicle is not ready for an MPH (72 km/h). emission control system inspection/ 2) Avoid hard acceleration or decel- maintenance test. (See “Readiness for eration. Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test” (P.10-

Instruments and controls 2-17 3) Avoid steep uphill grades. Models without Intelligent Key: Turn signal/hazard indicator 4) If possible, reduce the amount of A chime sounds if the driver’s side door is cargo being hauled or towed. lights opened while the key is left in the ignition The malfunction indicator light may The light flashes when the turn signal switch and the ignition switch is in the stop blinking and remain on. switch lever or hazard switch is turned on. OFF or LOCK position. Be sure to remove Have the vehicle inspected. It is re- the key and carry it with you when you commended you visit a NISSAN dealer Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) leave the vehicle. for this service. You do not need to off indicator light have your vehicle towed to the dealer. Light reminder chime When the ignition switch is in the ON The light reminder chime will sound when position, the Vehicle Dynamic Control the driver side door is opened with the CAUTION (VDC) off indicator light illuminates and headlight switch in the or posi- then turns off. tion, and the ignition switch is in the ACC, Continued vehicle operation without The light comes on when the Vehicle OFF or LOCK position. having the emission control system Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch is Turn the light switch off when you leave and/or CVT system checked and pushed to OFF. This indicates that the the vehicle. repaired as necessary could lead to VDC system and traction control system poor driveability, reduced fuel econ- are not operating. Driving aid chimes (if so equipped) omy, and possible damage to the AUDIBLE REMINDERS An audible alert/chime may be heard if emission control system. any of the following systems are active: Key reminder chime . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Models with Intelligent Key: . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Security indicator light A chime sounds if the driver’s door is with Pedestrian Detection The light blinks when the ignition switch opened while the ignition switch is placed . Blind Spot Warning (BSW) is in the OFF or LOCK position. This in the OFF position with the Intelligent . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) function indicates the security system Key left in the vehicle. . Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) equipped on the vehicle is operational. Make sure the ignition switch is placed in . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) If the security system is malfunctioning, the LOCK position, and carry it with you . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) this light will remain on while the ignition when leaving the vehicle. . switch is in the ON position. For additional ProPILOT Assist information, see “Security systems” (P.2- 42). 2-18 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) Parking brake reminder chime . Rear Sonar System (RSS) The parking brake reminder chime will For additional information, refer to the sound if the vehicle is driven at more than “Starting and driving” section of this 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models not equipped manual. with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models equipped with electronic NISSAN Intelligent Key® door buz- parking brake) with the parking brake zer (if so equipped) applied. Stop the vehicle and release the The Intelligent Key door buzzer sounds if parking brake. any one of the following improper operations is found. Seat belt warning chime . The Intelligent Key is left inside the The seat belt warning chime will sound vehicle when locking the doors. for about 6 seconds unless the driver’s seat belt is securely fastened. . The Intelligent Key is left outside the JVI0641X vehicle when operating the vehicle. When the buzzer sounds, be sure to The vehicle information display is check both the vehicle and the Intelligent located between the tachometer and Key. For additional information, refer to the speedometer, and it displays the “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11). warnings and information. The following items are also displayed if the vehicle is Brake pad wear warning equipped with them: The disc brake pads have audible wear . Vehicle settings warnings. When a brake pad requires . Trip computer information replacement, it will make a high pitched . Driver Assistance scraping sound when the vehicle is in . motion. This scraping sound will first Cruise control system information . occur only when the brake pedal is Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system depressed. After more wear of the brake . Intelligent Key operation information pad, the sound will always be heard even . Audio information if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have . Navigation - turn by turn the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard. Instruments and controls 2-19 . Indicators and warnings STARTUP DISPLAY . Tire pressure information When the ignition switch is placed in the . Chassis Control ON position, the vehicle information dis- . Other information play may display the following screens if the vehicle is equipped with them: . Home . Drive Computer — Average Speed-Trip (Distance & Time)-Fuel Economy . Compass or Navigation . Audio . Intelligent Cruise Control or ProPILOT Assist . Driving Aids JVI1566X . Tire Pressures HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFOR- . 4x4–i MATION DISPLAY . Chassis Control The vehicle information display can be . Warnings changed using the buttons OK , , . Settings , and located on the Warnings will only display if there are any steering wheel. present. For more information on warn- OK - change or select an item in the ings and indicators, see “Vehicle informa- vehicle information display tion display warnings and indicators” (P.2- - navigate through the items in vehi- 31). cle information display To control what items display in the - go back to the previous menu vehicle information display, see “Settings” - change from one display screen (P.2-21). to the next (i.e. trip, Fuel economy)

2-20 Instruments and controls SETTINGS buttons to select and the OK to tection system” (P.5-122), “Rear Automatic The setting mode allows you to change change a menu item: Braking (RAB)” (P.5-132), “Lane Departure the information displayed in the vehicle . Steering Assist (if so equipped) Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane information display: Allows user to turn the Steering Assist Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-107), and “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46). . Driver Assistance ON/OFF. . . Clock Emergency Brake Parking Aids (if so equipped): . Meter Settings — Front To change the status or turn on or off any . Vehicle Settings Allows user to turn the Automatic of the systems displayed in the “Parking . Emergency Braking (AEB) system Aids” menu, use the buttons to Maintenance ON/OFF select and the OK to change a menu . Alarm (if so equipped) — Rear (if so equipped) item: . Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the Rear Auto- . Moving Object (if so equipped) . Unit matic Braking (RAB) system ON/ Press the OK to turn the Moving . Language OFF. Object Detection (MOD) ON/OFF. . Factory Reset . Lane (if so equipped) . Cross Traffic — Warning (LDW) Driver Assistance Press the OK to turn the Rear Cross Allows user to turn the Lane De- Traffic Alert (RCTA) ON/OFF. To change the status, warnings or turn on parture Warning (LDW) system ON/ . Rear Sensor (if so equipped) or off any of the systems/warnings dis- OFF. Allows user to turn the rear sensor played in the “Driver Assistance” menu, — Prevention (LDP) use the buttons to select and the ON/OFF. Allows user to turn the Intelligent . Display (if so equipped) OK to change a menu item: Lane Intervention (I-LI) system ON/ . Driving Aids OFF. Allows user to turn the Rear Sonar System (RSS) display ON/OFF. . Parking Aids (if so equipped) . Blind Spot . Volume (if so equipped) . Chassis Control (if so equipped) — Warning (BSW) . Power Steering (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Allows user to select sensor volume Warning (BSW) system ON/OFF. (High, Med. or Low). Driving Aids: . Range (if so equipped) For additional information, see “ProPILOT To change the status, warnings or turn on assist” (P.5-86), “Automatic Emergency Allows user to select the sensor range or off any of the systems/warnings dis- Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115), “Automatic Emer- (Far, Mid. or Near). played in the “Driving Aids” menu, use the gency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian de- For additional information, see “Moving Instruments and controls 2-21 Object Detection (MOD)” (P.4-21), “Rear Clock 1. Use the buttons until “Body Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56) and Allows user to adjust the clock settings Color” is selected, and press OK . “Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152). and time within the vehicle information 2. Select the body color using the Chassis Control: display. Adjustments that can be made buttons and press OK . To change the status, warnings or turn on include automatically setting the time, ECO Mode Settings: 12H/24H format, Daylight Savings Time, or off any of the systems/warnings dis- This setting allows the customer to played in the “Chassis Control” menu. time zone, and manually setting the time (depending on the vehicle’s equipment). change the ECO mode system settings. Use the buttons to select and the The clock may also be set within the Use the buttons until “ECO Mode OK to change a menu item: Settings” is selected, and press OK . . center display. For additional information, Trace Control refer to the separate NissanConnect - ECO Indicator — See “Intelligent Trace Control” (P.5- Owner’s Manual. This setting allows the customer to en- 149) for more information. able/disable the ambient ECO indicator in . Meter Settings Engine Brake (if so equipped) the vehicle information display. — See “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- The meter settings allows the customer 1. Use the buttons to select “ECO tinuously Variable Transmission to choose from the various meter selec- Indicator”. (CVT) models)” (P.5-150) for more tions. 2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the information. The meter settings can be changed using ambient ECO in the vehicle informa- Press the OK to turn ON/OFF. the and the OK buttons. tion display. Power Steering: Main Menu Selection: Use the buttons to select and the The items that display when the ignition OK to change a menu item: switch is placed in the ON position can be . NORMAL enabled/disabled. To change the items The NORMAL mode is recommended that are displayed, use the to scroll for normal driving. and the OK to select a menu item. . SPORT Body Color: The SPORT mode adjusts the steering The color of the vehicle that displays in to enhance performance. the vehicle information display when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position can be changed.

2-22 Instruments and controls 1. Use the buttons to select “Dis- Vehicle Settings play”. The vehicle settings allows the customer 2. Press the OK to turn ON/OFF the to change settings for the following ECO management display in the vehi- settings. cle information display. . Lighting - View History . Turn indicator This setting allows the customer to reset . Locking the past history of the fuel economy and . Wipers the best fuel economy. . Rear Door Alert Welcome Effect: . Remote start (if so equipped) You can choose whether or not to display The vehicle settings can be changed the welcome screen when the ignition using the , and the OK buttons. switch is placed in the ON position. You WAC0086X Lighting: can also choose the following items to The “Lighting” menu has the following - DISP Mode define how the welcome screen looks: options: This setting allows the customer to en- . Dial Effect . Welcome Light able/disable the ECO pedal guide func- . Display Effect tion. Select “Welcome Effect” using the The welcome lighting can be set to be buttons and press the OK to select ON or OFF. From the “Lighting” menu, 1. Use the buttons to select “DISP select “Welcome Light”. Use the OK Mode”. this menu. Use the buttons to navigate between the menu options and to turn this feature ON or OFF. 2. Press the OK to select “Pedal” or press the OK to turn each function ON/ . Auto Room Lamp “Inst.FE.”. OFF. The interior light timer can be set to For detailed information, see “ECO mode be ON or OFF. From the “Lighting” system” (P.5-32). menu, select “Auto Room Lamp”. Use the OK to turn this feature ON or ECO Drive Report: OFF. - Display . Light Sensitivity (if so equipped) This setting allows the customer to en- The sensitivity of the Intelligent Auto able/disable the ECO Drive Report in the Headlight can be adjusted. From the vehicle information display. Instruments and controls 2-23 “Lighting” menu, select “Light Sensitiv- . Selective Unlock Wipers: ity”. Use the buttons and the OK When this item is turned on, and the . Speed Dependent to select the required sensitivity. door handle request switch on the The “Speed Dependent” feature can be The following options are available: driver’s or front passenger’s side door activated or deactivated. From the — Turn on earliest is pushed, only the corresponding “Wipers” menu, select “Speed Depen- — Turn on earlier door is unlocked. All the doors can dent”. Use the OK to turn this — Turn on standard be unlocked if the door handle re- feature ON or OFF. quest switch is pushed again within 1 — Turn on later . Reverse Link . minute. When this item is turned to off, Light Off Delay (if so equipped) all the doors will be unlocked when The “Reverse Link” wiper feature can The duration of the automatic head- the door handle request switch is be set to be ON or OFF. From the lights can be changed from 0 to 180 pushed once. From the “Locking” “Wipers” menu, select “Reverse Link”. seconds. From the “Lighting” menu, menu, select “Selective Unlock”. Use Use the OK to turn this feature ON select “Light Off Delay”. Use the OK the OK to activate or deactivate this or OFF. to change the duration. function. . Drip wipe Turn indicator: . Auto Door Unlock The “Drip wipe” feature can be set to be ON or OFF. From the “Wipers” menu, The “3 Flash Pass” overtaking feature can The “Auto Door Unlock” feature allows the customer to customize the auto select “Drip wipe”. Use the OK to turn be set to be ON or OFF. From the “Turn this feature ON or OFF. indicator” menu, select “3 Flash Pass”. Use door unlock options. the OK to turn this feature ON or OFF. — Ignition OFF Rear Door Alert: . Locking: — Shift to Park (for Continuously Vari- Horn & Alert able Transmission (CVT) models) When selected, the alert is displayed There are the following options in the — Off “Locking” menu: and the horn sounds. . Answer Bk. Horn (if so equipped) . Alert Only . I–Key Door Lock (if so equipped) When the answer back horn is on, the When selected, only the alert is dis- When this item is turned on, the horn will chirp and the hazard indica- played. request switch on the door is acti- tors will flash twice when locking the . vated. From the “Locking” menu, select OFF vehicle with the Intelligent Key or When selected, no alert or horn will be “I-Key Door Lock”. Use the OK to remote keyless entry function. activate or deactivate this function. active. For additional information, refer to “Rear door alert” (P.2-58).

2-24 Instruments and controls Remote start (if so equipped): or replacing the items. The “Remote start” feature allows user to WARNING Alarm (if so equipped) turn the remote engine start on or off. When turned on, the engine can be The tire replacement indicator is not This setting allows the customer to set restarted remotely. For additional infor- a substitute for regular tire checks, alarms. mation, refer to “Remote engine start” including tire pressure checks. See Select “Alarm” using the button and (P.3-23). “Changing wheels and tires” (P.8-37). press OK button . Many factors including tire inflation, Timer Alert (if so equipped): Maintenance alignment, driving habits and road The maintenance mode allows you to set conditions affect tire wear and when This setting allows the customer to set an alerts for the reminding of maintenance tires should be replaced. Setting the alert to notify the driver that the set time intervals. To change an item: tire replacement indicator for a cer- has been reached. Select “Maintenance” using the switch tain driving distance does not mean 1. Use the button to select “Timer and press OK . your tires will last that long. Use the Alert”. tire replacement indicator as a guide 2. Press the OK button . Oil and Filter: only and always perform regular tire This indicator appears when the custo- checks. Failure to perform regular 3. To change the timer amount, use the mer set distance comes for changing the tire checks, including tire pressure button and the OK button to engine oil and filter. You can set or reset checks could result in tire failure. save the selected time amount. the distance for checking or replacing Serious vehicle damage could occur Navigation (if so equipped): these items. For scheduled maintenance and may lead to a collision, which This setting allows the customer to en- items and intervals, refer to the “9. Main- could result in serious personal in- able/disable the alert for navigation in the tenance and schedules” section. jury or death. vehicle information display. Tire: 1. Use the button to select “Navi- This indicator appears when the custo- Other: gation”. mer set distance comes for replacing This indicator appears when the custo- 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF tires. You can set or reset the distance mer set distance comes for checking or the alert. for replacing tires. replacing maintenance items other than the engine oil, oil filter and tires. Other Phone (if so equipped): maintenance items can include such This setting allows the customer to en- things as air filter or tire rotation. You able/disable the alert for an incoming call can set or reset the distance for checking in the vehicle information display. Instruments and controls 2-25 1. Use the button to select Tire Pressures “Phone”. The settings in the “Tire pressures” menu 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF are all related to the Tire Pressure Mon- the alert. itoring System (TPMS). (See “Tire Pressure Mail (if so equipped): Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- This setting allows the customer to en- 3), “Tire Pressure Monitoring System able/disable the alert for incoming mail in (TPMS)” (P.8-29).) the vehicle information display. 1. Use the button to select “Mail”. 2. Press the OK button to turn ON/OFF the alert.

2-26 Instruments and controls Tire Pressure Unit: The unit for tire pressure that displays in the vehicle information display can be changed to: . psi . kPa . bar . Kgf/cm2 Use the button and the OK button to select and change the unit. If necessary, refer to the following table to convert between units.

JVI0938X Unit . km, l/100km The units that are shown in the vehicle . km, km/l information display can be changed: . miles, MPG . Mileage Use the button and the OK button . Tire pressures to select and change the unit. . Temperature Tire pressures: Use the button , and the OK button See “Tire Pressures” (P.2-26). to select and change the units of the vehicle information display. Temperature: The temperature that displays in the Mileage: vehicle information display can be chan- The unit for the mileage that displays in ged from: the vehicle information display can be . °C (Celsius) changed to: . °F (Fahrenheit) Use the button to toggle choices.

Instruments and controls 2-27 Language The language of the vehicle information display can be changed. Use the button , and the OK button to select and change the language of the vehicle information display. Factory Reset The settings in the vehicle information display can be reset back to the factory default. To reset the vehicle information display: 1. Select “Factory Reset” using the button and press the OK button . 2. Select “YES” to return all settings back to default by pressing the OK button .

2-28 Instruments and controls WAC0082X

Instruments and controls 2-29 WAC0083X

2-30 Instruments and controls VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY 3. No Key detected warning (if so 6. Engine start operation for Intelli- WARNINGS AND INDICATORS equipped) gent Key system indicator (if so equipped) 1. Engine start operation indicator This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside (for Continuously Variable Trans- This indicator appears when the Intelli- the vehicle and the ignition switch in the gent Key battery is running out of power mission (CVT) models) ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent and when the Intelligent Key system and This indicator appears when the shift Key is inside the vehicle. vehicle are not communicating normally. lever is in the P (Park) position. See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for If this indicator appears, touch the igni- This indicator means that the engine will more details. tion switch with the Intelligent Key while start by pushing the ignition switch with depressing the brake pedal. (See “Intelli- the brake pedal depressed. You can start 4. Shift to Park warning (CVT mod- gent Key battery discharge” (P.5-17).) the engine directly in any position of the els) (if so equipped) ignition switch. This warning appears when the ignition 7. Key ID incorrect warning (if so switch is pushed to stop the engine with equipped) 2. Engine start operation indicator the shift lever in any position except the P This warning appears when the ignition (for Manual Transmission (MT) (Park) position. switch is placed from the LOCK position models) If this warning appears, move the shift and the Intelligent Key cannot be recog- This indicator means that the engine will lever to the P (Park) position or place the nized by the system. You cannot start the start by pushing the ignition switch with ignition switch in the ON position. engine with an unregistered key. Use the the clutch pedal depressed. You can start An inside warning chime will also sound. registered Intelligent Key. the engine directly in any position of the (See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11).) See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11). ignition switch. You can also start the engine by pushing 5. Key battery low warning (if so 8. Release Parking Brake warning the ignition switch with the brake pedal equipped) This warning appears when the vehicle depressed when the shift lever is in the N This warning appears when the Intelli- speed is above 4 MPH (7 km/h) (models (Neutral) position. gent Key battery is running out of power. not equipped with electronic parking brake) or 2 MPH (4 km/h) (models If this indicator appears, replace the equipped with electronic parking brake) battery with a new one. See “Intelligent and the parking brake is applied. Stop the Key battery replacement” (P.8-23). vehicle and release the parking brake.

Instruments and controls 2-31 9. Low fuel level warning NISSAN dealer for repair as soon as 15. Low Oil Pressure Stop Vehicle This warning appears when the fuel level possible. warning in the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel as 13. Loose Fuel Cap warning This warning appears if low engine oil soon as it is convenient, preferably before This warning appears when the fuel-filler pressure is detected. If the warning ap- the fuel gauge reaches 0 (Empty). There pears during normal driving, pull off the will be a small reserve of fuel in the tank cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. For additional road in a safe area and stop the engine when the fuel gauge needle reaches 0 immediately. It is recommended that you (Empty). information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3- 28). call a NISSAN dealer. 10. Low Washer Fluid warning (if so The low oil pressure warning is not 14. Tire Pressure Low — Add Air equipped) designed to indicate a low oil level. Use warning the dipstick to check the oil level. (See This warning appears when the window “Engine oil” (P.8-6).) washer fluid is at a low level. Add window This warning appears when the low tire washer fluid as necessary. For additional pressure warning light in the meter information, refer to “Window washer illuminates and low tire pressure is de- CAUTION fluid” (P.8-10). tected. The warning appears each time the ignition switch is placed in the ON 11. Door/liftgate open warning position as long as the low tire pressure Running the engine with the engine warning light remains illuminated. If this oil pressure warning displayed could This warning appears if any of the doors cause serious damage to the engine. and/or the liftgate are open or not closed warning appears, stop the vehicle and securely. The vehicle icon indicates which adjust the pressure to the recommended door or the liftgate is open on the display. COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and 16. AWD Error: See Owner’s Manual Loading Information label. (See “Low tire warning (if so equipped) 12. Key System Error: See Owner’s pressure warning light” (P.2-13) and “Tire Manual warning (if so equipped) Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.5- This warning appears when the All-Wheel 5).) Drive (AWD) system is not functioning This warning appears if there is a mal- properly while the engine is running. function in the Intelligent Key system. Reduce vehicle speed and have the sys- If this warning appears while the engine is tem checked. It is recommended that you stopped, the engine cannot be started. If visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. See this warning appears while the engine is “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139). running, the vehicle can be driven. How- ever, it is recommended that you visit a 2-32 Instruments and controls 17. AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle 20. Shipping Mode On Push Sto- 24. Headlight System Error: See warning (if so equipped) rage Fuse warning (if so equipped) Owner’s Manual warning (if so This warning may appear while trying to This warning may appear if the extended equipped) free a stuck vehicle due to increased oil storage fuse switch is not pushed in This warning appears if the LED head- temperature. The driving mode may (switched on). When this warning ap- lights are malfunctioning. Have the sys- change to Two-Wheel Drive (2WD). If this pears, push in (switch on) the extended tem checked. It is recommended that you warning is displayed, stop the vehicle with storage fuse switch to turn off the warn- visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. the engine idling, as soon as it is safe to ing. For more information, see “Extended do so. Then if the warning turns off, you storage fuse switch” (P.8-21). 25. Timer Alert — Time for a driver can continue driving. See “Intelligent 4x4” break? indicator (P.5-139). 21. Power will turn off to save the battery warning This indicator appears when the set “Time 18. Tire Size Incorrect: See Owner’s for a driver break?” indicator activates. This warning appears after the ignition You can set the time for up to 6 hours. Manual warning (if so equipped) switch is in the ON position for a certain This warning may appear if there is a period of time. 26. Chassis Control System Error: large difference between the diameters of See Owner’s Manual warning 22. Power turned off to save the the front and rear wheels and tires. Pull This warning appears if the chassis con- off the road in a safe area, with the engine battery warning trol module detects an error in the idling. Check that all the tire sizes are the This warning appears after the ignition chassis control system. Have the system same, that the tire pressure is correct and switch is automatically turned OFF to checked. It is recommended that you visit that the tires are not excessively worn. save the battery. a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See See “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139). 23. Reminder: Turn OFF Headlights “Chassis control” (P.5-149).) 19. Battery Voltage Low Charge warning 27. Cruise control indicator (if so Battery warning This warning appears when the driver equipped) This warning appears when the battery side door is opened with the headlight This indicator shows the cruise control voltage is low and the battery needs to be switch is left ON and the ignition switch is system status. The status is shown by the charged. placed in the OFF or LOCK position. Place color. the headlight switch in OFF or AUTO (if so See “Cruise control” (P.5-64) for details. equipped) position. For additional information, see “Headlight and turn signal switch” (P.2-48). Instruments and controls 2-33 28. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) 31. Malfunction warning (if so 33. Unavailable: High Cabin Tem- indicator (if so equipped) equipped) perature warning (if so equipped) This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise This warning appears when the following This warning appears if the interior tem- Control (ICC) system status. The status is systems malfunction. perature of the vehicle has reached such shown by the color. (See “Intelligent . Lane Departure Warning (LDW) a high temperature that the sensor for Cruise Control (ICC) (models without Pro- the Lane Departure Warning (LDW) or . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) PILOT assist)” (P.5-66).) . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) systems Blind Spot Warning (BSW) can no longer function reliably. Once the 29. Continuously Variable Trans- . Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) interior temperature has reached normal mission (CVT) position indicator . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) levels, the warning should disappear. (CVT models) . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) If the warning continues to display, have This indicator shows the automatic shift with pedestrian detection the system checked. It is recommended position. . Rear automatic braking (RAB) that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this In the manual shift mode, when the For more details, see “Lane Departure service. transmission does not shift to the se- Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane For additional information, refer to “Lane lected gear due to a transmission protec- Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35) or “In- tion mode, the CVT position indicator will Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Rear Cross Traf- telligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40). blink and a chime will sound. fic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56), “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-86), “Automatic Emergency Braking 34. Not Available: Poor Road Con- See “Continuously Variable Transmission (AEB)” (P.5-115), “Automatic Emergency (CVT)” (P.5-20) for further details. ditions warning (if so equipped) Braking (AEB) with pedestrian detection This message appears when Intelligent 30. CVT Error: See Owner’s Manual system” (P.5-122) or “Rear Automatic Brak- Cruise Control (ICC) system becomes warning (CVT models) ing (RAB)” (P.5-132). unavailable because the road is slippery. This warning appears when there is a 32. ECO mode indicator For additional information, refer to “In- malfunction with the CVT system. If this telligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models The ECO mode indicator appears when without ProPILOT assist)” (P.5-66) or “In- warning comes on, have the system the ECO mode system is turned on. checked. It is recommended that you visit telligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models with (See “ECO mode system” (P.5-32).) a NISSAN dealer for this service. ProPILOT assist)” (P.5-97).

2-34 Instruments and controls 35. Currently unavailable warning the engine. If the warning message con- . The driver tries to release the electro- (if so equipped) tinues to appear, have the Automatic nic parking brake manually without Emergency Braking (AEB) system, Auto- depressing the brake pedal. This message appears when the Intelli- matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with pe- . The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system or the destrian detection system, Intelligent and there is a possibility of moving Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system Cruise Control (ICC) or ProPILOT assist backward, even if the electronic park- becomes unavailable because the VDC is system checked. It is recommended that ing brake is applied. turned off. For additional information, you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . refer to “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- This warning appears if the vehicle LI)” (P.5-40), “Intelligent Cruise Control For more details, see “Automatic Emer- moves while the automatic brake hold (ICC) (models without ProPILOT assist)” gency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115), “Automatic is activated. Emergency Braking (AEB) with pedestrian (P.5-66) or “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) 39. Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/ (models with ProPILOT assist)” (P.5-97). detection system” (P.5-122), “Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models without Pro- Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) 36. Unavailable: Front Radar Ob- PILOT assist)” (P.5-66) or “ProPILOT assist” indicator (if so equipped) struction warning (P.5-86). This indicator shows when the LDW and/ If the sensor area of the front bumper is 37. Unavailable: Side Radar Ob- or I-LI systems are engaged. covered with dirt or obstructed, making it struction warning See “Lane Departure Warning (LDW)” (P.5- impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the 35) or “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” This warning appears when the Blind Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) sys- (P.5-40). tem, Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) Spot Warning (BSW)/Rear Cross Traffic with pedestrian detection system, Intelli- Alert (RCTA) system becomes unavailable 40. Steering assist indicator (if so gent Cruise Control (ICC) system or Pro- because a radar blockage is detected. equipped) PILOT assist system is automatically (See “Blind Spot Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46) or “Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)” (P.5-56).) This indicator appears when the steering turned off. The warning message will assist system is engaged. appear in the vehicle information display. 38. Press Brake Pedal warning (for If the warning message appears, park the See “ProPILOT assist” (P.5-86). vehicle in a safe location and turn the electronic parking brake equipped engine off. models) Check to see if the sensor area of the This indicator appears in the following front bumper is blocked. If the sensor situations: area of the front bumper is blocked, remove the blocking material. Restart Instruments and controls 2-35 41. Steering assist alert (if so 43. Rear Door Alert is activated NOTE: equipped) When the system is enabled, this message This system is disabled until a driver appears when the Rear Door Alert system enables it using the vehicle information This message may appear when the display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). steering assist system is engaged. is active and can remind the driver to check the back seat. 44. Check Back Seat For all articles It will be displayed under the following condition: . Using the steering switch, a driver can When the system is enabled, this message select “Dismiss Message” to clear the appears when the vehicle comes to a . When not holding the steering wheel display for a period of time. If no complete stop, the shift lever is moved or when there is no steering wheel selection is made, this message auto- from the D (Drive) position to P (Park) operation. matically turns off after a period of position, and the driver exits the vehicle. Hold on the steering wheel immediately. time. This message alerts the driver, after a When the steering operation is detected, . Using the steering switch, a driver can period of time, to check for items in the the warning turns off and the steering select “Disable Alert” to disable the rear seat after the audible alert has been assist function is automatically restored. horn alert for the remainder of the provided. For additional information, refer to “Pro- current trip. PILOT assist” (P.5-86). NOTE: For additional information, see “Rear door This system is disabled until a driver 42. Automatic Emergency Braking alert” (P.2-58). enables it using the vehicle information (AEB) emergency warning indicator display. For additional information, see This indicator illuminates along, with an WARNING “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). audible warning, when the system de- 45. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) tects the possibility of a forward collision. Selecting “Dismiss Message” during a indicator (if so equipped) See “Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB)” stop within a trip temporarily dis- This indicator illuminates to indicate the (P.5-115) or “Automatic Emergency Brak- misses the message for that stop status of the Rear Automatic Braking ing (AEB) with pedestrian detection sys- without turning the system off. (RAB) system. tem” (P.5-122). Alerts can be provided for other See “Rear Automatic Braking (RAB)” (P.5- stops during the trip. Selecting “Dis- 132). able Alert” turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the remainder of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.

2-36 Instruments and controls 46. Rear Sonar System (RSS) indi- 48. Not available Front Camera 50. Not Available Seat Belt Not cator (if so equipped) Obstructed (if so equipped) Fastened (if so equipped) This indicator illuminates to indicate the This message may appear when the This message may appear when the status of the Rear Sonar System. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro- See “Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152). PILOT assist) system is engaged. PILOT assist) system is engaged. Under the following conditions, the ICC Under the following condition, the ICC 47. Not Available Bad Weather (if so (with ProPILOT assist) system is automa- (with ProPILOT assist) system is automa- equipped) tically canceled: tically canceled: This message may appear when the . The camera area of the windshield is . When the driver’s seat belt is not steering assist system is engaged. fogged up or covered with dirt, water, fastened. Under the following conditions, the steer- drops, ice, snow, etc. The ICC (with ProPILOT assist) system ing assist system is automatically can- . Strong light, such as sunlight or high cannot be used when the driver’s seat celed: beams from oncoming vehicles, enter belt is not fastened. . the front camera When the wiper low speed or high 51. Press Brake Pedal (if so speed operates. 49. Not Available Parking Brake On . equipped) When lane markers in the traveling (if so equipped) lane cannot be correctly detected for This message may appear when the a period of time due to such items as a This message may appear when the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro- snow rut, reflection of light on a rainy Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with Pro- PILOT assist) system is engaged. day or several unclear lane markers PILOT assist) system is engaged. It will be displayed under the following are present. Under the following condition, the ICC condition: If you want to use the steering assist (with ProPILOT assist) system is automa- . While the vehicle is stopped by the ICC system again, cancel the ProPILOT assist tically canceled: (with ProPILOT assist), the driver’s system and set it again when lane . The electronic parking brake is ap- door is opened but the electronic markers are clearly visible. plied. parking brake was not activated. The above system cannot be used when Step on the brake immediately. the electronic parking brake is activated.

Instruments and controls 2-37 WAC0084X

2-38 Instruments and controls TRIP COMPUTER position. 3. Elapsed time and trip odometer 1 Resetting is done by pushing the OK and 2 (mile or km) 1. Safety Shield (if so equipped) button. When the OK button is pushed, Elapsed time: The safety shield mode shows the oper- the following menu items are displayed. The elapsed time mode 1 shows the time ating condition for the following systems. . Cancel . since the last reset. The elapsed time 2 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if so — Return to the previous screen with- equipped) mode shows the time since the ignition out resetting. switch was turned ON. (The trip odometer . Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if so . Average Speed is also reset at the same time.) equipped) — Reset the average speed. . Trip odometer: Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . All . The trip odometer 1 mode shows the total Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (if — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, distance the vehicle has been driven since so equipped) “Elapsed time and trip odometer” . the last reset. The trip odometer 2 mode Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) and “Fuel economy.” with pedestrian detection system (if shows the total distance the vehicle has Once the “Average speed 1” is displayed, been driven since the time the ignition so equipped) you can use buttons to switch For more details, see “Lane Departure switch was placed in the ON position. (The between the “Average speed 1” and “Aver- elapsed time is also reset at the same Warning (LDW)” (P.5-35), “Intelligent Lane age speed 2.” Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40), “Blind Spot time.) Warning (BSW)” (P.5-46), “Automatic Emer- The display is updated every 30 seconds. The elapsed time and trip odometer 2 is gency Braking (AEB)” (P.5-115) or “Auto- The first 30 seconds after a reset, the automatically reset each time the ignition matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with display shows “——”. is placed in the OFF position. pedestrian detection system” (P.5-122). Resetting is done by pushing the OK 2. Average speed 1 and 2 (MPH or button. When the OK button is pushed, the following menu items are displayed. km/h) . Cancel The average speed 1 mode shows the — Return to the previous screen with- average vehicle speed since the last reset. out resetting. The average speed 2 mode shows the . average vehicle speed since the time the Distance ignition switch was turned ON. The aver- — Reset the elapsed time and trip age speed 2 is automatically reset each odometer. time the ignition is placed in the OFF Instruments and controls 2-39 . All — Return to the previous screen with- 9. Intelligent 4x4 torque distribution — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, out resetting. display (if so equipped) “Elapsed time and trip odometer” . Fuel Economy When the Intelligent 4x4 torque distribu- and “Fuel economy.” — Reset the fuel economy. tion display is selected, you can view the Once the “Elapsed time and trip odometer . All distribution ratio of the transmission 1” is displayed, you can use buttons — Reset all items of “Average Speed”, torque to the front and rear wheels to switch between the “Elapsed time and “Elapsed time and trip odometer” during driving. trip odometer 1” and “Elapsed time and and “Fuel economy”. trip odometer 2.” Once the “Fuel economy 1” is displayed, 10. Chassis control 4-5. Fuel economy/ECO pedal you can use buttons to switch When Intelligent Trace Control, Intelligent guide between the “Fuel economy 1” and “Fuel Engine Brake (Continuously Variable economy 2”. Transmission (CVT) models) or Active Ride Current fuel consumption: The display is updated every 30 seconds. Control system is operated, it shows the The current fuel consumption mode For about the first 1/3 mile (500 m) after a operating condition. It also shows oper- shows the current fuel consumption. reset, the display shows “——”. ating condition of Hill Start Assist. The operating condition of the automatic Average fuel consumption: 6. Audio brake hold system (if so equipped) is also The average fuel consumption 1 mode The audio mode shows the status of shown. See “Intelligent Trace Control” shows the average fuel consumption audio information. (P.5-149), “Intelligent Engine Brake (Con- since the last reset. The average fuel tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) consumption 2 mode shows the average 7. Navigation (if so equipped) models)” (P.5-150), “Active Ride Control” (P.5-151), “Hill Start Assist system” (P.5-152) fuel consumption since the time the When the route guidance is set in the ignition switch was placed in the ON navigation system, this item shows the or “Automatic brake hold” (P.5-29) for position. The average fuel consumption navigation route information. more details. 2 is automatically reset each time the ignition is placed in the OFF position. 8. Compass (if so equipped) 11. Tire Pressures The tire pressure mode shows the pres- Resetting is done by pushing the OK This display indicates the heading direc- button. When the OK button is pushed, tion of the vehicle. sure of all four tires while the vehicle is the following menu items are displayed. driven. . Cancel When the Tire Pressure Low — Add Air warning appears, the display can be switched to the tire pressure mode by 2-40 Instruments and controls pushing the OK button to reveal addi- Outside air temperature (°F or °C) tional details on the displayed warning. The outside air temperature is displayed in °F or °C in the range of −40 to 140°F (−40 to 60°C). The outside air temperature mode includes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37°F (3°C), the warning is displayed (if so equipped). The outside temperature sensor is located in front of the radiator. The sensor may be affected by road or engine heat, wind directions and other driving condi- JVI0932X tions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the tem- CLOCK AND OUTSIDE AIR TEM- perature displayed on various signs or PERATURE billboards. The clock and outside air temperature are displayed on the upper side of the vehicle information display. Clock For clock adjustment, see “Clock” (P.2-22) or the separate NissanConnect Owner’s Manual (if so equipped).

Instruments and controls 2-41 SECURITY SYSTEMS

cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle components in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. Many devices offering additional protection, such as component locks, identification markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and speci- alty shops. Your NISSAN dealer may also JVI1587X offer such equipment. Check with your SIC2045 insurance company to see if you may be Your vehicle has two types of security eligible for discounts for various theft How to arm the vehicle security systems, as follows: protection features. system . Vehicle security system . 1. Close all windows. The system can be NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System armed even if the windows are open. The security condition will be shown by the security indicator light. 2. Remove the keys from the vehicle. 3. Close all doors, hood (if so equipped) VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM and liftgate. Lock all doors. The doors The vehicle security system provides can be locked with the key fob (if so visual and audio alarm signals if someone equipped), Intelligent Key (if so opens the doors, hood (if so equipped) equipped), door handle request switch and liftgate when the system is armed. It (if so equipped), power door lock is not, however, a motion detection type switch, or mechanical key. system that activates when a vehicle is 4. Confirm that the security indicator moved or when a vibration occurs. light stays on for about 30 seconds. The system helps deter vehicle theft but The vehicle security system is now

2-42 Instruments and controls pre-armed. The vehicle security sys- The alarm is activated by: 2. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or tem will automatically shift into the . opening any doors, the hood (if so LOCK position and wait approximately armed phase. The security light begins equipped) or liftgate without using the 10 seconds. to flash once every three seconds. If key or Intelligent Key (even if the door 3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again. during the pre-armed phase one of is unlocked by releasing the door 4. Restart the engine while holding the the following occurs, the system will inside lock knob). not arm: device (which may have caused the interference) separate from the regis- . Any door is unlocked with the key How to stop an activated alarm tered key. fob (if so equipped), the Intelligent The alarm stops only by unlocking a door Key (if so equipped), mechanical or the liftgate with the mechanical key, If this procedure allows the engine to key, or door request switch. pressing the UNLOCK button on the start, NISSAN recommends placing the . Ignition switch is placed in the ON key fob (if so equipped) or the Intelligent registered key on a separate key ring position. Key (if so equipped), or pushing the to avoid interference from other devices. Even when the driver and/or passen- request switch (if so equipped) on the gers are in the vehicle, the system will driver’s or passenger’s door in range of Statement related to section 15 of FCC activate with all the doors, hood (if so the door handle. rules for NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer equipped) and liftgate locked with the System (CONT ASSY-BCM. ANT ASSY- NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- IMMOBILISER) ignition switch placed in the LOCK posi- TEM tion. When placing the ignition switch in FCC Notice: The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System the ON position, the system will be For USA: released. will not allow the engine to start without the use of the registered key. This device complies with Part 15 of the Vehicle security system activation If the engine fails to start using the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the The vehicle security system will give the registered key, it may be due to inter- following two conditions: (1) This device following alarm: ference caused by another registered key, may not cause harmful interference, an automated toll road device or auto- and (2) this device must accept any . The headlights blink and the horn interference received, including inter- sounds intermittently. mated payment device on the key ring. Restart the engine using the following ference that may cause undesired op- . The alarm automatically turns off procedures: eration. after approximately 50 seconds. How- Note: Changes or modifications not ever, the alarm reactivates if the 1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON position for approximately 5 seconds. expressly approved by the party re- vehicle is tampered with again. sponsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the Instruments and controls 2-43 equipment. recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer For Canada: for this service. This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

SIC2045

Security indicator light The security indicator light blinks whenever the ignition switch is placed in the OFF or LOCK position. This function indicates the NISSAN Vehi- cle Immobilizer System is operational. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, the light will remain on while the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. If the light still remains on and/or the engine will not start, seek service for the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have. It is

2-44 Instruments and controls WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

not use the window washer re- WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer fluid concentrate and water. In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the wind- If the windshield wiper operation is shield and obscure your vision which interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may lead to an accident. Warm wind- may stop moving to protect its motor. If shield with the defroster before you this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the wash the windshield. OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the CAUTION wiper.

. Do not operate the washer con- JVI0863X tinuously for more than 30 seconds. WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER OPERATION . Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty. The windshield wiper and washer oper- . ates when the ignition switch is in the ON Do not fill the window washer position. reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Push the lever down to operate the wiper Some methyl alcohol based at the following speed: washer fluid concentrates may Intermittent — intermittent operation can permanently stain the grille if be adjusted by turning the knob toward spilled while filling the window (Slower) or (Faster). Also, the intermittent operation speed varies in accor- washer reservoir tank. dance with the vehicle speed. (For . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- example, when the vehicle speed is high, trates with water to the manu- the intermittent operation speed will be facturer’s recommended levels faster.) before pouring the fluid into the Low — continuous low speed operation window washer reservoir tank. Do Instruments and controls 2-45 REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

High — continuous high speed operation not use the window washer re- Push the lever up to have one sweep WARNING servoir tank to mix the washer operation of the wiper. fluid concentrate and water. Pull the lever toward you to operate the In freezing temperatures the washer washer. Then the wiper will also operate solution may freeze on the rear If the rear window wiper operation is several times. window glass and obscure your vi- interrupted by snow or ice, the wiper After a short delay, the drip wipe function sion. Warm the rear window with the may stop moving to protect its motor. If will operate the wiper once more to clear defroster before you wash the rear this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the remaining windshield-washer fluid from window. OFF position and remove the snow or the windshield. ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In approximately 1 minute, turn NOTE: the switch on again to operate the The Speed Dependent feature and Drip CAUTION wiper. Wipe feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle . Do not operate the washer con- information display” (P.2-19) in this sec- tinuously for more than 30 section. onds. . Do not operate the washer if the reservoir tank is empty. . Do not fill the window washer reservoir tank with washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based washer fluid concentrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the window washer reservoir tank. . Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturer’s recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the window washer reservoir tank. Do 2-46 Instruments and controls REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR DEFROSTER SWITCH

Reverse Link feature: When the windshield wiper switch is on, moving the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position will operate the rear window wiper. NOTE: The Reverse Link feature may be disabled. For additional information, refer to “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). Wiper drip wipe system: The wiper will also operate once about 3 seconds after the washer and wiper are operated. This operation is to wipe JVI0852X JVI0867X washer fluid that has dripped on the Type A The rear window wiper and washer windshield. operate when the ignition switch is in the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper. Intermittent (INT) — intermittent operation (not adjustable) Low (ON) — continuous low speed operation Push the switch forward to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.

JVI0853X Type B

Instruments and controls 2-47 HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

To defog/defrost the rear window glass and outside mirrors (if so equipped), start the engine and push the switch on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approximately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster. JVI1616X JVI1624X HEADLIGHT SWITCH Intelligent Auto Headlight system (if Lighting so equipped) Rotate the switch to the position, and The Intelligent Auto Headlight system the front parking, tail, license plate, and allows the headlights to be set so they instrument panel lights will come on. turn on and off automatically. Rotate the switch to the position, and To set the Intelligent Auto Headlight the headlights will come on and all the system: other lights remain on. 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the AUTO position . 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position. 3. The Intelligent Auto Headlight system automatically turns the headlights on and off. To turn the Intelligent Auto Headlight 2-48 Instruments and controls system off, turn the switch to the OFF, seconds. or position. For automatic headlights off delay The Intelligent Auto Headlight system can setting, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). turn on the headlights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light. The headlights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously). If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition is continued, the headlights remain on for 5 minutes. JVI0510X Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the Intelligent Auto Headlight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate. Automatic headlights off delay (if so equipped): You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you place the ignition switch in the OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45

Instruments and controls 2-49 High beam assist (if so equipped) the vicinity of the vehicle. The high beam assist system will operate — When the headlights of the when the vehicle is driven at speeds of oncoming vehicle or the lead- approximately 19 MPH (30 km/h) and ing vehicle are turned off, above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading when the color of the light is vehicle appears in front of your vehicle affected due to foreign mate- when the headlight high beam is on, the rials on the lights, or when the headlight will be switched to the low light beam is out of position. beam automatically. — When there is a sudden, con- Precautions on high beam assist: tinuous change in brightness. — When driving on a road that WARNING passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differ- JVI1617X . The high beam assist system is a ences. Headlight beam select convenience but it is not a sub- — When driving on a road with stitute for safe driving operation. many curves. To select the high beam function, push The driver should remain alert at the lever forward. The high beam lights — When a sign or mirror-like come on and the light illuminates. all times, ensure safe driving practices and switch the high surface is reflecting intense Pull the lever back to select the low beam. beams and low beam manually light towards the front of the Pulling and releasing the lever flashes the when necessary. vehicle. headlight high beams on and off. . The high beam or low beam may — When the container, etc. being not switch automatically under towed by a leading vehicle is the following conditions. Switch reflecting intense light. the high beam and low beam — When a headlight on your manually. vehicle is damaged or dirty. — During bad weather (rain, fog, — When the vehicle is leaning at snow, wind, etc.). an angle due to a punctured — When a light source similar to tire, being towed, etc. a headlight or tail light is in 2-50 Instruments and controls . The timing of switching the low headlight remains the low beam. beam and high beam may To turn off the high beam assist system, change under the following situa- turn the headlight switch to the tions. position or select the low beam position — The brightness of the head- by placing the lever in the neutral posi- lights of the oncoming vehicle tion. or leading vehicle. — The movement and direction of the oncoming vehicle and the leading vehicle. — When only one light on the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is illuminated. JVI1621X — When the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is a two- High beam assist operations: wheeled vehicle. To activate the high beam assist system, — Road conditions (incline, turn the headlight switch to the AUTO curve, the road surface, etc.). position and push the lever forward (high beam position). The high beam — The number of passengers assist indicator light in the meter will and the amount of cargo. illuminate while the headlights are turned on. If the high beam assist indicator light does not illuminate in the above condition, it may indicate that the system is not functioning properly. It is recommended you have the system checked by a NISSAN dealer. When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 13 MPH (20 km/h), the Instruments and controls 2-51 If the ambient image sensor is damaged if the headlights turn off auto- due to an accident, it is recommended matically. you contact a NISSAN dealer. Battery saver system Daytime Running Light (DRL) sys- . When the headlight switch is in the tem or position while the ignition The LED portion of the headlights auto- switch is in the ON position, the lights matically illuminate at 100% intensity will automatically turn off within a when the engine is started and the period of time after the ignition switch parking brake released. The LED Daytime has been placed in the OFF position. Running Light (DRL) operate with the . When the headlight switch remains in headlight switch in the OFF position or the or position after the lights in the position. When you turn the automatically turn off, the lights will headlight switch to the position for JVS1079X turn on when the ignition switch is full illumination, the LED lights switch placed in the ON position. from LED DRL to the park function. Ambient image sensor maintenance: If the parking brake is applied before the The ambient image sensor for the high CAUTION engine is started, the LED DRL do not beam assist system is located in front of illuminate. The LED DRL illuminate when the inside mirror. To keep the proper the parking brake is released. The LED . When you turn on the headlight operation of the high beam assist system DRL will remain on until the ignition switch again after the lights auto- and prevent a system malfunction, be switch is placed in the OFF position. sure to observe the following: matically turn off, the lights will not turn off automatically. Be It is necessary at dusk to turn the head- . Always keep the windshield clean. sure to turn the light switch to light switch ON for interior controls and . Do not attach a sticker (including the OFF position when you leave switches to illuminate, as those remain transparent material) or install an the vehicle for extended periods OFF while the switch is in the OFF accessory near the ambient image of time, otherwise the battery will position. sensor. be discharged. . Do not strike or damage the areas . Never leave the light switch on around the ambient image sensor. Do when the engine is not running not touch the sensor lens that is for extended periods of time even located on the ambient image sensor. 2-52 Instruments and controls signal will automatically flash three times. WARNING Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic When the LED DRL system is active, conditions. tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

JVI1591X TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal Move the lever up or down to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signals cancel automatically. Lane change signal Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed. Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn Instruments and controls 2-53 HORN HEATED STEERING WHEEL (if so equipped)

JVI0980X JVI1569X JVI1592X FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) To sound the horn, push the center pad The heated steering wheel system is To turn the fog lights on, turn the head- area of the steering wheel. designed to operate only when the sur- light switch to the position, then turn face temperature of the steering wheel is the fog light switch to the position. WARNING below 68°F (20°C). To turn the fog lights on with the head- Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel after the engine light switch in the AUTO position, the Do not disassemble the horn. Doing headlights must be on, then turn the fog starts. The indicator light on the switch so could affect proper operation of will illuminate. light switch to the position. the supplemental front air bag sys- To turn them off, turn the fog light switch tem. Tampering with the supple- If the surface temperature of the steering to the OFF position. mental front air bag system may wheel is below 68°F (20°C), the system will result in serious personal injury. heat the steering wheel and cycle off and The headlights must be on for the fog on to maintain a temperature above 68°F lights to operate. The fog lights automa- (20°C). The indicator light will remain on tically turn off when the high beam as long as the system is on. headlights are selected. Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The 2-54 Instruments and controls HEATED SEATS (if so equipped) indicator light will turn off. . Any liquid spilled on the heated NOTE: WARNING seat should be removed immedi- If the surface temperature of the steer- ately with a dry cloth. ing wheel is above 68°F (20°C) when the Do not use or allow occupants to use . When cleaning the seat, never use switch is turned on, the system will not the seat heater if you or the occu- gasoline, thinner, or any similar heat the steering wheel. This is not a pants cannot monitor elevated seat materials. malfunction. temperatures or have an inability to . If any malfunctions are found or feel pain in body parts that contact the heated seat does not operate, the seat. Use of the seat heater by turn the switch off and have the such people could result in serious system checked. It is recom- injury. mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION

. The battery could run down if the seat heater is operated while the engine is not running. . Do not use the seat heater for extended periods or when no one is using the seat. . Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blanket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, the seat may become overheated. . Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

Instruments and controls 2-55 DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH (models without ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped) The heater is controlled by a thermo- stat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn off the switch.

JVR0322X JVI1593X The seats are warmed by built-in heaters. The dynamic driver assistance switch is The switches located on the center con- used to temporarily turn on and off the sole can be operated independently of Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system. each other. The I-LI system must be turned on with 1. Start the engine. the dynamic driver assistance switch 2. Select heat range. every time the ignition is placed in the ON position. For high-speed heating, push the HI (High) side of the switch. When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned off, the indicator on For low-speed heating, push the LO the switch is off. The indicator will also be (Low) side of the switch. off if the I-LI system is deactivated using The indicator light on the switch will the vehicle information display. illuminate when the heater is on. The I-LI system warns the driver with an 3. To turn off the heater, return the indicator and a chime, and helps assist switch to the level position. Make sure the driver to return the vehicle to the the indicator light goes off. center of the traveling lane by applying 2-56 Instruments and controls STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (models VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) with ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped) OFF SWITCH the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). For additional information, see “Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40).

WAC0074X SIC4544 The steering assist switch is used to The vehicle should be driven with the temporarily turn on and off the steering Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on assist system. for most driving conditions. The steering assist system controls the If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, the steering system to help keep your vehicle VDC system reduces the engine output to near the center of the lane when driving. reduce wheel spin. The engine speed will For additional information, see “ProPILOT be reduced even if the accelerator is assist” (P.5-86). depressed to the floor. If maximum engine power is needed to free a stuck vehicle, turn the VDC system off. To turn off the VDC system, push the VDC OFF switch. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the VDC OFF switch again or restart the engine to turn on the system. (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”

Instruments and controls 2-57 INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH (if REAR DOOR ALERT so equipped)

(P.5-147).) The Rear Door Alert system functions under certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle. The Rear Door Alert system is initially disabled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). When the system is enabled: . The system is activated when a rear door is opened and closed approxi- JVI1595X mately 10 minutes before the vehicle is started. When the vehicle is started The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located and the system is activated, a visual on the instrument panel. The AWD LOCK message appears in the vehicle infor- indicator light will illuminate when the mation display. For additional infor- switch is turned on. For additional information, see “43. Rear Door Alert is mation, refer to “Intelligent 4x4” (P.5-139). activated” (P.2-36). Each time you push the switch, the AWD . If a rear door is opened and closed but mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO. the vehicle is not started within approximately 10 minutes, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the vehicle is started within 10 minutes for the system to activate. When the Rear Door Alert system is activated and a driver exits the vehicle after arriving at a destination:

2-58 Instruments and controls ECO MODE SWITCH

. When the driver puts the vehicle in the . There may be times when there is P (Park) position, a message appears an object or passenger in the rear in the vehicle information display for seat(s) but the audible alert does the driver to “Dismiss Message” or not sound. For example, this may “Disable Alert” if desired. occur if the engine is turned off . With the system enabled, when the and then on again in a short driver exits the vehicle, an audible alert period of time during a trip, or if (horn sound) will occur unless a rear rear seat passengers enter or exit door is opened and closed within a the vehicle during a trip. short time to deactivate the alert. . . The system does not directly If the doors are locked before the alert detect objects or passengers in is deactivated by opening a rear door, the rear seat(s). Instead, it can the horn will sound. detect when a rear door is . If the system is activated but the opened and closed, indicating JVS0185X liftgate is opened before opening a that there may be something in rear door, the horn will be delayed the rear seat(s). The ECO mode system helps to enhance until after the liftgate is closed. the fuel economy by controlling the . If the audible horn alert occurs, a NOTE: engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod- message will also appear in the vehi- There may be times when the horn els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera- cle information display that states, sounds but there are no objects or tion. “Check Back Seat for all articles”. For passengers in the rear seat(s). additional information, see “44. Check To turn on the ECO mode system, push Back Seat For all articles” (P.2-36). For additional information, see “43. Rear the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator Door Alert is activated” (P.2-36). appears on the meter. To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO WARNING switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off. . If the driver selects “Disable . The ECO mode system cannot be Alert”, no audible alert will be turned off while the accelerator pedal provided regardless of rear door is depressed even if the ECO switch is open/close status. pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode

Instruments and controls 2-59 POWER OUTLET

system. The power outlet is located in the instru- . The ECO mode system will turn off ment panel and center console box. automatically if a malfunction occurs in the system. . Turn off the ECO mode system when CAUTION acceleration is required such as when: . — driving with a heavy load of pas- The outlet and plug may be hot sengers or cargo in the vehicle during or immediately after use. . — driving on a steep uphill slope Do not use with accessories that exceed a 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory. . Use power outlet with the engine WAC0077X running to avoid discharging the Instrument Panel vehicle battery. . Avoid using power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster is on. . This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit. . Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal temperature fuse may open. . Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, be sure the electrical WAC0078X accessory being used is turned Center Console Box OFF. 2-60 Instruments and controls . When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water or any CAUTION liquid to contact the outlet. . Do not force a USB device into the connector. Inserting the USB device tilted or up-side-down into the connector may damage the connector. Make sure that the USB device is connected correctly into the connector. . Do not use a reversible USB cable. Using the reversible USB cable may damage the connector. WAC0094X USB (Universal Serial Bus) CHAR- GING CONNECTOR The USB charging connector is located in the center console box. The USB charging connector can be used only for charging an external device. Connect a USB device into the connector. Charging will start automatically (maximum output up to 5 volt, 12W, 2.4A). The external device will be charged continuously while the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON position. Some mobile devices cannot be charged depending on their specifications.

Instruments and controls 2-61 STORAGE

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger. . Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an accident.

JVI1601X JVI0873X Center console Front Rear seat (if so equipped) The rear cup holders are located in the rear fold-down armrest. SOFT BOTTLE HOLDERS

CAUTION

. Do not use bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly injure people during sudden braking or an accident. . Do not use bottle holder for open liquid containers.

2-62 Instruments and controls may cause the luggage board to be tilted, resulting in personal injury. . Do not handle the luggage board forcibly as this may deform it. . While in the upper position, do not recline the seatbacks. . Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

NOTE: JVI0884X The diversity of the cargo area may be Door (front and rear) restricted depending on the equipment CARGO AREA of each vehicle. You can use the cargo area in diverse ways using the flexible luggage boards.

WARNING JVI1620X Do not put objects heavier than 110 lbs (50 kg) on the load floor. 1. Pull the outer board upward to 90°. 2. Push down the board until it stops. CAUTION

. Do not push the front edge of the luggage board forcibly. Doing so

Instruments and controls 2-63 JVI0888X JVI1685X JVI0619X GLOVE BOX CONSOLE BOX SUNGLASSES HOLDER To open the console box lid, push up the WARNING knob and pull up the lid. WARNING To close, push the lid down until the lock Keep glove box lid closed while driv- latches. Keep the sunglasses holder closed ing to help prevent injury in an while driving to avoid obstructing accident or a sudden stop. the driver’s view and to help prevent an accident. To open the glove box, pull the handle. To close, push the lid in until the lock latches. The glove box light illuminates CAUTION when the headlight switch is turned on. . Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

2-64 Instruments and controls . Do not leave sunglasses in the sunglasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

SIC4348 JVI1686X Cargo area CARD HOLDER (driver’s side) LUGGAGE HOOKS Slide a card in the card holder. To use the hook, pull it up as illustrated.

WARNING

. Always make sure that the cargo is properly secured. Use the suitable ropes and hooks. . Unsecured cargo can become dangerous in an accident or sudden stop. . Do not apply a total load of more than 22 lb (10 kg) to a single hook.

Instruments and controls 2-65 the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury . The child restraint top tether strap may be damaged by contact with the parcel shelf or items in the cargo area. Remove the parcel shelf from the vehicle or store it in its storage space. Also, secure any lose items in the cargo area. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the top tether strap is damaged.

JVI1336X JVI1334X Cargo area (hooks for shopping bags, etc.) Removal PARCEL SHELF 1. Open the liftgate. (See “Liftgate” (P.3- WARNING 26).) WARNING 2. Detach both of the ropes (left and Do not apply a total load of more right) from the inside of the liftgate. than 7 lb (3 kg) to the hook. . Never put anything on the parcel 3. Detach the parcel shelf by simply shelf, no matter how small. Any pulling it rearwards through the lift- object on it could cause an injury gate opening. in case of an accident or if the brakes are applied suddenly. . Do not leave the parcel shelf in position when it is disengaged from the grooves. . Properly secure all cargo to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than

2-66 Instruments and controls ROOF RACK (if so equipped)

4. Close the liftgate.

JVI1335X JVI0889X Do not apply any load directly to the roof side rails. Cross bars must be installed CAUTION before applying load/cargo/luggage to the roof of the vehicle. Genuine NISSAN Make sure the parcel shelf is care- accessory cross bars are available fully stored when not in use in order through a NISSAN dealer. It is recom- to prevent any damage. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for additional information. Installation The service load capacity for the roof side 1. Open the liftgate. rails is 150 lb (68 kg), however do not exceed the accessory cross bars load 2. Insert the parcel shelf by pushing it capacity. forwards as far as possible through the liftgate opening. Be careful that your vehicle does not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 3. Attach the corresponding ropes to (GVWR) or its Gross Axle Weight Rating each side of the liftgate. (GAWR front and rear). The GVWR and

Instruments and controls 2-67 WINDOWS

GAWR are located on the F.M.V.S.S. or C.V. . Properly secure all cargo with POWER WINDOWS M.S.S. certification label (located on the ropes or straps to help prevent it driver’s door pillar). For additional infor- from sliding or shifting. In a sud- WARNING mation regarding GVWR and GAWR, refer den stop or collision, unsecured to “Vehicle loading information” (P.10-11). cargo could cause personal in- . jury. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the WARNING vehicle while it is in motion and before closing the windows. Use . Always install the cross bars onto the window lock switch to pre- the roof side rails before loading vent unexpected use of the cargo of any kind. Loading cargo power windows. directly onto the roof side rails or . To help avoid risk of injury or the vehicle’s roof may cause ve- death through unintended opera- hicle damage. tion of the vehicle and or its . Drive extra carefully when the systems, including entrapment vehicle is loaded at or near the in windows or inadvertent door cargo carrying capacity, espe- lock activation, do not leave chil- cially if the significant portion of dren, people who require the that load is carried on the cross assistance of others or pets un- bars. attended in your vehicle. Addi- . Heavy loading of the cross bars tionally, the temperature inside a has the potential to affect the closed vehicle on a warm day can vehicle stability and handling quickly become high enough to during sudden or unusual hand- cause a significant risk of injury ling maneuvers. or death to people and pets. . Roof rack cross bars should be The power windows operate when the evenly distributed. ignition switch is in the ON position, or for . Do not exceed maximum roof about 45 seconds after the ignition rack cross bars load. switch is placed in the OFF position. If the driver’s or front passenger’s door is opened during this period of about 45 2-68 Instruments and controls seconds, power to the windows is can- Locking passengers’ windows celed. When the lock button is pushed in, only the driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel.

SIC4533

1. Window lock button 2. Driver side window 3. Rear left passenger side window 4. Front passenger side window 5. Rear right passenger side window Main power window switch (driver’s side) To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it. The main switch (driver side switches) will open or close all the windows.

Instruments and controls 2-69 Auto-reverse function

WARNING

There are some small distances immediately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the SIC4523 SIC4524 window will be immediately lowered. The auto reverse function can be acti- Passenger side power window Automatic operation vated when the window is closed by switch The automatic operation is available for automatic operation when the ignition The passenger side switch will open or the switch that has an mark on its switch is in the ON position or for 45 close only the corresponding window. To surface. seconds after the ignition switch is placed open or close the window, push down or To fully open or close the window, com- in the OFF position. pull up the switch and hold it. pletely push down or pull up the switch Depending on the environment or driv- and release it; the switch need not be ing conditions, the auto reverse func- held. The window will automatically open tion may be activated if an impact or or close all the way. To stop the window, load similar to something being caught just push or lift the switch in the opposite in the window occurs. direction. A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released.

2-70 Instruments and controls MOONROOF (if so equipped)

If the windows do not close auto- during this period of about 45 seconds, matically WARNING power to the moonroof is canceled. If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, . In an accident you could be perform the following procedure to initi- thrown from the vehicle through alize the power window system. an open moonroof. Always use 1. Start the engine. seat belts and child restraints. . 2. Close the door. Do not allow anyone to stand up or extend any portion of their 3. After starting the engine, open the body out of the moonroof open- window completely by operating the ing while the vehicle is in motion power window switch. or while the moonroof is closing. 4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely. CAUTION 5. Release the power window switch. . Operate the window by the automatic Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand from the moonroof before function to confirm the initialization is opening. complete. . If the power window automatic function Do not place any heavy object on the moonroof or surrounding does not operate properly after perform- area. ing the procedure above, it is recommended you have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer. POWER MOONROOF The moonroof only operates when the ignition switch is in the ON position. The moonroof is operational for about 45 seconds, even if the ignition switch is pushed to the OFF position. If the driver’s door or the passenger’s door is opened

Instruments and controls 2-71 Sliding the moonroof matically when the auto reverse function To fully open or close the moonroof, push activates due to a malfunction, push and the switch to the open or close hold the moonroof switch to the close position and release it; it need not be held. position . The roof will automatically open or close Depending on the environment or driv- all the way. To stop the roof, push the ing conditions, the auto reverse func- switch once more while it is opening or tion may be activated if an impact or closing. load similar to something being caught in the moonroof occurs. Auto reverse function If the moonroof does not operate If the moonroof does not operate prop- WARNING erly, perform the following procedure to initialize the moonroof operation system. There are some small distances im- JVI0655X 1. If the moonroof is open, close it fully mediately before the closed position by repeatedly pushing the moonroof which cannot be detected. Make sure Sunshade switch to the close position to tilt that all passengers have their hands, The sunshade will open automatically the moonroof up. etc., inside the vehicle before closing when the moonroof is opened. However, the moonroof. 2. Push and hold the switch to the close it must be closed manually. position . Tilting the moonroof If the control unit detects something 3. Release the moonroof switch after the To tilt up, first close the moonroof, then caught in the moonroof when it is closing, moonroof moves slightly up and push the switch to the tilt up position the moonroof will be immediately down. and release it; it need not be held. To tilt opened. 4. Push and hold the switch to the open down the moonroof, push the switch to The auto reverse function can be acti- position to fully tilt the moonroof the tilt down position . vated when the moonroof is closed by down. automatic operation when the ignition 5. Check if the moonroof switch oper- switch is in the ON position or for about ates normally. 45 seconds after the ignition switch is If the moonroof does not operate prop- pushed to the OFF position. erly after performing the procedure If the moonroof cannot be closed auto- above, have your moonroof checked and 2-72 Instruments and controls INTERIOR LIGHTS repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. CAUTION

. Do not leave the light switch on when the engine is not running for extended periods of time to prevent the battery from being discharged. . Turn off the lights when you leave the vehicle.

JVI0626X INTERIOR LIGHT SWITCH The interior light can be turned ON regardless of door position. The light will go off after a period of time unless the ignition switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened. The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened. To turn off the interior lights when a door open, push the switch, the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position, or the driver’s door is closed and locked. The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open.

Instruments and controls 2-73 JVI0627X JVI0628X SIC2063A CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) MAP LIGHTS ROOM LIGHT The console light will turn on whenever Push the button to turn the map lights The room light has a three-position the parking lights or headlights are illu- on. To turn them off, push the button switch. minated. again. When the switch is in the ON position , the room light illuminates. When the switch is in the DOOR position , the room light illuminates when a door is opened. The interior light timer will keep the room light on for approximately 15 seconds when: . The key is removed from the ignition switch with the driver’s door closed. (model without Intelligent Key system)

2-74 Instruments and controls . The ignition switch is placed in the CARGO LIGHT OFF position. (model with Intelligent The cargo lights illuminate when the Key system) liftgate is opened. When the liftgate is The interior light timer will be cancelled closed, the lights will turn off. when: The light will also turn off after a period . The driver’s door is locked. of time when the light remains illumi- . The ignition switch is placed in the ON nated after the ignition switch has been position. pushed to the OFF position to prevent When the switch is in the OFF position , the battery from becoming discharged. the room light does not illuminate, regardless of any condition.

SIC3869 VANITY MIRROR LIGHT (if so equipped) The light on the vanity mirror will turn on when the cover on the vanity mirror is opened. When the cover is closed, the light will turn off. The lights will also turn off after a period of time when the lights remain illuminated to prevent the battery from becoming discharged.

Instruments and controls 2-75 HomeLink® UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver stop and reverse features as re- PROGRAMMING HomeLink® provides a convenient way to consolidate quired by federal safety stan- the functions of up to three individual The following steps show generic instruc- dards. (These standards became hand-held transmitters into one built-in tions how to program a HomeLink® effective for opener models man- device. button. If you have any questions or are ufactured after April 1, 1982.) A having difficulty programming your HomeLink® Universal Transceiver: garage door opener which cannot HomeLink® buttons, refer to the . Will operate most Radio Frequency detect an object in the path of a HomeLink® web site at: www.homelink. (RF) devices such as garage doors, closing garage door and then com/nissan or call 1-800-355-3515. gates, home and office lighting, entry automatically stop and reverse, NOTE: door locks and security systems. does not meet current federal . safety standards. Using a garage It is also recommended that a new Is powered by your vehicle’s battery. battery be placed in the hand-held No separate batteries are required. If door opener without these features increases the risk of serious transmitter of the device being pro- the vehicle’s battery is discharged or is grammed to HomeLink® for quicker disconnected, HomeLink® will retain injury or death. . programming and accurate transmis- all programming. During the programming proce- sion of the radio-frequency. When the HomeLink® Universal Trans- dure your garage door or security ceiver is programmed, retain the origi- gate will open and close (if the 1. Position the end of your hand-held nal transmitter for future programming transmitter is within range). Make transmitter 1-3 in (26-76 mm) away procedures (Example: new vehicle pur- sure that people or objects are from the HomeLink® surface, keeping chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the clear of the garage door, gate, the HomeLink® indicator light in programmed HomeLink® Universal etc. that you are programming. view. Transceiver buttons should be erased . Your vehicle’s engine should be for security purposes. For additional turned off while programming information, refer to “Programming the HomeLink® Universal Trans- HomeLink®” (P.2-76). ceiver. Do not breathe exhaust gases; they contain colorless and odorless carbon monoxide. WARNING Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It can cause unconsciousness or . Do not use the HomeLink® Uni- death. versal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety

2-76 Instruments and controls 4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the “learn” or “smart” button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the garage door opener’s manual. 5. Press and release the “learn” or “smart” button. NOTE: Once the button is pressed, you have JVI0428X JVI0429X approximately 30 seconds to initiate 2. Using both hands, simultaneously 3. Press and hold the programmed the next step. press and hold the desired HomeLink® HomeLink® button and observe the 6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press button and handheld transmitter but- indicator light. and hold the programmed HomeLink® ton. DO NOT release until the . If the indicator light is solid/ button for two seconds and release. HomeLink® indicator light flashes continuous, programming is com- Repeat the “press/hold/release” se- slowly and then rapidly. When the plete and your device should acti- quence up to 3 times to complete indicator light flashes rapidly, both vate when the HomeLink® button is the programming process. HomeLink® buttons may be released. (The rapid pressed and released. should now activate your rolling code flashing indicates successful pro- . If the indicator light blinks rapidly equipped device. gramming.) for two seconds and then turns to a 7. If you have any questions or are NOTE: solid/continuous light, continue having difficulty programming your Some devices to be programmed with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code HomeLink® buttons, refer to the may require you to replace Step 2 device. A second person may make HomeLink® web site at: www. with the cycling procedure noted in the following steps easier. Use a homelink.com/nissan or call 1-800- the “Programming HomeLink® for ladder or other device. Do not stand 355-3515. Canadian customers and gate open- on your vehicle to perform the next ers” (P.2-78). steps. Instruments and controls 2-77 PROGRAMMING HomeLink® FOR held transmitter every two seconds until PROGRAMMING TROUBLESHOOT- CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE the frequency signal has been learned. ING The HomeLink® indicator light will flash OPENERS slowly and then rapidly after several If the HomeLink® does not quickly learn Canadian radio-frequency laws require seconds upon successful programming. the hand-held transmitter information: transmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit) DO NOT release until the HomeLink® . replace the hand-held transmitter after several seconds of transmission – indicator light flashes slowly and then batteries with new batteries. which may not be long enough for rapidly. When the indicator light flashes . position the hand-held transmitter HomeLink® to pick up the signal during rapidly, both buttons may be released. with its battery area facing away from programming. Similar to this Canadian The rapid flashing indicates successful the HomeLink® surface. law, some U.S. gate operators are de- programming. . press and hold both the HomeLink® signed to “time-out” in the same manner. Proceed with “Programming HomeLink®” and hand-held transmitter buttons If you live in Canada or you are having step 3 to complete. without interruption. difficulties programming a gate operator Remember to plug the device back in . position the hand-held transmitter 1-3 or garage door opener by using the when programming is completed. in (26-76 mm) away from the “Programming HomeLink®” procedures, HomeLink® surface. Hold the transmit- replace “Programming HomeLink®” Step OPERATING THE HomeLink® UNI- ter in that position for up to 15 2 with the following: VERSAL TRANSCEIVER seconds. If HomeLink® is not pro- NOTE: The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver, grammed within that time, try holding When programming a garage door after it is programmed, can be used to the transmitter in another position - opener, etc., unplug the device during activate the programmed device. To op- keeping the indicator light in view at the “cycling” process to prevent possi- erate, simply press and release the appro- all times. ble damage to the garage door opener priate programmed HomeLink® Universal If you have any questions or are having components. Transceiver button. The amber indicator difficulty programming your HomeLink® light will illuminate while the signal is buttons, refer to the HomeLink® web site Step 2: Using both hands, simultaneously being transmitted. at: www.homelink.com/nissan or 1-800- press and hold the desired HomeLink® 355-3515. button and the hand-held transmitter For convenience, the hand-held transmit- button. During programming, your hand- ter of the device may also be used at any held transmitter may automatically stop time. transmitting. Continue to press and hold the desired HomeLink® button while you press and re-press (“cycle”) your hand- 2-78 Instruments and controls CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED IN- “Programming HomeLink®” - Step 1. interference received, including inter- FORMATION For questions or comments, contact ference that may cause undesired operation. The following procedure clears the pro- HomeLink® at: www.homelink.com/ grammed information from both buttons. nissan or 1-800-355-3515. NOTE: Individual buttons cannot be cleared. The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver Changes or modifications not expressly However, individual buttons can be re- button has now been reprogrammed. approved by the party responsible for programmed, see “Reprogramming a sin- The new device can be activated by compliance could void the user’s gle HomeLink® button” (P.2-79). pushing the HomeLink® button that was authority to operate the equipment. just programmed. This procedure will not For Canada: To clear all programming affect any other programmed HomeLink® 1. Press and hold the two outer buttons. This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). HomeLink® buttons until the indicator IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN light begins to flash in approximately Operation is subject to the following 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer If your vehicle is stolen, you should two conditions: (1) this device may not than 20 seconds. change the codes of any non-rolling code cause interference, and (2) this device device that has been programmed into must accept any interference, including 2. Release both buttons. HomeLink®. Consult the Owner’s Manual interference that may cause undesired HomeLink® is now in the programming of each device or call the manufacturer or operation of the device. mode and can be programmed at any dealer of those devices for additional time beginning with “Programming information. HomeLink®” - Step 1. When your vehicle is recovered, you will REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE need to reprogram the HomeLink® Uni- HomeLink® BUTTON versal Transceiver with your new transmitter information. To reprogram a HomeLink® Universal Transceiver button, complete the follow- FCC Notice: ing. For USA: 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® This device complies with Part 15 of the button. Do not release the button. FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the 2. The indicator light will begin to flash following two conditions: (1) This device after 20 seconds. Without releasing may not cause harmful interference, the HomeLink® button, proceed with and (2) this device must accept any

Instruments and controls 2-79 MEMO

2-80 Instruments and controls 3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys ...... 3-2 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 3-23 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System key (if Remote engine start operating range ...... 3-23 so equipped) ...... 3-2 Remote starting the engine ...... 3-23 Intelligent Key (if so equipped) ...... 3-3 Extending engine run time ...... 3-24 Doors ...... 3-5 Canceling a remote engine start ...... 3-24 Locking with key ...... 3-5 Conditions the remote engine start will Locking with inside lock knob ...... 3-6 not work ...... 3-24 Locking with power door lock switch...... 3-7 Hood ...... 3-25 Automatic door locks ...... 3-7 Liftgate ...... 3-26 Child safety rear door lock...... 3-7 Liftgate release lever ...... 3-27 Remote keyless entry system (if so equipped)...... 3-8 Fuel-filler door ...... 3-28 How to use remote keyless entry system ...... 3-9 Opening the fuel-filler door...... 3-28 Intelligent Key system (if so equipped) ...... 3-11 Fuel-filler cap ...... 3-28 Intelligent Key operating range ...... 3-13 Tilt/telescopic steering ...... 3-30 Door locks/unlocks precaution ...... 3-13 Tilt or telescopic operation ...... 3-31 Intelligent Key operation ...... 3-14 Sun visors...... 3-31 Battery saver system ...... 3-16 Mirrors ...... 3-32 Warning lights and audible reminders ...... 3-16 Inside mirror ...... 3-32 Troubleshooting guide ...... 3-17 Outside mirrors ...... 3-33 How to use remote keyless entry function ...... 3-19 Vanity mirror ...... 3-34 KEYS

A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it CAUTION in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is Do not allow the NISSAN Vehicle recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer Immobilizer System key, which con- for duplicates by using the key number. tains an electrical transponder, to NISSAN does not record any key numbers come into contact with water or salt so it is very important to keep track of water. This could affect the system your key number plate. function. A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number. JVP0307X

1. Master key (2) 2. Key number plate (1) NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYS- TEM KEY (if so equipped) Your vehicle can only be driven with the master keys, which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 master keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the master of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the master components when register- ing new keys, be sure to take all master keys that you have to the NISSAN dealer.

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 1. Intelligent Key (2 sets) 2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key) (2 sets) 3. Key number plate INTELLIGENT KEY (if so equipped) Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicle’s Intelligent Key system components and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as 4 In- telligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN dealer prior to use with the Intelligent Key system and JVP0543X SPA2406 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of Type A your vehicle. Since the registration pro- Mechanical key cess requires erasing all memory in the To unfold the key from the fob, press the Intelligent Key components when regis- release button. tering new keys, be sure to take all When storing the key, press the release Intelligent Keys that you have to the button and push key to fold the key back NISSAN dealer. into fob slot. CAUTION

. Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in transmitter. To avoid damaging it, please note JVP0177X the following. Type B Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3 — The Intelligent Key is water machine. This could affect resistant; however, wetting the system function. may damage the Intelligent . If an Intelligent Key is lost or Key. If the Intelligent Key gets stolen, NISSAN recommends wet, immediately wipe until it erasing the ID code of that Intel- is completely dry. ligent Key. This will prevent the — Do not bend, drop or strike it Intelligent Key from unauthorized against another object. use to unlock the vehicle. For — If the outside temperature is information regarding the eras- below 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the ing procedure, it is recommended battery of the Intelligent Key you visit a NISSAN dealer. may not function properly. — Do not place the Intelligent SPA2033 Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140°F (60°C). Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key, release — Do not change or modify the the lock knob at the back of the Intelli- Intelligent Key. gent Key. — Do not use a magnet key To install the mechanical key, firmly insert holder. it into the Intelligent Key until the lock — Do not place the Intelligent knob returns to the lock position. Key near an electric appliance Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock such as a television set, per- the doors. (See “Doors” (P.3-5).) sonal computer or cellular phone. — Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a washing

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments DOORS

CAUTION WARNING

Always carry the mechanical key . Always have the doors locked installed in the Intelligent Key. while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from unintentionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders. . Before opening any door, always SPA2457 look for and avoid oncoming traffic. LOCKING WITH KEY . To help avoid risk of injury or The power door lock system allows you to death through unintended opera- lock or unlock all doors simultaneously. tion of the vehicle and or its . Turning the driver’s door key cylinder systems, including entrapment to the front of the vehicle will lock all in windows or inadvertent door doors and the liftgate. lock activation, do not leave chil- . dren, people who require the Turning the driver’s door key cylinder assistance of others or pets un- once to the rear of the vehicle will attended in your vehicle. Addi- unlock the driver’s door. After return- tionally, the temperature inside a ing the key to the neutral position, closed vehicle on a warm day can turning it to the rear again within 5 quickly become high enough to seconds will unlock all doors and the cause a significant risk of injury liftgate. or death to people and pets. . You can switch the lock system to the mode that allows you to open all the doors when the key is turned once. Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5 (See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).)

SPA2726 SPA2803 Driver’s armrest LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position then close the door. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the unlock position . When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle.

SPA2804 Passenger’s armrest 3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS SWITCH . All doors lock automatically when the Operating the power door lock switch vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 (located on the driver’s and front passen- km/h). ger’s doors) will lock or unlock all the . All doors unlock automatically when doors. the ignition switch is placed in the OFF To lock the doors, push the power door position or when the shift lever is lock switch to the lock position with the moved to the P (Park) position, if driver’s and front passenger’s doors open, selected (CVT model). then close the door. When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position . SPA2801 Lockout protection CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK Lockout protection function helps to Child safety rear door locks help prevent prevent the keys from being accidentally the rear doors from being opened acci- locked inside the vehicle. dentally, especially when small children are in the vehicle. When the power door lock switch (driver’s or front passenger’s side) is moved to the When the levers are in the lock position lock position with the Intelligent Key left , the rear doors can be opened only in the vehicle (models with Intelligent Key from the outside. system) or the key left in the ignition To disengage, move the levers to the switch (models without Intelligent Key unlock position . system) and any door open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (if so equipped)

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors fob while on an airplane. Make sure dealer. (including the liftgate), and activate the the buttons are not operated unin- panic alarm by using the key fob from tentionally when the unit is stored outside the vehicle. For information regarding the replace- during a flight. ment of a battery, see “Key fob battery Before locking the doors, make sure the replacement” (P.8-21). key is not left in the vehicle. The key fob can operate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the CAUTION vehicle. (The effective distance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle.) The following conditions or occur- As many as 4 key fobs can be used with rences will damage the key fob. one vehicle. For information concerning . Do not allow the key fob to the purchase and use of additional key become wet. fobs, contact a NISSAN dealer. . Do not drop the key fob. The key fob will not function: . Do not strike the key fob sharply . When the key fob is not within the against another object. operational range. . If the outside temperature is be- . When the doors are open or not low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- closed securely. tery of key fob may not function . When the key is in the ignition switch. properly. . When the battery is discharged. . Do not place the key fob for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140°F WARNING (60°C). If a key fob is lost or stolen, NISSAN The remote keyless entry key fob recommends erasing the ID code of transmits radio waves when the that key fob. This will prevent the key buttons are pushed. The FAA advises fob from unauthorized use to unlock that the radio waves may affect the vehicle. For information regard- aircraft navigation and communica- ing the erasing procedure, it is re- tion systems. Do not operate the key commended that you visit a NISSAN 3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments the welcome light and farewell light 2. Push the UNLOCK button again function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). within 5 seconds. . All the doors and the liftgate unlock. Locking doors . The hazard indicator flashes once if 1. Remove the key from the ignition all doors are completely closed. switch. All doors will be locked automatically 2. Close all the doors. unless one of the following operations is 3. Push the LOCK button on the performed within 1 minute of pushing the key fob. UNLOCK button. 4. All the doors will lock. . Any door or liftgate is opened. . All of the doors will lock when the The ignition switch is placed in the ON LOCK button is pushed even position. though a door remains open. NOTE: JVP0308X 5. The hazard indicator flashes twice The unlocking operation can be chan- Jackknife type key release button and the horn chirps once. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle LOCK button . When the LOCK button is pushed Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to UNLOCK button with all doors locked, the hazard “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). PANIC button indicator flashes twice and the horn Battery indicator light chirps once as a reminder that the Using panic alarm doors are already locked. If you are near your vehicle and feel HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS . Operate the door handles to confirm ENTRY SYSTEM threatened, you may activate the alarm that the doors have been securely to call attention as follows: locked. Welcome light and farewell light 1. Push the PANIC button on the function Unlocking doors key fob for more than 0.5 seconds. When you lock or unlock the doors or the 1. Push the UNLOCK button on 2. The theft warning alarm and head- liftgate, the daytime running lights, park- the key fob. lights will stay on for 25 seconds. ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate . The driver’s door unlocks. 3. The panic alarm stops when: for a period of time. The welcome light . The hazard indicator flashes once if . It has run for 25 seconds, or and farewell light function can be dis- all doors are completely closed. abled. For information about disabling Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9 . Any of the buttons on the key fob is Mode (Pushing the or DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK pushed. (Note: the PANIC button button) must be pushed for more than 1 HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once Hazard indicator and horn mode second.) HORN - once HORN - none Battery indicator light Hazard indicator mode HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none The battery indicator light illuminates when you push any button. If the light does not illuminate, the battery is weak or needs replacement. For information regarding replacement of a battery, see “Key fob battery replacement” (P.8-21). Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the vehicle. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once. If the horn chirp is not necessary, you can switch to hazard indicator only mode by following the switching procedure. In hazard indicator only mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCK button is pushed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates. 3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)

Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn WARNING CAUTION operation, push the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the key fob . Radio waves could adversely af- . Be sure to carry the Intelligent simultaneously for more than 2 seconds. fect electric medical equipment. Key with you when operating the . When the hazard indicator mode is Those who use a pacemaker vehicle. set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 should contact the electric med- . Never leave the Intelligent Key in times. ical equipment manufacturer for the vehicle when you leave the . When the hazard indicator and horn the possible influences before vehicle. mode is set, the hazard indicator use. flashes once and the horn chirps once. . The Intelligent Key transmits The Intelligent Key is always communi- radio waves when the buttons cating with the vehicle as it receives radio are pushed. The FAA advises that waves. The Intelligent Key system trans- the radio waves may affect air- mits weak radio waves. Environmental craft navigation and communica- conditions may interfere with the operation systems. Do not operate the tion of the Intelligent Key system under Intelligent Key while on an air- the following operating conditions. plane. Make sure the buttons are . When operating near a location where not operated unintentionally strong radio waves are transmitted, when the unit is stored during a such as a TV tower, power station and flight. broadcasting station. . When in possession of wireless equip- The Intelligent Key system can operate all The horn operation can also be turned on ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- the door locks using the remote control- or off in the vehicle information display. ceiver, and CB radio. ler function or pushing the request switch See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). . When the Intelligent Key is in contact on the vehicle without taking the key out with or covered by metallic materials. from a pocket or purse. The operating . environment and/or conditions may af- When any type of radio wave remote fect the Intelligent Key system operation. control is used nearby. . When the Intelligent Key is placed near Be sure to read the following before using an electric appliance such as a perso- the Intelligent Key system. nal computer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11 . When the vehicle is parked near a water or salt water. This could of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. parking meter. affect the system function. This may prevent the unauthorized use of In such cases, correct the operating the Intelligent Key to operate the vehicle. . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. conditions before using the Intelligent For information regarding the erasing Key function or use the mechanical key. . Do not strike the Intelligent Key procedure, it is recommended that you sharply against another object. Although the life of the battery varies contact a NISSAN dealer. depending on the operating conditions, . Do not change or modify the The Intelligent Key function can be dis- the battery’s life is approximately 2 years. Intelligent Key. abled. For information about disabling If the battery is discharged, replace it with . Wetting may damage the Intelli- the Intelligent Key function, it is recom- a new one. gent Key. If the Intelligent Key mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- Since the Intelligent Key is continuously gets wet, immediately wipe until er. receiving radio waves, if the key is left it is completely dry. near equipment which transmits strong . If the outside temperature is be- radio waves, such as signals from a TV low 14°F (−10°C) degrees, the bat- and personal computer, the battery life tery of the Intelligent Key may not may become shorter. function properly. For information regarding replacement of . Do not place the Intelligent Key a battery, see “Intelligent Key battery for an extended period in an area replacement” (P.8-23). where temperatures exceed As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be 140°F (60°C). registered and used with one vehicle. For . Do not attach the Intelligent Key information about the purchase and use with a key holder that contains a of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- magnet. mended that you contact a NISSAN deal- . Do not place the Intelligent Key er. near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, CAUTION audio equipment, personal com- puters or cellular phone. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical compo- If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, nents, to come into contact with NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code 3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SPA2074 SPA2407 INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATING door glass, handle or rear bumper, the DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAU- RANGE request switches may not function. TION The Intelligent Key functions can only be When the Intelligent Key is within the . Do not push the door handle request used when the Intelligent Key is within operating range, it is possible for anyone switch with the Intelligent Key held in the specified operating range from the who does not carry the Intelligent Key to your hand as illustrated. The close request switch . push the request switch to lock/unlock distance to the door handle will cause the doors including the liftgate. the Intelligent Key system to have When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- difficulty recognizing that the Intelli- charged or strong radio waves are pre- gent Key is outside the vehicle. sent near the operating location, the . Intelligent Key system’s operating range After locking with the door handle becomes narrower, and the Intelligent request switch, verify the doors are Key may not function properly. securely locked by testing them. . To prevent the Intelligent Key from The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 being left inside the vehicle, make sure cm) from each request switch . you carry the key with you and then If the Intelligent Key is too close to the lock the doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13 . Do not pull the door handle before pushing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.

SPA2408 JVP0538X INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag. When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (driver’s or front passenger’s) or liftgate request switch within the range of operation. When you lock or unlock the doors, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound as a JVP0099X confirmation. For details, see “Setting hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21).

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Welcome light and farewell light off in the Vehicle Settings of the possession before operating the function vehicle information display. For ad- request switch to prevent the ditional information, see “Vehicle Intelligent Key from being left in When you lock or unlock the doors or the Settings” (P.2-23). liftgate, the daytime running lights, park- the vehicle. . Doors lock with the door handle ing lights and the tail lights will illuminate . The request switch is operational request switch while the ignition for a period of time. The welcome light only when the Intelligent Key has switch is not in the LOCK position. and farewell light function can be dis- . been detected by the Intelligent abled. For information about disabling Doors do not lock by pushing the Key system. the welcome light and farewell light door handle request switch while function, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). any door is open. However, doors lock with the mechanical key even if Unlocking doors Locking doors any door is open. 1. Push the door handle request switch 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) . Doors do not lock with the door or the liftgate request switch position (Continuously Variable Trans- handle request switch with the In- while carrying the Intelligent Key with mission (CVT) models), or the shift telligent Key inside the vehicle and a you. lever in the N (Neutral) position (Man- beep sounds to warn you. However, 2. The hazard indicator flashes once and ual Transmission (MT) models), place when an Intelligent Key is inside the outside chime sounds once. The cor- the ignition switch in the OFF position vehicle, doors can be locked with responding door or the liftgate will and make sure you carry the Intelli- another Intelligent Key. unlock. gent Key with you. 3. Push the request switch again within 1 2. Close all doors. CAUTION minute. 3. Push any door handle request switch 4. The hazard indicator flashes once and while carrying the Intelligent Key with . After locking the doors using the outside chime sounds once again. All you. request switch, make sure that the doors and the liftgate will unlock. 4. All doors and the liftgate will lock. the doors have been securely All doors will be locked automatically 5. The hazard indicator lights flash twice locked by operating the door unless one of the following operations is and the outside buzzer sounds twice. handles or the liftgate opener performed within 1 minute after pushing switch. the request switch while the doors are NOTE: . . Request switches for all doors and When locking the doors using the locked. the liftgate can be deactivated when request switch, make sure to . Opening any door. the I-Key Door Lock setting is turned have the Intelligent Key in your Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15 . Pushing the ignition switch. WARNING LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE RE- During this 1-minute time period, if the MINDERS UNLOCK button on the Intelligent Key To help prevent the vehicle from moving is pushed, all doors will be locked auto- unexpectedly by erroneous operation of matically after another 1 minute. the Intelligent Key listed on the following NOTE: chart or to help prevent the vehicle from The unlocking operation can be chan- being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle and outside the vehicle and the warning Settings of the vehicle information dis- display appears on the vehicle informa- play. For additional information, see tion display. “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). When a chime or beep sounds or the Opening liftgate warning display appears, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key. 1. Carry the Intelligent Key. See “Troubleshooting guide” (P.3-17) and 2. Push the liftgate opener switch . “Vehicle information display” (P.2-19). 3. The liftgate will unlock. BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver system will cut off the power supply to prevent battery discharge. . The ignition switch is in the ON position. (See “Push-button ignition switch positions” (P.5-16).) . All doors are closed, and . The shift lever is in the P (Park) position (CVT model) or N (Neutral) position (MT model).

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the vehicle, the vehicle system may respond differently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take The Shift to Park warning appears on When stopping the engine The shift lever is not in the P (Park) Move the shift lever to the P (Park) the display and the inside warning chime (CVT model) position. position. sounds continuously. When opening the driver’s The Door/liftgate open warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF door to get out of the vehicle on the display. position. position. The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds The ignition switch is in the ON Place the ignition switch in the OFF three times and the inside warning position. position. chime sounds for approximately three seconds. The red Shift to Park warning appears The ignition switch is in the ON Move the shift lever to the P (Park) When closing the door after on the display and the inside side chime position and the shift lever is not in position and place the ignition switch getting out of the vehicle sounds continuously. (CVT model) the P (Park) position. in the OFF position. The Rear Door Alert is activated mes- Check the back seat for all articles, sage appears on the display, the horn clear the Rear Door Alert warning sounds three times twice, or a Check The Rear Door Alert is activated. message by using the steering Back Seat for all articles warning ap- switches. pears on the display. When closing the door with The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the the inside lock knob turned mately three seconds and all the doors Carry the Intelligent Key with you. vehicle. to LOCK unlock. When pushing the door handle request switch or the The outside chime sounds for approxi- The Intelligent Key is inside the Carry the Intelligent Key with you. LOCK button on the Intelli- mately three seconds. vehicle. gent Key to lock the door

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17 Replace the battery with a new one. The Key battery low warning appears on The battery charge is low. (See “Intelligent Key battery replace- When pushing the ignition the display. ment” (P.8-23).) switch to start the engine The Key ID Incorrect warning appears on The Intelligent Key is not in the Carry the Intelligent Key with you. the display. vehicle. When pushing the ignition The Key System Error warning appears It warns of a malfunction with the It is recommended that you contact a switch on the display. Intelligent Key system. NISSAN dealer.

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS affect the system function. Key. The remote keyless entry function can operate at a distance of approxi- ENTRY FUNCTION . Do not drop the Intelligent Key. mately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. (The . Do not strike the Intelligent Key operating distance depends upon the WARNING sharply against another object. conditions around the vehicle.) . Do not change or modify the The remote keyless entry function will not . Radio waves could adversely af- Intelligent Key. operate: fect electric medical equipment. . Wetting may damage the Intelli- . When the Intelligent Key is not within Those who use a pacemaker gent Key. If the Intelligent Key the operational range. should contact the electric med- gets wet, immediately wipe until . When the doors are open or not ical equipment manufacturer for it is completely dry. closed securely. the possible influences before . . use. If the outside temperature is be- When the Intelligent Key battery is low 14°F (-10°C) degrees, the bat- discharged. . The Intelligent Key transmits tery of the Intelligent Key may not The remote keyless entry function can radio waves when the buttons function properly. also operate the vehicle alarm. are pushed. The FAA advises that . the radio waves may affect air- Do not place the Intelligent Key craft navigation and communica- for an extended period in an area tion systems. Do not operate the where temperatures exceed Intelligent Key while on an air- 140°F (60°C). plane. Make sure the buttons are . Do not attach the Intelligent Key not operated unintentionally with a key holder that contains a when the unit is stored during a magnet. flight. . Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, CAUTION audio equipment, personal com- puters or cellular phone. . Do not allow the Intelligent Key, The remote keyless entry function can which contains electrical compo- operate all door locks using the remote nents, to come into contact with keyless entry function of the Intelligent water or salt water. This could Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19 LOCK button Unlocking doors UNLOCK button 1. Push the UNLOCK button on PANIC button the Intelligent Key once. Remote engine start button 2. The hazard indicator flashes once. The When you lock or unlock the doors or the driver’s door will unlock. liftgate, the hazard indicator will flash and the horn (or the outside chime) will sound 3. Push the UNLOCK button again as a confirmation. For details, see “Setting within 5 seconds. hazard indicator and horn mode” (P.3-21). 4. The hazard indicator flashes once. All the doors and the liftgate will unlock. Locking doors All doors will be locked automatically 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF unless one of the following operations is position. performed within 1 minute after pushing 2. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.* the UNLOCK button while the doors JVP0541X 3. Close all the doors. are locked. Type A . 4. Push the LOCK button on the Opening any door (including the lift- Intelligent Key. gate). . Pushing the ignition switch. 5. All the doors and the liftgate will lock. During this 1-minute time period, if the 6. The hazard indicator flashes twice UNLOCK button is pushed, all doors and the horn chirps once. will be locked automatically after another *: Doors will lock with the Intelligent Key 1 minute. while the ignition switch is in the ON position. NOTE: Operate the door handles to confirm that The unlocking operation can be chan- the doors have been securely locked. ged in selective unlock in the Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

JVP0542X Type B 3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments Using panic alarm Setting hazard indicator and horn If you are near your vehicle and feel mode threatened, you may activate the alarm This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and to call attention as follows: horn mode when you first receive the 1. Push the PANIC button on the vehicle. Intelligent Key for more than 0.5 In hazard indicator and horn mode, when seconds. the LOCK button is pushed, the 2. The theft warning alarm and head- hazard indicator flashes twice and the lights will stay on for 25 seconds. horn chirps once. When the UNLOCK 3. The panic alarm stops when: button is pushed, the hazard indicator flashes once. . It has run for 25 seconds, or . Any of the buttons on the Intelligent If horns are not necessary, the system Key is pushed. (Note: the PANIC can be switched to the hazard indicator button must be pushed for more mode. than 0.5 seconds.) In hazard indicator mode, when the LOCK button is pushed, the hazard indica- Remote engine start (if so tor flashes twice. When the UNLOCK equipped) button is pushed, neither the hazard The remote engine start button is indicator nor the horn operates. on the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has remote engine start function. This function allows the engine to start from outside the vehicle. See “Remote engine start” (P.3-23).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21 Hazard indicator and horn mode: Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK (chime) operation, push the LOCK Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once and UNLOCK buttons on the Intel- or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - once ligent Key simultaneously for more than 2 HAZARD - twice HAZARD - once seconds. Pushing or button HORN - none HORN - once . When the hazard indicator mode is Hazard indicator mode: set, the hazard indicator flashes 3 times. Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK . When the hazard indicator and horn Pushing door handle request switch HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none mode is set, the hazard indicator or liftgate request switch OUTSIDE CHIME - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none flashes once and the horn chirps once. HAZARD - twice HAZARD - none Pushing or button HORN - none HORN - none

The horn operation can also be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. See “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23).

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments REMOTE ENGINE START (if so equipped)

Other conditions may affect the remote WARNING engine start function. See “Conditions the remote engine start will not work” (P.3- 24). To avoid risk of injury or death, do not use the remote engine start Other conditions can affect the perfor- function when the vehicle is in an mance of the Intelligent Key transmitter. enclosed area such as a garage. See “Intelligent Key system” (P.3-11) for additional information. REMOTE ENGINE START OPERATING RANGE The remote engine start function can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from JVP0446X the vehicle. The remote engine start button is on When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- the Intelligent Key if the vehicle has charged or other strong radio wave remote engine start function. This func- sources are present near the operating tion allows the engine to start from location, the Intelligent Key operating outside the vehicle. range becomes narrower, and the Intelli- gent Key may not function properly. Some systems, such as the air conditioner system, will turn on during a remote The remote engine start operating range engine start, if the system was on the is approximately 197 ft (60 m) from the last time the ignition switch was turned vehicle. off. REMOTE STARTING THE ENGINE Laws in some local communities may To use the remote start function to start restrict the use of remote engine starters. the engine, perform the following: For example, some laws require a person 1. Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle. using remote engine start to have the vehicle in view. Check local regulations for 2. Push the LOCK button to lock all any requirements. doors.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23 3. Within 5 seconds push and hold the tion is performed. . The extended engine run time has remote engine start button until . The second 10 minutes will start im- expired. the turn signal lights flash and the tail mediately when the remote engine . The first 10 minute timer has expired. lights illuminate. If the vehicle is not start function is performed. For exam- . The engine hood has been opened. within view, push and hold the remote ple, if the engine has been running for . The shift lever is moved out of the P engine start button for at least 2 5 minutes, and 10 minutes are added, (Park) position. seconds. the engine will run for a total of 15 . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal minutes. The following events will occur when the entry into the vehicle. engine starts: . Extending engine run time will count . The ignition switch is pushed without towards the two remote engine start . The front parking lights will turn on an Intelligent Key in the vehicle. limit. and remain on as long as the engine is . The ignition switch is pushed with an A maximum of two remote engine starts, running. Intelligent Key in the vehicle but the or a single start with an extension, are . The doors will be locked and the air brake pedal is not depressed. allowed between ignition cycles. conditioner system may turn on. CONDITIONS THE REMOTE ENGINE . The ignition switch must be cycled to the The engine will continue to run for START WILL NOT WORK about 10 minutes. Repeat the steps to ON position and then back to the OFF extend the time for an additional 10 position before the remote engine start The remote engine start will not operate minutes. See “Extending engine run procedure can be used again. if any of the following conditions are time” (P.3-24). CANCELING A REMOTE ENGINE present: . Depress and hold the brake pedal, then START The ignition switch is placed in the ON place the ignition switch in the ON posi- position. To cancel a remote engine start, perform tion before driving. For further instruc- . The hood is not securely closed. one of the following: tions, see “Driving the vehicle” (P.5-20). . The hazard indicator flashers are on. . Aim the Intelligent Key at the vehicle . The engine is still running. The engine EXTENDING ENGINE RUN TIME and push and hold the remote engine must be completely stopped. Wait at The remote engine start function can be start button until the front park- least 6 seconds if the engine goes extended one time by performing the ing lights turn off. from running to off. This is not applic- steps listed in “Remote starting the en- . Turn on the hazard indicator flashers. gine” (P.3-23). Run time will be calculated able when extending engine run time. . Cycle the ignition switch ON and then as follows: . The remote engine start button is OFF. not pushed and held for at least 2 . The first 10 minute run time will start seconds. when the remote engine start func- 3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments HOOD

. The remote engine start button is not pushed and held within 5 seconds WARNING of pushing the LOCK button. . The brake pedal is depressed. . Make sure the hood is completely . The doors are not closed and locked. closed and latched before driving. . The liftgate is open. Failure to do so could cause the . The Key System Error warning mes- hood to fly open and result in an sage remains on in the vehicle infor- accident. mation display. . Never open the hood if steam or . An Intelligent Key is left inside the smoke is coming from the engine vehicle. compartment to avoid injury. . The theft alarm sounds due to illegal entry into the vehicle. . Two remote engine starts, or a single remote engine start with an extension, have already been used. . The shift lever is not in the P (Park) position. . The remote engine start function has been switched to the OFF position in Vehicle Settings of the vehicle information display. For additional information, see “Vehicle Settings” (P.2-23). The remote engine start may display a warning or indicator in the vehicle information display. For an explanation of the warning or indicator, see “Vehicle information display warnings and indicators” (P.2-31).

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25 LIFTGATE

WARNING

. Always be sure the liftgate has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving. . Do not drive with the liftgate open. This could allow dangerous exhaust gases to be drawn into the vehicle. For additional information, refer to “Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide)” (P.5-4). . To help avoid risk of injury or JVP0539X death through unintended opera- 1. Pull the hood lock release handle When closing the hood: tion of the vehicle and or its systems, including entrapment located below the instrument panel 1. While supporting the hood, return the until the hood springs up. in windows or inadvertent door support rod to its original position. lock activation, do not leave chil- 2. Locate the lever in between the 2. Slowly lower the hood to about 8 to 12 dren, people who require the hood and grille, and push the lever up in (20 to 30 cm) above the hood lock, assistance of others or pets un- with your fingertips. then let it drop. attended in your vehicle. Addi- 3. Raise the hood. 3. Make sure it is securely latched. tionally, the temperature inside a 4. Remove the support rod and insert it closed vehicle on a warm day can into the slot . quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury Hold the coated part when removing or death to people and pets. or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts, as . Always be sure that hands and they may be hot immediately after the feet are clear of the door frame to engine has been stopped. avoid injury while closing the liftgate.

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments CAUTION

Do not use accessory carriers that attach to the liftgate. Doing so will cause damage to the vehicle.

JVP0396X JVP0410X To open the liftgate, unlock it and push LIFTGATE RELEASE LEVER the opener switch . Pull up the liftgate to If the liftgate cannot be opened with the open. power door lock switch due to a dis- The liftgate can be unlocked by: charged battery, follow these steps. . pushing the UNLOCK button on 1. Fold the rear seats down. See “Seats” the key. (P.1-2). . pushing the liftgate request switch (if 2. Remove the cover plate from the lock so equipped). using a suitable tool. . pushing the door handle request 3. Move the release lever to the right switch (if so equipped). using a suitable tool as illustrated. The . pushing the power door lock switch to liftgate will be unlatched. the unlock position. 4. Push the liftgate up to open. To close the liftgate, pull down until it securely locks. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible for repair.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27 FUEL-FILLER DOOR

WARNING

. Fuel is extremely flammable and highly explosive under certain conditions. You could be burned or seriously injured if it is misused or mishandled. Always stop the engine and do not smoke or allow open flames or sparks near the vehicle when refueling. . Fuel may be under pressure. Turn the cap a half of a turn, and wait for any “hissing” sound to stop to JVP0540X SPA2800 prevent fuel from spraying out and possibly causing personal OPENING THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR FUEL-FILLER CAP injury. Then remove the cap. To open the fuel-filler door, pull the To remove the fuel-filler cap: . Use only an original equipment release handle located below the instru- 1. Turn the fuel-filler cap counterclock- type fuel-filler cap as a replacement panel. To lock, close the fuel-filler wise to remove. ment. It has a built-in safety valve door securely. needed for proper operation of 2. Put the fuel-filler cap on the cap the fuel system and emission holder while refueling. control system. An incorrect cap To install the fuel-filler cap: can result in a serious malfunc- 1. Insert the fuel-filler cap straight into tion and possible injury. the fuel-filler tube. 2. Turn the fuel-filler cap clockwise until a single click is heard.

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments . Do not fill a portable fuel contain- indicator light (MIL) to illuminate. WARNING er in the vehicle or trailer. Static If the light illuminates be- electricity can cause an explosion cause the fuel-filler cap is loose . Gasoline is extremely flammable of flammable liquid, vapor or gas or missing, tighten or install the and highly explosive under cer- in any vehicle or trailer. To reduce cap and continue to drive the tain conditions. You could be the risk of serious injury or death vehicle. The light should turn burned or seriously injured if it is when filling portable fuel contain- off after a few driving trips. If the misused or mishandled. Always ers: light does not turn off after a stop engine and do not smoke or — Always place the container on few driving trips, have the vehicle allow open flames or sparks near the ground when filling. inspected. It is recommended you the vehicle when refueling. visit a NISSAN dealer for this . — Do not use electronic devices service. Do not attempt to top off the fuel when filling. tank after the fuel pump nozzle For additional information, see shuts off automatically. Contin- — Keep the pump nozzle in con- “Malfunction Indicator Light ued refueling may cause fuel tact with the container while (MIL)” (P.2-17). you are filling it. overflow, resulting in fuel spray . and possibly a fire. The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning — Use only approved portable message will be displayed if the . Use only an original equipment fuel containers for flammable fuel-filler cap is not properly tigh- type fuel-filler cap as a replace- liquid. tened. It may take a few driving ment. It has a built-in safety valve trips for the message to be dis- needed for proper operation of played. Failure to tighten the fuel- the fuel system and emission filler cap properly after the LOOSE control system. An incorrect cap CAUTION FUEL CAP warning message is can result in a serious malfunc- displayed may cause the tion and possible injury. It could . If fuel is spilled on the vehicle Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) also cause the malfunction indi- body, flush it away with water to to illuminate. cator light to come on. avoid paint damage. . Never pour fuel into the throttle . Insert the cap straight into the body to attempt to start your fuel-filler tube, then tighten until vehicle. the fuel-filler cap clicks. Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap properly may cause the malfunction Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-29 TILT/TELESCOPIC STEERING

3. Push the OK button on the steering wheel for about 1 second to turn off WARNING the LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message after tightening the fuel cap. Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

JVP0503X

LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message The LOOSE FUEL CAP warning message is displayed on the vehicle information display when the fuel-filler cap is not tightened correctly after the vehicle has been refueled. It may take a few driving trips for the message to be displayed. To turn off the warning message, do the following procedure: 1. Remove and install the fuel-filler cap as soon as possible. For additional information, refer to “Fuel-filler cap” (P.3-28). 2. Tighten the fuel-filler cap until it clicks.

3-30 Pre-driving checks and adjustments SUN VISORS

1. To block glare from the front, swing down the main sun visor . 2. To block glare from the side, remove the main sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side . 3. Slide the sun visor in or out as needed.

CAUTION

. Do not store the sun visor before returning the extension to its original position. JVP0301X . Do not pull the extension sun TILT OR TELESCOPIC OPERATION visor forcedly downward. Pull the lock lever down and adjust the steering wheel up, down, forward or rearward to the desired position. Push the lock lever up securely to lock the steering wheel in place.

SIC3739 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-31 MIRRORS

SPA2447 SPA2143 SPA2450-A INSIDE MIRROR Manual anti-glare type (if so Automatic anti-glare type (if so Adjust the angle of the inside mirror to equipped) equipped) the desired position. The night position will reduce glare The inside mirror is designed so that it from the headlights of vehicles behind automatically changes reflection accord- you at night. ing to the intensity of the headlights of Use the day position when driving in the following vehicle. daylight hours. The anti-glare system will be automatically turned on when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. WARNING When the anti-glare system is turned on, the indicator light will illuminate and Use the night position only when excessive glare from the headlights of the necessary, because it reduces rear vehicle behind you will be reduced. view clarity. Push the “*” switch to make the inside rearview mirror operate normally. The

3-32 Pre-driving checks and adjustments indicator light will turn off. Push the “I” Defrosting outside mirrors (if so switch to turn the system on. equipped) Do not allow any object to cover the The outside mirrors will be heated when sensors or apply glass cleaner on the rear window defroster switch is them. Doing so will reduce the sensitiv- operated. (See “Rear window and outside ity of the sensor, resulting in improper mirror defroster switch” (P.2-47).) operation. For the HomeLink® Universal Transceiver operation, see “HomeLink® Universal Transceiver” (P.2-76). OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING JVP0395X

Objects viewed in the outside mirror Adjusting outside mirrors on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when The outside mirror control switch is moving to the right. Using only this located on the driver’s armrest. mirror could cause an accident. Use The outside mirror will operate only when the inside mirror or glance over your the ignition switch is in the ACC or ON shoulder to properly judge distances position. to other objects. Move the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror , then adjust using the control switch.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-33 SPA1829 SIC3869

Foldable outside mirrors VANITY MIRROR Fold the outside mirror by pushing it To use the front vanity mirror, pull down toward the rear of the vehicle. the sun visor and pull up the cover.

3-34 Pre-driving checks and adjustments 4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems

NissanConnect® Owner’s Manual ...... 4-2 Intelligent Around View® Monitor RearView Monitor (if so equipped) ...... 4-2 system limitations...... 4-18 RearView Monitor system operation ...... 4-3 System maintenance ...... 4-20 How to read the displayed lines ...... 4-4 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if Difference between predictive and so equipped) ...... 4-21 actual distances ...... 4-4 MOD system operation ...... 4-22 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-6 Turning MOD on and off ...... 4-23 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-7 MOD system limitations ...... 4-23 How to turn ON and OFF predictive course System maintenance ...... 4-24 lines ...... 4-8 Ventilators ...... 4-25 RearView Monitor system limitations...... 4-8 Center ventilators ...... 4-25 System maintenance ...... 4-9 Side ventilators ...... 4-25 Intelligent Around View® Monitor (if Rear ventilators (if so equipped) ...... 4-25 so equipped) ...... 4-10 Heater and air conditioner...... 4-26 Intelligent Around View® Monitor Manual air conditioner and heater ...... 4-27 system operation ...... 4-11 Automatic air conditioner and heater ...... 4-30 Difference between predictive and Operating tips (for automatic actual distances ...... 4-14 air conditioner) ...... 4-33 How to park with predictive course lines ...... 4-16 Servicing air conditioner...... 4-33 How to switch the display ...... 4-17 Antenna ...... 4-33 Adjusting the screen ...... 4-18 Car phone or CB radio ...... 4-34 NISSANCONNECT® OWNER’S MANUAL REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

For models with NissanConnect® System and Services featuring Apple CarPlayTM and Android AutoTM, refer to the Nissan- Connect® Owner’s Manual regarding the following information. Available functions may vary depending on the models and specifications. . Audio . Hands-Free Phone . Apple CarPlayTM . Android AutoTM . NissanConnect® Services powered by SiriusXM® . Navigation . Voice recognition . Information and settings viewable on NissanConnect®

WAE0016X

1. CAMERA button

4-2 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems WARNING CAUTION

. Failure to follow the warnings Do not scratch the camera lens when and instructions for proper use cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the RearView Monitor could of the camera. result in serious injury or death. . RearView Monitor is a conveni- The RearView Monitor system automati- ence feature and is not a sub- cally shows a rear view of the vehicle stitute for proper backing. Always when the shift lever is placed in the R turn and look out the windows, (Reverse) position. and check mirrors to be sure that The radio can still be heard while the it is safe to move before operat- RearView Monitor is active. ing the vehicle. Always back up slowly. JVH1585X . The system is designed as an aid To display the rear view, the RearView to the driver in showing large Monitor system uses a camera located stationary objects directly behind just above the vehicle’s license plate . the vehicle, to help avoid dama- REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OP- ging the vehicle. ERATION . The distance guide line and the When the ignition switch is placed in the vehicle width line should be used ON position, move the shift lever to the R as a reference only when the (Reverse) position to operate the Rear- vehicle is on a level paved sur- View Monitor. face. The distance viewed on the monitor is for reference only and may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-3 up. Predictive course lines : Indicate the predictive course when backing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and if the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are SAA1896 wider than the actual width and course. DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES LINES The displayed guidelines and their loca- Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle tions on the ground are for approximate width and distances to objects with reference only. Objects on uphill or down- reference to the bumper line are hill surfaces or projecting objects will be displayed on the monitor. actually located at distances different Distance guide lines: from those displayed in the monitor JVH1159X Indicate distances from the vehicle body. relative to the guidelines (refer to illustra- . tions). When in doubt, turn around and Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) view the objects as you are backing up, or Backing up on a steep uphill . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) park and exit the vehicle to view the When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the . Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) positioning of objects behind the vehicle. distance guide lines and the vehicle width . Green line (if so equipped): approxi- guide lines are shown closer than the mately 10 ft (3 m) actual distance. Note that any object on Vehicle width guide lines : the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor. Indicate the vehicle width when backing 4-4 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems JVH1160X SAA1923 SAA1980

Backing up on a steep downhill Backing up near a projecting object Backing up behind a projecting When backing up the vehicle down a hill, The predictive course lines do not object the distance guide lines and the vehicle touch the object in the display. However, The position is shown farther than the width guide lines are shown farther than the vehicle may hit the object if it projects position in the display. However, the the actual distance. Note that any object over the actual backing up course. position is actually at the same dis- on the hill is closer than it appears on the tance as the position . The vehicle may monitor. hit the object when backing up to the

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-5 position if the object projects over the incorrectly. actual backing up course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

WAE0058X ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1. Push the MENU button. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then touch the “Camera” key. 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, SAA1898 “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or the steering wheel so that the pre- “–” key on the touch screen display. dictive course lines enter the park- NOTE: ing space . Do not adjust any of the display settings 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make of the RearView Monitor while the the vehicle width guide lines parallel vehicle is moving. Make sure the park- to the parking space while referring ing brake is firmly applied. to the predictive course lines. Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-7 HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PRE- . Underneath the bumper and the . When washing the vehicle with DICTIVE COURSE LINES corner areas of the bumper can- high-pressure water, be sure not To turn the predictive course lines on and not be viewed on the RearView to spray it around the camera. off when the shift lever is in the P (Park) Monitor because of its monitoring Otherwise, water may enter the position, perform the following operation. range limitation. The system will camera unit causing water con- not show small objects below the densation on the lens, a malfunc- 1. Push the MENU button bumper, and may not show ob- tion, fire or an electric shock. 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then jects close to the bumper or on . Do not strike the camera. It is a touch the “Camera” key. the ground. precision instrument. Otherwise, 3. Touch the “Predictive Course Lines” . Objects viewed in the RearView it may malfunction or cause da- key to turn the feature ON or OFF. Monitor differ from actual dis- mage resulting in a fire or an Pushing the CAMERA button while the tance because a wide-angle lens electric shock. shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position is used. can also turn on and off the predictive . Objects in the RearView Monitor The following are operating limitations course lines. will appear visually opposite and do not represent a system malfunc- REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIM- compared to when viewed in the tion: ITATIONS rearview and outside mirrors. . When the temperature is extremely . Use the displayed lines as a re- high or low, the screen may not clearly ference. The lines are highly af- display objects. WARNING fected by the number of . When strong light directly shines on occupants, fuel level, vehicle po- the camera, objects may not be dis- Listed below are the system limita- sition, road conditions and road played clearly. tions for RearView Monitor. Failure to grade. . Vertical lines may be seen in objects operate the vehicle in accordance . Make sure that the liftgate is on the screen. This is due to strong with these system limitations could securely closed when backing up. reflected light from the bumper. result in serious injury or death. . . Do not put anything on the rear- The screen may flicker under fluores- . The system cannot completely view camera. The rearview cam- cent light. eliminate blind spots and may era is installed above the license . The colors of objects on the RearView not show every object. plate. Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

4-8 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . Objects on the monitor may not be diluted mild cleaning agent and then clear in a dark environment. wiping it with a dry cloth. . There may be a delay when switching between views. . If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera, the RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera. . Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

JVH1585X SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

. Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera , RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-9 INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® MONITOR (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for the proper use of the Intelligent Around View® Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. . The Intelligent Around View® Monitor is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation because it has areas where objects cannot be viewed. The four corners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the bird’s-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surroundings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly. . The driver is always responsible WAE0016X for safety during parking and 1. CAMERA button other maneuvers.

4-10 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems after the CAMERA button has been CAUTION pushed with the shift lever in a position other than the R (Reverse) position. Do not scratch the lens when clean- Available views ing dirt or snow from the front of the camera. WARNING The Intelligent Around View® Monitor system is designed as an aid to the driver . The distance guide lines and the in situations such as slot parking or vehicle width guide lines should parallel parking. be used as a reference only when The monitor displays various views of the the vehicle is on a paved, level position of the vehicle in a split screen surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be format. Not all views are available at all WAE0059X times. different than the actual distance between the vehicle and dis- Available views: To display the multiple views, the Intelli- gent Around View® Monitor system uses played objects. . Front view cameras located in the front grille, on . Use the displayed lines and the The view to the front of the vehicle. the vehicle’s outside mirrors and one just bird’s-eye view as a reference. . Rear view above the vehicle’s license plate. The lines and the bird’s-eye view The view to the rear of the vehicle. INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® are greatly affected by the num- . Bird’s-eye view ber of occupants, fuel level, vehi- MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION cle position, road condition and The views to the vehicle from above. When the ignition switch is placed in the road grade. . Front-side view ON position, push the CAMERA button on . If the tires are replaced with The view around and ahead of the the instrument panel or move the shift different sized tires, the predic- front passenger’s side wheel. lever to the R (Reverse) position to tive course lines and the bird’s- operate the Intelligent Around View® eye view may be displayed incor- Monitor. rectly. The screen displayed on the Intelligent . When driving the vehicle up a hill, Around View® Monitor will automatically objects viewed in the monitor are return to the previous screen 3 minutes Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-11 farther than they appear. When Front and rear view: driving the vehicle down a hill, Guiding lines that indicate the approx- objects viewed in the monitor are imate vehicle width and distances to closer than they appear. objects with reference to the vehicle body . Objects in the rear view will ap- line , are displayed on the monitor. pear visually opposite compared Distance guide lines: to when viewed in the rearview Indicate distances from the vehicle body. and outside mirrors. . Red line : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) . Use the mirrors or actually look to . Yellow line : approximately 3 ft (1 m) properly judge distances to other . objects. Green line : approximately 7 ft (2 m) . . Green line (if so equipped): approxi- On a snow-covered or slippery mately 10 ft (3 m) road, there may be a difference between the predictive course SAA1840 Vehicle width guide lines : line and the actual course line. Front view Indicate the vehicle width. . The vehicle width and predictive Predictive course lines : course lines are wider than the Indicate the predictive course when op- actual width and course. erating the vehicle. When the monitor . The displayed lines on the rear displays the rear view, the predictive view will appear slightly off to the course lines will be displayed on the right because the rear view cam- monitor if the steering wheel is turned. era is not installed in the rear The predictive course lines will move center of the vehicle. depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight ahead position. The front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 MPH (10 km/h). SAA1896 Rear view 4-12 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems NOTE: In addition, the non-viewable corners . When the monitor displays the front are displayed in red to remind the driver view and the steering wheel turns to be cautious. When the rear sonar is about 90 degrees or less from the active, non-viewable corners for the straight ahead position, both the rear side of the vehicle are not displayed. right and left predictive course lines (See “Rear sonar system (RSS)” (P.5-152).) are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, the predictive course line is WARNING displayed only on the opposite side of the turn. . Objects in the bird’s-eye view will appear farther than the actual distance. . Tall objects, such as a curb or JVH1037X vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the Bird’s-eye view: views. The bird’s-eye view shows the overhead . Objects that are above the cam- view of the vehicle which helps confirm era cannot be displayed. the vehicle position and the predictive . The view for the bird’s-eye view course to a parking space. may be misaligned when the The vehicle icon shows the position of camera position alters. the vehicle. Note that the distance be- . A line on the ground may be tween objects viewed in the bird’s-eye misaligned and is not seen as view differs from the actual distance. being straight at the seam of the The areas that the cameras cannot cover views. The misalignment will in- are indicated in black. crease as the line proceeds away After the ignition switch is placed in the from the vehicle. ON position, the non-viewable area is highlighted in yellow for a few seconds after the bird’s-eye view is displayed.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-13 DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTIVE AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their locations on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actually located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

SAA3571

Front-side view: Guiding lines: Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor. The front-of-vehicle line shows the front part of the vehicle. JVH1159X The side-of-vehicle line shows the vehicle width including the outside mir- Backing up on a steep uphill rors. When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the The extensions of both the front and distance guide lines and the vehicle width side lines are shown with a green guide lines are shown closer than the dotted line. actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is farther than it appears on the monitor.

4-14 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems JVH1160X SAA1923 SAA3475

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-15 position if the object projects over the incorrectly. actual moving course. HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

. If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. . On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the actual course line. . If the battery is disconnected or becomes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: — Turn the steering wheel from SAA1897 lock to lock while the engine is 1. Visually check that the parking space running. is safe before parking your vehicle. — Drive the vehicle on a straight 2. The rear view of the vehicle is dis- road for more than 5 minutes. played on the screen when the shift . When the steering wheel is lever is moved to the R (Reverse) turned with the ignition switch in position. the ON position, the predictive course lines may be displayed 4-16 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5. When the vehicle is parked in the . A different screen is selected. space completely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake. HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the ignition switch placed in the ON position, push the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. The Intelligent Around View® Monitor displays different split screen views depending on the position of the shift lever. Push the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are: . Rear view/bird’s-eye view split screen . Rear view/front-side view split screen . Rear view If the shift lever is in the out of R (Reverse) SAA1898 position, the available views are: . Front view/bird’s-eye view split screen 3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting . the steering wheel so that the pre- Front view/front-side view split screen dictive course lines enter the park- The display will switch from the Intelligent ing space . Around View® Monitor screen when: 4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make . The shift lever is in the D (Drive) the vehicle width guide lines parallel position and the vehicle speed in- to the parking space while referring creases above approximately 6 MPH to the predictive course lines. (10 km/h). Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-17 INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW® Otherwise, water may enter the MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS camera unit causing water con- densation on the lens, a malfunc- WARNING tion, fire or an electric shock. . Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing Listed below are the system limita- so could cause a malfunction or tions for Intelligent Around View® cause damage resulting in a fire Monitor. Failure to operate the vehi- or an electric shock. cle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Do not use the Intelligent Around View® Monitor with the outside WAE0058X mirrors in the stored position, ADJUSTING THE SCREEN and make sure that the liftgate is securely closed when operating 1. Push the MENU button. the vehicle using the Intelligent 2. Touch the “Settings” key and then Around View® Monitor. touch the “Camera” key. . The apparent distance between 3. Touch the “Display Settings” key. objects viewed on the Intelligent 4. Touch the “Brightness”, “Contrast”, Around View® Monitor differs “Tint”, “Color”, or “Black Level” key. from the actual distance. 5. Adjust the item by touching the “+” or . The cameras are installed above “–” key on the touch screen display. the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license NOTE: plate. Do not put anything on the Do not adjust the display settings of the cameras. Intelligent Around View® Monitor while . When washing the vehicle with the vehicle is moving. Make sure the highpressure water, be sure not parking brake is firmly applied. to spray it around the cameras.

4-18 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems not appear in the monitor. The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: . There may be a delay when switching between views. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. . When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly. . The screen may flicker under fluores- cent light. WAE0056X . The colors of objects on the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may differ System temporarily unavailable somewhat from the actual color of When the “ ” icon is displayed on the objects. screen, there will be abnormal conditions . Objects on the Intelligent Around in the Intelligent Around View® Monitor. View® Monitor may not be clear and This will not hinder normal driving opera- the color of the object may differ in a tion but the system should be inspected. dark environment. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN WAE0060X . There may be differences in sharpness dealer. There are some areas where the system between each camera view of the will not show objects and the system bird’s-eye view. does not warn of moving objects. When in . Do not use wax on the camera lens. the front or the rear view display, an Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth object below the bumper or on the that has been dampened with a ground may not be viewed . When in diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe the bird’s-eye view, a tall object near the with a dry cloth. seam of the camera viewing areas will Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-19 cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

WAE0057X WAE0059X When the “ ” icon is displayed on the SYSTEM MAINTENANCE screen, the camera image may be receiving temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not CAUTION hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recom- . Do not use alcohol, benzine or mended you visit a NISSAN dealer. thinner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration. . Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the Intelligent Around View® Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a

4-20 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)

WARNING

. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the Moving Object Detection system could result in serious injury or death. . The MOD system is not a substitute for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with objects surrounding the vehicle. When maneuvering, always use the outside mirror and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver. . The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 MPH (8 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds. . The MOD system is not designed to detect the surrounding sta- WAE0016X tionary objects.

1. CAMERA button The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when driving out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances. The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-21 MOD SYSTEM OPERATION MOD system will not operate if the The MOD system will turn on automati- liftgate is open. cally under the following conditions: The MOD system does not detect moving . objects in the front-side view. The MOD When the shift lever is in the R icon is not displayed on the screen when (Reverse) position. in this view. . When the CAMERA button is pushed to activate the Intelligent Around When the MOD system detects a moving View® Monitor system on the display. object near the vehicle, the yellow frame . will be displayed on the view where the When vehicle speed decreases below object is detected and a chime will sound approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h). once. While the MOD system continues to The MOD system operates in the follow- detect moving objects, the yellow frame ing conditions when the camera view is continues to be displayed. displayed: NOTE: . When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or JVH1256X N (Neutral) position and the vehicle is While the RCTA chime (if so equipped) is Front and bird’s-eye views stopped, the MOD system detects the beeping, the MOD system does not moving objects in the bird’s-eye view. chime. The MOD system will not operate if either door is opened. If outside mirrors are folded, MOD may not operate properly. . When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position, and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view. . When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the MOD system detects JVH0873X moving objects in the rear view. The Rear and bird’s-eye views 4-22 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems In the bird’s-eye view, the yellow frame may not be heard. is displayed on each camera image (front, . rear, right, left) depending on where The MOD system performance moving objects are detected. will be limited according to environmental conditions and sur- The yellow frame is displayed on each rounding objects such as: view in the front view and rear view modes. — When there is low contrast between background and the A blue MOD icon is displayed in the view moving objects. where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view — When there is blinking source where the MOD system is not operative. of light. If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD — When strong light such as icon is not displayed. another vehicle’s headlight or JVH1257X TURNING MOD ON AND OFF sunlight is present. Rear and front-side views The MOD system can be turned on and — When camera orientation is off using the vehicle information display. not in its usual position, such (See “Driver Assistance” (P.2-21).) as when the outside mirror is folded. MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens. WARNING — When the position of the moving objects in the display is Listed below are the system limita- not changed. tions for MOD. Failure to operate the . vehicle in accordance with these The MOD system might detect system limitations could result in flowing water droplets on the serious injury or death. camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc. . Excessive noise (for example, . The MOD system may not func- WAE0067X audio system volume or open vehicle window) will interfere tion properly depending on the Rear view with the chime sound, and it speed, direction, distance or Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-23 shape of the moving objects. diluted mild cleaning agent and then wiping with a dry cloth. . If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is installed, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect objects properly. . When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not display objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

NOTE: The blue MOD icon will change to WAE0059X orange if one of the following has occurred. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . When the system is malfunctioning. . When the component temperature CAUTION reaches a high level (icon will blink). . When the rear view camera has . Do not use alcohol, benzine or detected a blockage (icon will blink). thinner to clean the camera. This If the icon light continues to illuminate will cause discoloration. orange, have the MOD system checked. . Do not damage the camera as the It is recommended that you visit a monitor screen may be adversely NISSAN dealer for this service. affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras , the MOD system may not operate properly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a

4-24 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems VENTILATORS

JVH0662X JVH0663X JVH0879X CENTER VENTILATORS SIDE VENTILATORS REAR VENTILATORS (if so equipped) Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the Open/close the ventilators by moving the control to either direction. control to either direction. control to either direction. : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the ventilators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the control to lators are open. Moving the side this direction will open the ventilators. this direction will open the ventilators. control to this direction will open the : This symbol indicates that the venti- : This symbol indicates that the venti- ventilators. lators are closed. Moving the control lators are closed. Moving the control : This symbol indicates that the venti- to this direction will close the ventila- to this direction will close the ventila- lators are closed. Moving the side tors. tors. control to this direction will close the ventilators. Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- Adjust the air flow direction of the ventilators by moving the center knob (up/ lators by moving the center knob (up/ Adjust the air flow direction of the venti- down, left/right) until the desired position down, left/right) until the desired position lators by moving the center knob (up/ is achieved. is achieved. down, left/right) until the desired position is achieved.

Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-25 HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER

blower will operate even if the engine is turned off and the ignition switch is WARNING placed in the ON position. NOTE: . The heater and air conditioner . Odors from inside and outside the operate only when the engine is vehicle can build up in the air condi- running. tioner unit. Odor can enter the pas- . Never leave children or adults senger compartment through the who would normally require the ventilators. support of others alone in the . When parking, set the heater and air vehicle. Pets should not be left conditioner controls to turn off air alone either. They could unknow- recirculation to allow fresh air into ingly activate switches or con- the passenger compartment. This trols and inadvertently become should help reduce odors inside the involved in a serious accident vehicle. and injure themselves. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. . Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the interior air to become stale and the windows to fog up. . Do not adjust the heating and air conditioning controls while driving so that full attention may be given to vehicle operation.

The heater and air conditioner operate when the engine is running. The air 4-26 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems Temperature control: Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the right position to select the hot temperature. Turn the dial between the middle and the left position to select the cool temperature. Air flow control: Push one of the air flow control buttons to select the air flow outlets. — Air flows mainly from center and side ventilators. — Air flows mainly from center and side JVH0664X ventilators and foot outlets. 1. A/C button/Fan speed control dial — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER AND and partly from the defroster. 2. Air flow control buttons HEATER — Air flows mainly from the defroster 3. MAX A/C button/Temperature control and foot outlets. dial Controls 4. Front defroster button Turning system on/off: Air intake control: 5. Rear defroster button (See “Rear The air intake control mode will change window and outside mirror defroster To turn on the system, turn the fan speed control dial out of the OFF position. each time the air recirculation button switch” (P.2-47).) is pushed. 6. Air recirculation button Turn the dial counterclockwise to the OFF position to turn off the system. . When the indicator light is turned on, the air recirculates inside the vehicle. Fan speed control: . When the indicator light is turned off, Turn the fan speed control dial the air flow is drawn from outside the clockwise to increase the fan speed. vehicle. Turn the fan speed control dial counterclockwise to decrease the fan speed. Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-27 A/C (Air Conditioner) operation: Heater operation Defrosting or defogging: Push the A/C button to turn on or off the Heating: This mode directs the air to the defroster air conditioner. When the air conditioner outlets to defrost/defog the windows. This mode is used to direct heated air is on, the A/C indicator light on the button 1. Push the front defroster button. illuminates. from the foot outlets. Some air also flows from the defroster outlets and the side (The indicator light will turn on.) MAX A/C (Quick Air Conditioning) op- ventilator outlets. 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to eration: 1. Push the air recirculation button the desired position. Push the MAX A/C button for maximum for normal heating. (The indicator light 3. Turn the temperature control dial to cooling and dehumidifying. will turn off.) the desired position between the When the MAX A/C mode is turned on, the 2. Push the button. (The indicator middle and the hot (right) position. air flow mode indicator will turn off with light will turn on.) To remove frost from the windshield the air flow mode fixed at . 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to quickly, turn the temperature control At the same time, the indicator light on the desired position. dial to the maximum hot (right) posi- the A/C button and the air recirculation tion and the fan speed control dial 4. Turn the temperature control dial to to the maximum position. mode will turn on. the desired position between the Push the MAX A/C button again to turn middle and the hot (right) position. When the front defroster mode is off the MAX A/C mode. When the MAX A/C selected, the air conditioner automa- Ventilation: mode is turned off, most of the settings tically turns on if the outside tempera- will return to the previous state, while the This mode directs outside air from the ture is more than 36°F (2°C). This indicator light on the A/C button will stay side and center ventilators. dehumidifies the air which helps defog on. 1. Push the air recirculation button. the windshield. The air recirculation (The indicator light will turn off.) indicator automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into 2. Push the button. (The indicator the passenger compartment to light will turn on.) further improve the defogging perfor- 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to mance. The recirculation mode can- the desired position. not be activated in the front defroster 4. Turn the temperature control dial to mode. the desired position. Bi-level heating: The bi-level mode directs warmed air to

4-28 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems the side and center ventilators and to the NOTE: the ventilators is the highest it can go front and rear floor outlets. Clear snow and ice from the wiper when in MAX A/C mode regardless of the 1. Push the air recirculation button. blades and air inlet in front of the position of the fan speed control dial. windshield. This improves heater op- (The indicator light will turn off.) Dehumidified heating: eration. 2. Push the button. (The indicator This mode is used to heat and dehumidify light will turn on.) Air conditioner operation the air. 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to Start the engine, turn the fan speed 1. Push the air recirculation button. the desired position. control dial to the desired position, (The indicator light will turn off.) and push the A/C button to activate the 4. Turn the temperature control dial to air conditioner. When the air conditioner 2. Push the button. (The indicator the desired position. is on, cooling and dehumidifying func- light will turn on.) Heating and defogging: tions are added to the heater operation. 3. Turn the fan speed control dial to This mode heats the interior and defogs The air conditioner cooling function op- the desired position. the windows. erates only when the engine is running. 4. Push the A/C button on. (The indicator 1. Push the button. (The indicator Cooling: light will turn on.) light will turn on.) This mode is used to cool and dehumidify 5. Turn the temperature control dial to 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to the air. the desired position between the middle and the hot (right) position. the desired position. 1. Push the button. (The indicator 3. Turn the temperature control dial to light will turn on.) Dehumidified defogging: the maximum hot (right) position. 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to This mode is used to defog the windows When the button is pushed, the air the desired position. and dehumidify the air. conditioner automatically turns on if the 3. Push the A/C button. (The indicator 1. Push the front defroster button. outside temperature is more than 36°F light will turn on.) (The indicator light will turn on.) (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which 4. Turn the temperature control dial to 2. Turn the fan speed control dial to helps defog the windshield. The air re- the desired position between the the desired position. circulation indicator automatically turns middle and the cool (left) position. off, allowing outside air to be drawn into 3. Turn the temperature control dial to the passenger compartment to further For quick cooling, push the MAX A/C the desired position. improve the defogging performance. button. When the MAX A/C button is When the front defroster or mode is pushed, it will activate the air recirculation selected, the air conditioner automatically mode. The amount of air coming through turns on if the outside temperature is Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-29 more than 36°F (2°C). This dehumidifies the air which helps defog the windshield. The air recirculation mode automatically turns off, allowing outside air to be drawn into the passenger compartment to further improve the defogging performance. The air conditioner is always on in front defroster or mode, regardless of whether the indicator light is on or off. NOTE: . The air conditioner system should be operated for approximately 10 minutes at least once a month. This helps prevent damage to the air JVH0665X conditioner system due to the lack 1. Front defroster button of lubrication. AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONER AND 2. ON·OFF button/Temperature control dial HEATER . A visible mist may be seen coming (driver side) from the ventilators in hot, humid 3. MODE button Automatic operation (AUTO) conditions as the air is cooled ra- 4. Display screen pidly. This does not indicate a mal- The AUTO mode may be used year-round function. 5. A/C (Air Conditioner) button as the system automatically controls the 6. DUAL button/Temperature control dial air conditioner to a constant tempera- . If the engine coolant temperature (passenger side) ture, air flow distribution and fan speed becomes too high, the air recircula- 7. Rear defroster button (See “Rear after the desired temperature is set tion mode will be activated and the window and outside mirror defroster manually. indicator light will come on automa- switch” (P.2-47).) tically. 8. Air recirculation button Cooling and dehumidified heating: . If the engine coolant temperature 9. Fan speed control button 1. Push the AUTO button (the indicator gauge indicates engine coolant tem- 10. AUTO button light will turn on). perature over the normal range, turn 11. Outside air circulation button 2. Turn the temperature control dial to the air conditioner off. (See “If your set the desired temperature. vehicle overheats” (P.6-11).) 4-30 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems . When the DUAL indicator light is not maximum levels. — Air flows mainly from the center and illuminated, pushing the DUAL but- . After the windshield is cleared, push side ventilators. ton (the indicator light will turn on) the AUTO button (the AUTO indicator — Air flows mainly from the center and allows the user to independently light will turn on). side ventilators and foot outlets. change the driver and passenger . When the front defroster button is — Air flows mainly from the foot outlet side temperatures with the corre- and partly from the defroster. pushed, the air conditioner will turn on sponding temperature control dial. when the outside air temperature is — Air flows mainly from the front . defroster outlets and foot outlets. To cancel the separate tempera- above approximately 36°F (2°C) to ture setting, push the DUAL button defog the windshield. The air recircu- Temperature control: (the indicator light will turn off) and lation mode will automatically turn off. Turn the temperature control dial to set the driver’s side temperature The outside air circulation mode will the desired temperature. setting will be applied to both the be selected to improve the defogging driver and passenger sides. performance. . When the DUAL indicator light is not The temperature of the passenger Do not set the temperature too low when illuminated, pushing the DUAL button compartment will be maintained the front defroster mode is on (the (the indicator light will turn on) allows automatically. Air flow distribution indicator light is illuminated), because the user to independently change the and fan speed are also controlled doing so may fog up the windshield. driver and passenger side tempera- automatically. tures with the corresponding tem- A visible mist may be seen coming Manual operation perature control dial. from the ventilators in hot and humid The manual mode can be used to control Also turning the passenger’s side conditions as the air is cooled rapidly. the heater and air conditioner to your temperature control dial changes only This does not indicate a malfunction. desired settings. the front passenger’s side temperature. (The DUAL indicator light will Dehumidified defrosting/defogging: Fan speed control: illuminate and DUAL will appear on 1. Push the front defroster button Push the fan speed control button ( the display.) (The indicator light on the front side or side) to manually control the . To cancel the separate temperature defroster button will illuminate). fan speed. setting, push the DUAL button (the 2. Turn the temperature control dial to Push the AUTO button to change the fan indicator light will turn off) and the set the desired temperature. speed to the automatic mode. driver’s side temperature setting will be applied to both the driver and . To quickly remove frost from the out- Air flow control: passenger sides. side surface of the windshield, set the Push the MODE button to select the temperature and the fan speed to the desired mode: Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-31 Air intake control: automatically switch to the outside air . Push the air recirculation button circulation mode. to recirculate interior air inside the To turn the system off: vehicle. The indicator light on the To turn off the heater and air conditioner, button will come on. push the ON·OFF button. The air recirculation cannot be acti- Push the ON·OFF button again, the sys- vated when the air conditioner is in tem will turn on in the mode which was the front defrosting mode. used immediately before the system was . Push the outside air circulation turned off. button to draw outside air into the passenger compartment. The indica- Remote engine start logic (if so tor light on the button will come on. equipped) . To control the air intake automatically, When the remote engine start function is push and hold either the air recircula- activated, the vehicles equipped with the JVH0727X tion button or the outside air automatic air conditioner and heater may circulation button (whichever but- go into automatic heating or cooling ton with the indicator light illumi- mode depending on the outside and nated). The indicator lights (both air cabin temperatures. During this period, recirculation and outside air cir- the display and the buttons will be culation buttons) will flash twice, inoperable until the ignition switch is and then the air intake will switch to placed in the ON position. When the automatic control. When the auto- temperature is low, the rear defroster matic control is set, the system auto- and the heated steering wheel (if so matically alternates between the equipped) may also be activated auto- outside air circulation and the air matically with the activation of the re- recirculation modes. (The indicator mote engine start function. (See “Remote light of the active mode will turn on.) engine start” (P.3-23).) NOTE: Even if the system is manually set to the air recirculation mode, when both out- JVH0728X side temperature and coolant temperature are low, the system may 4-32 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems ANTENNA

OPERATING TIPS (for automatic air contribute in a small part to global conditioner) warming. When the engine coolant temperature Special charging equipment and lubricant and outside air temperature are low, the are required when servicing your vehicle’s air flow from the foot outlets may not air conditioner. Using improper refriger- operate for a maximum of 150 seconds. ants or lubricants will cause severe da- However, this is not a malfunction. After mage to the air conditioner system. (See the coolant temperature warms up, air “Air conditioning system refrigerant and flow from the foot outlets will operate lubricant recommendations” (P.10-6).) normally. A NISSAN dealer will be able to service The sensors and , located on the your environmentally friendly air condi- instrument panel, help maintain a con- tioner system. stant temperature. Do not put anything In-cabin microfilter on or around the sensors. The air conditioner system is equipped SAA2374 SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER with an in-cabin microfilter. To make sure To remove the antenna, hold the bottom the air conditioner heats, defogs, and of the antenna and turn it counterclock- WARNING ventilates efficiently, replace the filter wise. according the specified maintenance intervals listed in the "9. Maintenance and To install the antenna, turn the antenna The air conditioner system contains schedules" section. It is recommended to clockwise and tighten. refrigerant under high pressure. To visit a NISSAN dealer to replace the filter. avoid personal injury, any air conditioner service should be done only by The filter should be replaced if the air flow CAUTION an experienced technician with the decreases significantly or if windows fog proper equipment. up easily when operating the heater or air . To avoid damaging or deforming conditioner. the antenna, be sure to remove The air conditioner system in your vehicle the antenna under the following is charged with a refrigerant designed conditions. with the environment in mind. — The vehicle enters a garage This refrigerant will not harm the with a low ceiling. earth’s ozone layer. However, it may Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 4-33 CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO

When installing a car phone or a CB radio — The vehicle is covered with a in your vehicle, be sure to observe the car cover. CAUTION following precautions, otherwise the new . Be sure that antenna is removed equipment may adversely affect the elec- . before the vehicle enters an auto- tronic control modules and electronic Keep the antenna as far away as matic car wash. control system harness. possible from the electronic control modules. . Always properly tighten the an- . tenna rod during installation. Keep the antenna wire more than Otherwise, the antenna rod may WARNING 8 in (20 cm) away from the break during vehicle operation. electronic control system har- . A cellular phone should not be ness. Do not route the antenna used for any purpose while driv- wire next to any harness. ing so full attention may be given . Adjust the antenna standing- to vehicle operation. Some juris- wave ratio as recommended by dictions prohibit the use of cellu- the manufacturer. lar phones while driving. . Connect the ground wire from the . If you must make a call while your CB radio chassis to the body. vehicle is in motion, the hands- . For details, it is recommended free cellular phone operational you visit a NISSAN dealer. mode (if so equipped) is highly recommended. Exercise extreme caution at all times so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. . If a conversation in a moving vehicle requires you to take notes, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle before doing so.

4-34 Monitor, heater, air conditioner, audio and phone systems 5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving ...... 5-4 Starting the engine (model without Intelligent Exhaust gas (carbon monoxide) ...... 5-4 Key system) ...... 5-18 Three-way catalyst ...... 5-4 Starting the engine (model with Intelligent Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 5-5 Key system) ...... 5-19 Avoiding collision and rollover ...... 5-8 Remote engine start (if so equipped) ...... 5-20 On-pavement and off-road Driving the vehicle ...... 5-20 driving precautions ...... 5-8 Continuously Variable Off-road recovery ...... 5-9 Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-20 Rapid air pressure loss ...... 5-9 Manual Transmission (MT) ...... 5-25 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ...... 5-10 Parking brake...... 5-27 Driving safety precautions ...... 5-10 Pedal type...... 5-27 Ignition switch (models without Intelligent Switch type (models with electronic parking Key system) ...... 5-12 brake system) ...... 5-27 Continuously Variable Automatic brake hold (if so equipped)...... 5-29 Transmission (CVT) ...... 5-13 How to activate/deactivate the automatic Manual Transmission (MT)...... 5-13 brake hold function ...... 5-30 Key positions ...... 5-14 How to use the automatic brake hold function...... 5-31 Push-button ignition switch (model with Intelligent Key system) ...... 5-14 ECO mode system ...... 5-32 Operating range for engine start function ...... 5-14 ECO Pedal Guide function ...... 5-33 Push-button ignition switch operation...... 5-15 Ambient ECO...... 5-33 Push-button ignition switch positions ...... 5-16 ECO Drive Report ...... 5-34 Emergency engine shut off ...... 5-16 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) (if so equipped) ...... 5-35 Intelligent Key battery discharge ...... 5-17 LDW system operation ...... 5-36 Before starting the engine...... 5-17 How to enable/disable the LDW system ...... 5-37 LDW system limitations...... 5-38 Cruise control operations...... 5-65 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-39 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (models without System malfunction...... 5-39 ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped)...... 5-66 System maintenance ...... 5-39 How to select the cruise control mode ...... 5-68 Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) (if Vehicle-to-vehicle distance so equipped) ...... 5-40 control mode ...... 5-68 I-LI system operation ...... 5-41 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise How to enable/disable the I-LI system ...... 5-42 control mode ...... 5-82 I-LI system limitations ...... 5-43 ProPILOT assist (if so equipped) ...... 5-86 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-44 ProPILOT assist system operation ...... 5-88 System malfunction...... 5-45 ProPILOT assist switches ...... 5-89 System maintenance ...... 5-45 ProPILOT assist system display and indicators ...... 5-90 Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ...... 5-46 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) BSW system operation ...... 5-48 cruise control mode ON ...... 5-91 How to enable/disable the BSW system...... 5-49 Operating ProPILOT assist ...... 5-91 BSW system limitations...... 5-50 How to enable/disable the BSW driving situations ...... 5-51 steering assist ...... 5-95 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-54 How to cancel the ProPILOT System malfunction...... 5-55 assist system ...... 5-97 System maintenance ...... 5-55 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) ...... 5-56 (models with ProPILOT assist) ...... 5-97 RCTA system operation ...... 5-57 Steering assist ...... 5-106 How to enable/disable the RCTA system ...... 5-59 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise RCTA system limitations ...... 5-60 control mode ...... 5-112 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-63 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) (if System malfunction...... 5-63 so equipped) ...... 5-115 System maintenance ...... 5-63 AEB system operation ...... 5-116 Cruise control (if so equipped) ...... 5-64 Turning the AEB system ON/OFF ...... 5-118 Precautions on cruise control ...... 5-65 AEB system limitations ...... 5-119 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-120 Electric power steering ...... 5-144 System malfunction...... 5-121 Brake system ...... 5-145 System maintenance ...... 5-121 Braking precautions ...... 5-145 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Brake assist ...... 5-146 pedestrian detection system ...... 5-122 Brake assist ...... 5-146 AEB with pedestrian detection Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ...... 5-146 system operation ...... 5-124 Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ...... 5-147 Turning the AEB with pedestrian detection Chassis control ...... 5-149 system ON/OFF ...... 5-126 Intelligent Trace Control...... 5-149 AEB with pedestrian detection Intelligent Engine Brake (Continuously system limitations ...... 5-127 Variable Transmission (CVT) models) ...... 5-150 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-129 Active Ride Control ...... 5-151 System malfunction...... 5-130 Hill Start Assist system ...... 5-152 System maintenance ...... 5-131 Rear sonar system (RSS) (if so equipped) ...... 5-152 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) (if System operation ...... 5-153 so equipped) ...... 5-132 How to enable/disable the RSS ...... 5-155 RAB system operation ...... 5-133 RSS limitations ...... 5-156 Turning the RAB system ON/OFF...... 5-133 System temporarily unavailable ...... 5-156 RAB system limitations ...... 5-134 System maintenance ...... 5-156 System malfunction...... 5-136 Cold weather driving ...... 5-157 System maintenance ...... 5-137 Freeing a frozen door lock ...... 5-157 Break-in schedule ...... 5-137 Anti-freeze...... 5-157 Fuel Efficient Driving Tips...... 5-138 Battery...... 5-157 Increasing fuel economy ...... 5-139 Draining of coolant water ...... 5-157 Intelligent 4x4 (if so equipped)...... 5-139 Tire equipment ...... 5-157 Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch operations ...... 5-141 Special winter equipment ...... 5-158 Parking/parking on hills ...... 5-143 Driving on snow or ice ...... 5-158 PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

oxide is dangerous. It can cause refrigerators, heaters, etc. may WARNING unconsciousness or death. also generate carbon monoxide.) . If you suspect that exhaust fumes . The exhaust system and body . Do not leave children or adults are entering the vehicle, drive should be inspected by a quali- who would normally require the with all windows fully open, and fied mechanic whenever: support of others alone in your have the vehicle inspected imme- — Your vehicle is raised while vehicle. Pets should not be left diately. being serviced. alone either. They could acciden- . Do not run the engine in closed — You suspect that exhaust tally injure themselves or others spaces such as a garage. through inadvertent operation of fumes are entering into the . Do not park the vehicle with the passenger compartment. the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny engine running for an extended days, temperatures in a closed period of time. — You notice a change in the vehicle could quickly become sound of the exhaust system. high enough to cause severe or . Keep the liftgate closed while — You have had an accident possibly fatal injuries to people or driving, otherwise exhaust gas involving damage to the ex- animals. could be drawn into the passen- haust system, underbody, or . ger compartment. If you must Properly secure all cargo with drive with the liftgate open, fol- rear of the vehicle. ropes or straps to help prevent it low these precautions: from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seat- — Open all the windows. THREE-WAY CATALYST backs. In a sudden stop or colli- — Turn the air recirculation The three-way catalyst is an emission sion, unsecured cargo could mode off and set the fan control device installed in the exhaust cause personal injury. speed control to the highest system. Exhaust gases in the three-way level to circulate the air. catalyst are burned at high temperatures to help reduce pollutants. EXHAUST GAS (carbon monoxide) . If a special body or other equipment is added for recreational or WARNING other usage, follow the manufac- WARNING turer’s recommendation to prevent carbon monoxide entry into . . Do not breathe exhaust gas; it The exhaust gas and the exhaust the vehicle. (Some recreational system are very hot. Keep people, contains colorless and odorless vehicle appliances such as stoves, carbon monoxide. Carbon mon- animals and flammable materials 5-4 Starting and driving away from the exhaust system damaging the three-way catalyst. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect components. . Do not race the engine while the vehicle’s handling and stopping abil- . Do not stop or park the vehicle warming it up. ity. over flammable materials such as . Do not push or tow your vehicle Please note that the TPMS is not a dry grass, wastepaper or rags. to start the engine. They may ignite and cause a fire. substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- maintain correct tire pressure, even if TEM (TPMS) under-inflation has not reached the level CAUTION Each tire, including the spare (if provided), to trigger illumination of the TPMS low should be checked monthly when cold tire pressure telltale. . Do not use leaded gasoline. De- and inflated to the inflation pressure Your vehicle has also been equipped with posits from leaded gasoline will recommended by the vehicle manufac- a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate seriously reduce the three-way turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla- when the system is not operating prop- catalyst’s ability to help reduce tion pressure label. (If your vehicle has erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is exhaust pollutants. tires of a different size than the size combined with the low tire pressure tell- . Keep your engine tuned up. Mal- indicated on the vehicle placard or tire tale. When the system detects a malfunc- functions in the ignition, fuel in- inflation pressure label, you should deter- tion, the telltale will flash for jection, or electrical systems can mine the proper tire inflation pressure for approximately one minute and then re- cause overrich fuel flow into the those tires.) main continuously illuminated. This se- three-way catalyst, causing it to As an added safety feature, your vehicle quence will continue upon subsequent overheat. Do not keep driving if has been equipped with a Tire Pressure vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunc- the engine misfires, or if notice- Monitoring System (TPMS) that illumi- tion exists. When the malfunction indica- able loss of performance or other nates a low tire pressure telltale when tor is illuminated, the system may not be unusual operating conditions are one or more of your tires is significantly able to detect or signal low tire pressure detected. Have the vehicle in- under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low as intended. TPMS malfunctions may spected. It is recommended you tire pressure telltale illuminates, you occur for a variety of reasons, including visit a NISSAN dealer for this should stop and check your tires as soon the installation of replacement or alter- service. as possible, and inflate them to the nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- . Avoid driving with an extremely proper pressure. Driving on a significantly erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction low fuel level. Running out of fuel under-inflated tire causes the tire to telltale after replacing one or more tires could cause the engine to misfire, overheat and can lead to tire failure. Starting and driving 5-5 or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that warning light turns off. vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- the replacement or alternate tires and The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” ing with under-inflated tires may wheels allow the TPMS to continue to warning does not appear if the low permanently damage the tires function properly. tire pressure warning light illuminates and increase the likelihood of tire Additional information to indicate a TPMS malfunction. failure. Serious vehicle damage . Tire pressure rises and falls depending could occur and may lead to an . Since the spare tire is not equipped on the heat caused by the vehicle’s accident and could result in ser- with the TPMS, the TPMS does not operation and the outside tempera- ious personal injury. Check the monitor the tire pressure of the spare ture. Do not reduce the tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires. tire. after driving because the tire pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the . The TPMS will activate only when the rises after driving. Low outside tem- recommended COLD tire pressure vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 perature can lower the temperature shown on the Tire and Loading MPH (25 km/h). Also, this system may of the air inside the tire which can Information label to turn the low not detect a sudden drop in tire cause a lower tire inflation pressure. tire pressure warning light OFF. If pressure (for example a flat tire while This may cause the low tire pressure you have a flat tire, replace it with driving). warning light to illuminate. If the a spare tire as soon as possible. . The low tire pressure warning light warning light illuminates in low ambi- (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for chan- does not automatically turn off when ent temperature, check the tire pres- ging a flat tire.) the tire pressure is adjusted. After the sure for all four tires. . Since the spare tire is not tire is inflated to the recommended For additional information, see “Low tire equipped with the TPMS, when a pressure, the vehicle must be driven at pressure warning light” (P.2-13) and “Tire spare tire is mounted or a wheel speeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h) to Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- is replaced, the TPMS will not activate the TPMS and turn off the low 3). function and the low tire pressure tire pressure warning light. Use a tire warning light will flash for ap- pressure gauge to check the tire proximately 1 minute. The light pressure. WARNING will remain on after 1 minute. . The “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” Have your tires replaced and/or warning appears in the vehicle infor- . If the low tire pressure warning TPMS system reset as soon as mation display when the low tire light illuminates while driving, possible. It is recommended you pressure warning light is illuminated avoid sudden steering maneu- visit a NISSAN dealer for these and low tire pressure is detected. The vers or abrupt braking, reduce services. “Tire Pressure Low - Add Air” warning vehicle speed, pull off the road turns off when the low tire pressure to a safe location and stop the 5-6 Starting and driving . . Replacing tires with those not Facilities or electric devices using equipment. originally specified by NISSAN similar radio frequencies are near the For Canada: could affect the proper operation vehicle. . This device complies with Industry Ca- of the TPMS. If a transmitter set to similar frequen- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). cies is being used in or near the . Do not inject any tire liquid or Operation is subject to the following vehicle. two conditions: (1) this device may not aerosol tire sealant into the tires, . as this may cause a malfunction If a computer (or similar equipment) or cause interference, and (2) this device of the tire pressure sensors. a DC/AC converter is being used in or must accept any interference, including near the vehicle. interference that may cause undesired Low tire pressure warning light may operation of the device. illuminate in the following cases. CAUTION . If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert and tire without TPMS. When adding air to an under-inflated tire, . The TPMS may not function prop- . If the TPMS has been replaced and the the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert provides erly when the wheels are ID has not been registered. visual and audible signals outside the equipped with tire chains or the . If the wheel is not originally specified vehicle to help you inflate the tires to wheels are buried in snow. by NISSAN. the recommended COLD tire pressure. . Do not place metalized film or FCC Notice: Vehicle set-up: any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause For USA: 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level poor reception of the signals This device complies with Part 15 of the place. from the tire pressure sensors, FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the 2. Apply the parking brake and place the and the TPMS will not function following two conditions: (1) This device shift lever in the P (Park) position (CVT properly. may not cause harmful interference, model) or N (Neutral) position (MT and (2) this device must accept any model). Some devices and transmitters may tem- interference received, including inter- 3. Place the ignition switch in the ON porarily interfere with the operation of ference that may cause undesired op- position. Do not start the engine. the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure eration. Operation: warning light to illuminate. Some exam- Note: Changes or modifications not ples are: expressly approved by the party re- 1. Add air to the tire. sponsible for compliance could void 2. After a few seconds, the hazard in- the user’s authority to operate the dicators will start flashing. Starting and driving 5-7 3. When the designated pressure is — There is a malfunction in the horn influence of alcohol or drugs (including reached, the horn beeps once and or hazard indicators prescription or over-the-counter drugs the hazard indicators stop flashing. . If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert which may cause drowsiness). Always 4. Perform the above steps for each tire. does not operate due to TPMS inter- wear your seat belt as outlined in “Seat ference, move the vehicle about 3 ft belts” (P.1-11) of this manual, and also . If the tire is over-inflated more than (1m) backward or forward and try instruct your passengers to do so. approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn again. beeps and the hazard indicators flash Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in 3 times. To correct the pressure, push If the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert is not collisions and rollovers. In a rollover the core of the valve stem on the tire working, use a tire pressure gauge. crash, an unbelted or improperly belted briefly to release pressure. When the AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLL- person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly pressure reaches the designated OVER pressure, the horn beeps once. wearing a seat belt. . If the hazard indicator does not flash ON-PAVEMENT AND OFF-ROAD within approximately 15 seconds after WARNING DRIVING PRECAUTIONS starting to inflate the tire, it indicates Utility vehicles have a significantly high- that the TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert Failure to operate this vehicle in a er rollover rate than other types of is not operating. safe and prudent manner may result vehicles. . The TPMS will not activate the Easy Fill in loss of control or an accident. Tire Alert under the following condi- They have higher ground clearance than tions: passenger cars to make them capable of Be alert and drive defensively at all times. performing in a variety of on-pavement — If there is interference from an Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces- and off-road applications. This gives them external device or transmitter sive speed, high speed cornering, or a higher center of gravity than ordinary — The air pressure from the inflation sudden steering maneuvers, because cars. An advantage of higher ground device such as those using a power these driving practices could cause you clearance is a better view of the road, socket is not sufficient to inflate the to lose control of your vehicle. As with allowing you to anticipate problems. tire any vehicle, a loss of control could However, they are not designed for cor- — If an electrical equipment is being result in a collision with other vehicles nering at the same speeds as conven- used in or near the vehicle or objects, or cause the vehicle to roll- tional passenger cars any more than low- — There is a malfunction in the TPMS over, particularly if the loss of control slung sports cars are designed to perform system causes the vehicle to slide sideways. Be satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If attentive at all times, and avoid driving at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt when tired. Never drive when under the 5-8 Starting and driving maneuvers, particularly at high speeds. As vehicle speed is reduced. Do not “blows-out” while driving, maintain con- with other vehicles of this type, failure to attempt to drive the vehicle back onto trol of the vehicle by following the proce- operate this vehicle correctly may result the road surface until vehicle speed is dure below. Please note that this in loss of control or vehicle rollover. Seat reduced. procedure is only a general guide. The belts help reduce the risk of injury in 6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn vehicle must be driven as appropriate collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, the steering wheel until both tires based on the conditions of the vehicle, an unbelted or improperly belted person return to the road surface. When all road and traffic. is significantly more likely to be injured or tires are on the road surface, steer the killed than a person properly wearing a vehicle to stay in the appropriate WARNING seat belt. driving lane. Be sure to read “Driving safety precau- . If you decide that it is not safe to The following actions can increase tions” (P.5-10). return the vehicle to the road sur- the chance of losing control of the face based on vehicle, road or OFF-ROAD RECOVERY vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire traffic conditions, gradually slow air pressure. Losing control of the If the right side or left side wheels leave the vehicle to a stop in a safe place vehicle may cause a collision and the road surface, maintain control of the off the road. vehicle by following the procedure below. result in personal injury. RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Please note that this procedure is only a . The vehicle generally moves or general guide. The vehicle must be driven Rapid air pressure loss or a “blow-out” can pulls in the direction of the flat as appropriate based on the conditions of occur if the tire is punctured or is tire. the vehicle, road and traffic. damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. . Do not rapidly apply the brakes. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires. . Do not rapidly release the accel- 2. Do not apply the brakes. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the erator pedal. 3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering handling and stability of the vehicle, . Do not rapidly turn the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold especially at highway speeds. wheel. a straight course. Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by 4. When appropriate, slowly release the maintaining the correct air pressure and 1. Remain calm and do not overreact. accelerator pedal to gradually slow visually inspect the tires for wear and 2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering the vehicle. damage. See “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of wheel with both hands and try to hold 5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the this manual. a straight course. vehicle to follow the road while the If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or Starting and driving 5-9 3. When appropriate, slowly release the NISSAN is committed to safe driving. accelerator pedal to gradually slow However, you must choose not to drive WARNING the vehicle. under the influence of alcohol. Every year 4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe thousands of people are injured or killed . Drive carefully when off the road location off the road and away from in alcohol-related accidents. Although the and avoid dangerous areas. Every traffic if possible. local laws vary on what is considered to person who drives or rides in this be legally intoxicated, the fact is that vehicle should be seated with 5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gra- alcohol affects all people differently and dually stop the vehicle. their seat belt fastened. This will most people underestimate the effects of keep you and your passengers in 6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers alcohol. position when driving over rough and either contact a roadside emer- Remember, drinking and driving don’t terrain. gency service to change the tire or see mix! And that is true for drugs, too (over- . Do not drive across steep slopes. “Changing a flat tire” (P.6-4) of this the-counter, prescription, and illegal Owner’s Manual. Instead drive either straight up or drugs). Don’t drive if your ability to oper- straight down the slopes. Off- DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND ate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol, road vehicles can tip over side- DRIVING drugs, or some other physical condition. ways much more easily than they DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS can forward or backward. WARNING Your vehicle is designed for both normal . Many hills are too steep for any and off-road use. However, avoid driving vehicle. If you drive up them, you Never drive under the influence of in deep water or mud as your vehicle is may stall. If you drive down them, alcohol or drugs. Alcohol in the mainly designed for leisure use, unlike a you may not be able to control bloodstream reduces coordination, conventional off-road vehicle. your speed. If you drive across delays reaction time and impairs Remember that Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) them, you may roll over. judgement. Driving after drinking models are less capable than All-Wheel . Do not shift ranges while driving alcohol increases the likelihood of Drive (AWD) models for rough road driving on downhill grades as this could being involved in an accident injuring and extrication when stuck in deep snow, cause loss of control of the vehi- yourself and others. Additionally, if mud, or the like. cle. you are injured in an accident, alco- Please observe the following precautions: . Stay alert when driving to the top hol can increase the severity of the of a hill. At the top there could be injury. a drop-off or other hazard that could cause an accident.

5-10 Starting and driving . If your engine stalls or you cannot . Do not grip the inside or spokes result in serious vehicle damage make it to the top of a steep hill, of the steering wheel when driv- or personal injury. never attempt to turn around. ing off-road. The steering wheel . Do not attempt to test an AWD Your vehicle could tip or roll over. could move suddenly and injure equipped vehicle on a 2-wheel Always back straight down in R your hands. Instead drive with dynamometer (such as the dy- (Reverse) range. Never back down your fingers and thumbs on the namometers used by some in N (Neutral), using only the outside of the rim. states for emissions testing), or brake, as this could cause loss of . Before operating the vehicle, en- similar equipment even if the control. sure that the driver and all pas- other two wheels are raised off . Heavy braking going down a hill sengers have their seat belts the ground. Make sure you inform could cause your brakes to over- fastened. test facility personnel that your heat and fade, resulting in loss of . Always drive with the floor mats vehicle is equipped with AWD control and an accident. Apply in place as the floor may became before it is placed on a dynam- brakes lightly and use a low hot. ometer. Using the wrong test range to control your speed. equipment may result in drive- . Lower your speed when encoun- . Unsecured cargo can be thrown train damage or unexpected ve- tering strong crosswinds. With a hicle movement which could around when driving over rough higher center of gravity, your terrain. Properly secure all cargo result in serious vehicle damage vehicle is more affected by strong or personal injury. so it will not be thrown forward side winds. Slower speeds ensure . and cause injury to you or your better vehicle control. When a wheel is off the ground passengers. due to an unlevel surface, do not . Do not drive beyond the perfor- . To avoid raising the center of spin the wheel excessively (AWD mance capability of the tires, model). gravity excessively, do not exceed even with AWD engaged. . the rated capacity of the roof rack . Accelerating quickly, sharp steer- (if so equipped) and evenly dis- For AWD equipped vehicles, do ing maneuvers or sudden braking tribute the load. Secure heavy not attempt to raise two wheels may cause loss of control. off the ground and shift the loads in the cargo area as far . If at all possible, avoid sharp forward and as low as possible. transmission to any drive or reverse position with the engine turning maneuvers, particularly Do not equip the vehicle with tires at high speeds. Your vehicle has larger than specified in this man- running. Doing so may result in drivetrain damage or unexpected a higher center of gravity than a ual. This could cause your vehicle conventional passenger car. The to roll over. vehicle movement which could Starting and driving 5-11 IGNITION SWITCH (models without Intelligent Key system)

vehicle is not designed for cor- . Spinning the front wheels on nering at the same speeds as slippery surfaces may cause the WARNING conventional passenger cars. AWD warning message to display Failure to operate this vehicle and the AWD system to automa- Never remove the key or place the correctly could result in loss of tically switch from the AWD mode ignition switch in the LOCK position control and/or a rollover acci- to the 2WD mode. This could while driving. The steering wheel will dent. reduce traction. (AWD models) lock and could cause the driver to . Always use tires of the same type, lose control of the vehicle. This could size, brand, construction (bias, result in serious vehicle damage or bias-belted or radial), and tread personal injury. pattern on all four wheels. Install traction devices on the front wheels when driving on slippery roads and drive carefully. . Be sure to check the brakes immediately after driving in mud or water. See “Brake system” (P.5- 145) for wet brakes. . Avoid parking your vehicle on steep hills. If you get out of the vehicle and it rolls forward, backward or sideways, you could be injured. . Whenever you drive off-road through sand, mud or water as deep as the wheel hub, more frequent maintenance may be required. See the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Main- tenance and schedules” section.

5-12 Starting and driving 2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in the ON direction. 3. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK position. 4. Remove the key. If the ignition switch is turned to the LOCK position, the shift lever cannot be moved from the P (Park) position. The shift lever can be moved if the ignition switch is in the ON position with the foot brake pedal depressed.

JVS1067X JVS1067X CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) MISSION (CVT) The ignition switch includes a device that The ignition lock is designed so that the helps prevent accidental removal of the ignition switch cannot be turned to the key while driving. LOCK position until the shift lever is The key can only be removed when the moved to the P (Park) position. When ignition switch is in the LOCK position. moving the ignition switch to the LOCK position, to remove the key from the ignition switch, make sure the shift lever is in the P (Park) position. When the ignition switch cannot be turned to the LOCK position: 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

Starting and driving 5-13 PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH (model with Intelligent Key system)

KEY POSITIONS LOCK: Normal parking position (0) WARNING OFF: (Not used) (1) Do not operate the push-button This position activates electrical acces- ignition switch while driving the ve- sories such as the radio when the engine hicle except in an emergency. (The is not running. engine will stop when the ignition switch is pushed 3 consecutive times ON: Normal operating position (2) or the ignition switch is pushed and This position turns on the ignition system held for more than 2 seconds.) If the and the electrical accessories. engine stops while the vehicle is being driven, this could lead to a START: (3) crash and serious injury.

This position starts the engine. As soon as SSD0436 the engine has started, release the key. It Before operating the push-button igni- automatically returns to the ON position. tion switch, be sure to move the shift OPERATING RANGE FOR ENGINE lever to the P (Park) position (for Con- START FUNCTION tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or the shift lever to the N The Intelligent Key can only be used for (Neutral) position (for Manual Transmis- starting the engine when the Intelligent sion (MT) models). Key is within the specified operating range . When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key system’s operating range becomes narrower and may not function properly. If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even someone who does not carry the Intelli- gent Key, to push the ignition switch to 5-14 Starting and driving start the engine. PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH . The cargo room area is not included in OPERATION the operating range but the Intelligent Key may function. . If the Intelligent Key is placed on the CAUTION instrument panel, inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may . Do not leave the vehicle for ex- not function. tended periods of time when the . If the Intelligent Key is placed near the ignition switch is in the ON posi- door or window outside the vehicle, tion and the engine is not run- the Intelligent Key may function. ning. This can discharge the battery. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery. If JVS0937X you must use accessories while When the ignition switch is pushed with- the engine is not running, do not out depressing the brake pedal (CVT use them for extended periods of models) or the clutch pedal (MT models), time and do not use multiple the ignition switch will illuminate. electrical accessories at the same time. Push the ignition switch center: . once to change to ON. . two times to change to OFF. The ignition switch will automatically return to the LOCK position when any door is either opened or closed with the switch in the OFF position.

Starting and driving 5-15 Continuously Variable Transmis- PUSH-BUTTON IGNITION SWITCH . ignition switch changes position. sion (CVT) models POSITIONS The ignition lock is designed so that the LOCK (Normal parking position) OFF position ignition switch position cannot be The engine is turned off in this position. switched to OFF until the shift lever is The ignition switch can only be locked at moved to the P (Park) position. this position. Auto ACC position The ignition switch will lock when any When the ignition switch cannot be With the vehicle in the P (Park) position door is opened or closed with the ignition pushed toward the OFF position, proceed (CVT models) or the N (Neutral) position switched off. as follows: (MT models), the Intelligent Key with you 1. Move the shift lever into the P (Park) ON (Normal operating position) and the ignition placed from ON to OFF, the radio can still be used for a period of position. The ignition system and the electrical time, or until the driver’s door is opened. 2. Push the ignition switch. The ignition accessory power activate at this position After a period of time, functions such as switch position will change to the ON without the engine turned on. position. radio, navigation (if so equipped), and The ON position has a battery saver Bluetooth® Hands-Free Phone System 3. Push the ignition switch again to the feature that will place the ignition switch may be restarted by turning on the audio OFF position. in the OFF position, if the vehicle is not system (see the separate NissanConnect® The shift lever can be moved from the P running, after some time under the fol- Owner’s Manual), or by pushing the UN- (Park) position if the ignition switch is in lowing conditions: LOCK button on the Intelligent Key for up the ON position and the brake pedal is . all doors are closed. to a total of 30 minutes. depressed. . shift lever is in P (Park) position (CVT EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF model) or N (Neutral) position (MT To shut off the engine in an emergency model). situation while driving, perform the following procedure: The battery saver feature will be can- . Rapidly push the push-button ignition celled if any of the following occur: switch 3 consecutive times in less . any door is opened. than 1.5 seconds, or . shift lever is moved out of the P (Park) . Push and hold the push-button igni- position (CVT model). tion switch for more than 2 seconds.

5-16 Starting and driving BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE

4. Push the ignition switch while depres- . Make sure the area around the vehicle sing the brake pedal within 10 sec- is clear. onds after the chime sounds. The . Check fluid levels such as engine oil, engine will start. coolant, brake fluid, and window After step 3 is performed, when the washer fluid as frequently as possible, ignition switch is pushed without depres- or at least whenever you refuel. sing the brake pedal, the ignition switch . Check that all windows and lights are position will change to ACC. clean. NOTE: . Visually inspect tires for their appear- . When the ignition switch is pushed ance and condition. Also check tires to the ON position or the engine is for proper inflation. started by the above procedures, the . Lock all doors. “Key Battery Low” warning appears . Position seat and adjust head re- (on the Vehicle information display) straints. JVS0404X even if the Intelligent Key is inside . Adjust inside and outside mirrors. INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DIS- the vehicle. This is not a malfunction. . Fasten seat belts and ask all passen- To turn off the warning, touch the gers to do likewise. CHARGE ignition switch with the Intelligent . Check the operation of warning lights If the battery of the Intelligent Key is Key again. when the ignition switch is placed in discharged, or environmental conditions . If the “Key Battery Low” warning the ON position. (See “Warning lights, interfere with the Intelligent Key opera- appears (on the Vehicle information tion, start the engine according to the indicator lights and audible remin- display), replace the battery as soon ders” (P.2-10).) following procedure: as possible. (See “Intelligent Key 1. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) battery replacement” (P.8-23).) position (for CVT models) or the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position (for MT models). 2. Firmly apply the foot brake. 3. Touch the ignition switch with the Intelligent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

Starting and driving 5-17 STARTING THE ENGINE (model without Intelligent Key system)

1. Apply the parking brake. engine, release the accelerator a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before 2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal. Crank the engine with your shutting it off. Starting and stopping (CVT) model: foot off the accelerator pedal by the engine over a short period of time turning the ignition switch to may make the vehicle more difficult to Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N START. Release the ignition switch start. (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.) when the engine starts. If the 5. To stop the engine, shift the shift lever The starter is designed so that it does engine starts, but fails to run, re- to the P (Park) position (CVT model) or not operate unless the shift lever is in peat the above procedure. N (Neutral) position (MT model) and either of the above positions. turn the ignition switch to the OFF Manual Transmission (MT) model: CAUTION position. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) NOTE: position, and depress the clutch pedal Care should be taken to avoid situations to the floor while starting the engine. Do not operate the starter for more than 15 seconds at a time. If the that can lead to potential battery dis- 3. Crank the engine with your foot off engine does not start, turn the igni- charge and potential no-start condi- the accelerator pedal by turning the tion switch off and wait 10 seconds tions such as: ignition switch to START. Release the before cranking again, otherwise the 1. Installation or extended use of elec- switch when the engine starts. If the starter could be damaged. tronic accessories that consume engine starts, but fails to run, repeat battery power when the engine is the above procedure. Do not turn the ignition switch to the not running (Phone chargers, GPS, . If the engine is very hard to start in START position unless the engine DVD players, etc.) extremely cold weather or when and starter have stopped moving. Attempting to start the engine while 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ restarting, depress the accelerator or only driven short distances. pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to the engine or starter is moving may the floor) and hold it and then cause damage. In these cases, the battery may need to crank the engine. Release the ac- be charged to maintain battery health. celerator pedal when the engine 4. Warm-up starts. Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 . If the engine is very hard to start seconds after starting. Do not race the because it is flooded, depress the engine while warming it up. Drive at accelerator pedal all the way to the moderate speed for a short distance floor and hold it. Crank the engine first, especially in cold weather. In cold for 5 - 6 seconds. After cranking the weather, keep the engine running for 5-18 Starting and driving STARTING THE ENGINE (model with Intelligent Key system)

1. Apply the parking brake. restarting, depress the accelerator 4. Warm-up 2. Continuously Variable Transmission pedal a little (approximately 1/3 to Allow the engine to idle for at least 30 (CVT) model: the floor) and while holding, crank seconds after starting. Do not race the the engine. Release the accelerator Move the shift lever to the P (Park) or N engine while warming it up. Drive at pedal when the engine starts. (Neutral) position. (P is recommended.) moderate speed for a short distance . If the engine is very hard to start first, especially in cold weather. In cold The starter is designed not to operate because it is flooded, depress the weather, keep the engine running for unless the shift lever is in either of the accelerator pedal all the way to the a minimum of 2 - 3 minutes before above positions. floor and hold it. Push the ignition shutting it off. Starting and stopping Manual Transmission (MT) model: switch to the ON position to start the engine over a short period of time Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) cranking the engine. After 5 or 6 may make the vehicle more difficult to position. Depress the clutch pedal fully seconds, stop cranking by pushing start. to the floor. the ignition switch to OFF. After When racing the engine up to 4,000 cranking the engine, release the rpm or more under no load condition, The starter is designed not to operate accelerator pedal. Crank the engine unless the clutch pedal is fully de- the engine will enter the fuel cut with your foot off the accelerator mode. pressed. pedal by depressing the brake The Intelligent Key must be carried pedal and pushing the push-button 5. To stop the engine, move the shift when operating the ignition switch. ignition switch to start the engine. lever to the P (Park) position (CVT models) or move the shift lever to 3. Push the ignition switch to the ON If the engine starts, but fails to run, repeat the above procedure. the N (Neutral) position (MT models), position. Depress the brake pedal (CVT and push the ignition switch to the models) or the clutch pedal (MT mod- OFF position. els) and push the ignition switch to start the engine. CAUTION NOTE: To start the engine immediately, push Care should be taken to avoid situations Do not operate the starter for more and release the ignition switch while that can lead to potential battery dis- than 15 seconds at a time. If the depressing the brake pedal (CVT mod- charge and potential no-start condi- engine does not start, push the els) or the clutch pedal (MT models) tions such as: ignition switch to OFF and wait 10 with the ignition switch in any posi- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- seconds before cranking again, tion. tronic accessories that consume . otherwise the starter could be da- battery power when the engine is If the engine is very hard to start in maged. extremely cold weather or when not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.) Starting and driving 5-19 DRIVING THE VEHICLE

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE TRANS- position. or only driven short distances. MISSION (CVT) 2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed and move the shift lever to a driving In these cases, the battery may need to The Continuously Variable Transmission position. be charged to maintain battery health. (CVT) in your vehicle is electronically REMOTE ENGINE START (if so controlled to produce maximum power 3. Release the parking brake and foot and smooth operation. brake pedal, and then gradually start equipped) the vehicle in motion. Vehicles started with the remote engine The recommended operating procedures start function require the ignition switch for this transmission are shown on the to be placed in the ON position before the following pages. Follow these procedures WARNING shift lever can be moved from the P (Park) for maximum vehicle performance and driving enjoyment. position. To place the ignition switch in . Do not depress the accelerator the ON position, perform the following Engine power may be automatically pedal while shifting from P (Park) steps: reduced to protect the CVT if the engine or N (Neutral) to R (Reverse), D 1. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is speed increases quickly when driving (Drive), or manual shift mode. Al- carried with you. on slippery roads or while being tested ways depress the brake pedal on some dynamometers. until shifting is completed. Failure 2. Depress the brake pedal. to do so could cause you to lose 3. Push the ignition switch once to the Starting the vehicle control and have an accident. ON position. 1. After starting the engine, fully depress . Cold engine idle speed is high, so the foot brake pedal before moving For additional information about the use caution when shifting into a the shift lever out of the P (Park) remote engine start function, see “Re- forward or reverse gear before position. mote engine start” (P.3-23). the engine has warmed up. This CVT is designed so that the foot . Never shift to either the P (Park) brake pedal must be depressed or R (Reverse) position while ve- before shifting from P (Park) to any hicle is moving forward and P driving position while the ignition (Park) or D (Drive) while the vehi- switch is in the ON position. cle is reversing. This could cause The shift lever cannot be moved out an accident or damage the trans- of the P (Park) position and into any mission. of the other positions if the ignition switch is placed in the LOCK or OFF 5-20 Starting and driving . Do not downshift abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a WARNING loss of control. Apply the parking brake if the shift lever is in any position while the engine is not running. Failure to do CAUTION so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result . To avoid possible damage to your in serious personal injury or property vehicle; when stopping the vehi- damage. cle on an uphill grade, do not hold the vehicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose. CAUTION . Except in an emergency, do not JVS1025X Use the P (Park) or R (Reverse) posi- shift to the N (Neutral) position To move the shift lever, while driving. Coasting with the tion only when the vehicle is com- Push the button while depressing pletely stopped. transmission in the N (Neutral) : position may cause serious da- the brake pedal. mage to the transmission. : Push the button . If the ignition switch is placed in the OFF : Just move the shift lever. or ACC position for any reason while the shift lever is in any positions other than Shifting the P (Park), the ignition switch cannot be After starting the engine, fully depress the placed in the LOCK position. brake pedal, push the shift lever button If the ignition switch cannot be placed in and move the shift lever from the P (Park) the LOCK position, perform the following position to any of the desired shift posi- steps: tions. 1. Apply the parking brake when the vehicle is stopped. 2. Place the ignition switch in the ON position while depressing the foot

Starting and driving 5-21 brake pedal. shift lever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or Shift ranges up or down one by one as 3. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) any driving position to R (Reverse). follows: ? ? ? ? ? ? position. N (Neutral): M7 M1 /////M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 / 4. Place the ignition switch in the LOCK Neither forward nor reverse gear is en- position. gaged. The engine can be started in this . When shifting up, move the shift lever position. You may shift to N (Neutral) and to the + (up) side. The transmission restart a stalled engine while the vehicle shifts to a higher range. CAUTION is moving. . When shifting down, move the shift lever to the − (down) side. The trans- To prevent transmission damage, D (Drive): mission shifts to a lower range. move the shift lever to the P (Park) Use this position for all normal forward . Moving the shift lever to the same side or R (Reverse) position only when the driving. twice will shift the ranges in succes- vehicle is completely stopped. Manual shift mode sion. However, if this motion is rapidly done, the second shifting may not be When the shift lever is shifted from the D P (Park): completed properly. (Drive) position to the manual shift gate, . When canceling the manual shift Use this position when the vehicle is the transmission enters the manual shift mode, return the shift lever to the D parked or when starting the engine. Make mode. Shift ranges can be selected sure the vehicle is completely stopped. (Drive) position. The transmission re- manually by moving the shift lever up or turns to the normal driving mode. The brake pedal must be depressed and down. the shift lever button pushed in to move In the manual shift mode, the shift range M7 (7th): the shift lever from N (Neutral) or any is displayed on the position indicator in Use this position for all normal forward drive position to P (Park). Apply the the meter. driving. parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first, then move However, you need to shift down the the shift lever to the P (Park) position. gears manually when accelerating or passing another vehicle. R (Reverse): M6 (6th) and M5 (5th): Use this position to back up. Make sure the vehicle is completely stopped before Use these positions when driving up long selecting the R (Reverse) position. The slopes, or for engine braking when driving brake pedal must be depressed and the down long slopes. shift lever button pushed in to move the 5-22 Starting and driving M4 (4th), M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd) : manual shift mode. Fail-safe . Use these positions for hill climbing or When the CVT fluid temperature is If the vehicle is driven under extreme engine braking on downhill grades. high, the shift range may upshift at a conditions, such as excessive wheel lower engine speed than usual. This is M1 (1st): spinning and subsequent hard braking, not a malfunction. the fail-safe system may be activated. Use this position when climbing steep Accelerator downshift — In D posi- The MIL may illuminate to indicate the hills slowly or driving slowly through deep fail-safe mode is activated. (See “Mal- snow, sand or mud, or for maximum tion — function Indicator Light (MIL)” (P.2-17).) engine braking on steep downhill grades. For passing or hill climbing, fully depress This will occur even if all electrical . Remember not to drive at high speeds the accelerator pedal to the floor. This circuits are functioning properly. In this for extended periods of time in lower shifts the transmission down into a lower case, place the ignition switch in the than M7 range. This reduces fuel gear, depending on the vehicle speed. OFF position and wait for 10 seconds. economy. Then turn the switch back to the ON High fluid temperature protection . In the manual shift mode, the trans- position. The vehicle should return to its mission may not shift to the se- mode normal operating condition. If it does lected range. This helps maintain This transmission has a high fluid tem- not return to its normal operating con- driving performance and reduces perature protection mode. If the fluid dition, have the transmission checked the chance of vehicle damage or temperature becomes too high (for ex- and repaired, if necessary. It is recom- loss of control. ample, when climbing steep grades in mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for . In the manual shift mode, the trans- high temperature with heavy loads), en- this service. mission automatically shifts down gine power and, under some conditions, to 1st gear before the vehicle comes vehicle speed will be decreased automa- WARNING to a stop. When accelerating again, it tically to reduce the chance of transmis- is necessary to shift up to the sion damage. Vehicle speed can be desired range. controlled with the accelerator pedal, When the high fluid temperature protection mode or fail-safe opera- . When the CVT fluid temperature is but the engine and vehicle speed may tion occurs, vehicle speed may be extremely low, the manual shift mode be limited. gradually reduced. The reduced may not work and automatically shift speed may be lower than other as a drive mode. This is not a mal- traffic, which could increase the function. In this case, return the shift chance of a collision. Be especially lever to the D (Drive) position and drive careful when driving. If necessary, for a while and then shift to the pull to the side of the road at a safe Starting and driving 5-23 NOTE: place and allow the transmission to . Adaptive Shift Control may not op- return to normal operation, or have it erate when the transmission oil repaired if necessary. temperature is low immediately after the start of driving or when it Adaptive Shift Control (ASC) is very hot. . During some driving situations, hard The Adaptive Shift Control automatically braking for example, the Adaptive operates when the transmission is in the Shift Control may automatically op- “D” (Drive) position and selects an appro- erate. The transmission may auto- priate gear depending on the road con- matically shift to a lower gear for ditions such as uphill or downhill. engine braking. This increases en- Control on uphill and curving roads: gine speed but not vehicle speed. A low gear is maintained that suits the Vehicle speed is controlled by the degree of the slope to allow smooth accelerator pedal when the vehicle JVS0392X driving with a small number of shifts. is in the Adaptive Shift Control mode. Shift lock release Control on downhill roads: . When the Adaptive Shift Control The Adaptive Shift Control shifts to a low operates, the transmission some- If the battery charge is low or discharged, gear that suits the degree of the slope times maintains a lower gear for a the shift lever may not be moved from the when the accelerator pedal is depressed, longer period of time than when P (Park) position even with the brake and uses the engine braking to help Adaptive Shift Control is not operat- pedal depressed and the shift lever but- driving in the downhill. ing. Engine speed will be higher for a ton pushed. specific vehicle speed while Adap- To move the shift lever, perform the Control on winding roads: tive Shift Control is operating than following procedure: A low gear is maintained on continuous when Adaptive Shift Control is not 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF or curves that involve repeated acceleration operating. and deceleration, so that smooth accel- LOCK position. eration is available instantly when the 2. Apply the parking brake. accelerator pedal is depressed. 3. Remove the shift lock release cover (shown in the illustration above) using a suitable tool.

5-24 Starting and driving 4. Insert the mechanical key and push MANUAL TRANSMISSION (MT) down the shift lock release. CAUTION 5. Push the shift lever button and move WARNING the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Do not rest your foot on the position while holding down the shift clutch pedal while driving. This . lock release. Do not downshift abruptly on may damage the clutch. slippery roads. This may cause a Place the ignition switch in the ON posi- . loss of control. Fully depress the clutch pedal tion. The vehicle may be moved to the before shifting to help prevent . desired location. Do not over-rev the engine when transmission damage. shifting to a lower gear. This may Replace the removed shift lock release . cause a loss of control or engine Stop your vehicle completely be- cover after the operation. damage. fore shifting into R (Reverse). If the shift lever cannot be moved out of . . When the high fluid temperature When the vehicle is stopped for a the P (Park) position, have the CVT system protection mode or fail-safe op- period of time, for example at a checked as soon as possible. It is recom- eration occurs, vehicle speed may stop light, shift to N (Neutral) and mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this be gradually reduced. The re- release the clutch pedal with the service. duced speed may be lower than foot brake applied. other traffic, which could increase WARNING the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If necessary, pull to the side of the If the shift lever cannot be moved road at a safe place and allow the from the P (Park) position while the transmission to return to normal engine is running and the brake operation, or have it repaired if pedal is depressed, the stop lights necessary. may not work. Malfunctioning stop lights could cause an accident injuring yourself and others.

Starting and driving 5-25 To back up, pull the shift lever ring Suggested maximum speed in upward and then move it to the R each gear (Reverse) gear after stopping the vehicle completely. Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to The shift lever ring returns to its original accelerate. position when the shift lever is moved to the N (Neutral) position. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level If it is difficult to move the shift lever into road driving, use the highest gear sug- the R (Reverse) or 1st gear, shift to the N gested for that speed. Always observe (Neutral) position, and then release the posted speed limits, and drive according clutch pedal once. Fully depress the to the road conditions, which will ensure clutch pedal again and shift into the R safe operation. Do not over-rev the en- (Reverse) or 1st gear. gine when shifting to a lower gear as it SSD0552 may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. Shifting Gear MPH (km/h) To change gears, or when upshifting or 1st 28 (46) downshifting, fully depress the clutch 2nd 50 (81) pedal, shift into the appropriate gear, 3rd 70 (112) then slowly and smoothly release the 4th 90 (145) clutch pedal. 5th — To ensure smooth gear changes, be sure 6th — to fully depress the clutch pedal before operating the shift lever. If the clutch pedal is not fully depressed before the transmission is shifted, a gear noise may be heard. Transmission damage could occur. Start the vehicle in 1st gear and shift to 2nd, 3rd, 4th, 5th and 6th gear in sequence according to vehicle speed. 5-26 Starting and driving PARKING BRAKE

WARNING

. Never drive the vehicle with the parking brake applied. The brake will overheat and fail to operate and will lead to an accident. . Never release the parking brake from outside the vehicle. If the vehicle moves, it will be impossible to push the foot brake pedal and will lead to an accident. . Never use the shift lever in place of the parking brake. When park- SPA2331 JVP0498X ing, be sure the parking brake is fully applied. PEDAL TYPE SWITCH TYPE (models with elec- . To help avoid risk of injury or To apply the parking brake, firmly depress tronic parking brake system) death through unintended opera- the parking brake pedal . The electronic parking brake can be tion of the vehicle and/or its To release the parking brake, depress and applied or released automatically or by systems, do not leave children, hold the foot brake and then fully operating the parking brake switch. people who require the assis- depress and release the parking brake tance of others or pets unat- pedal . Automatic operation tended in your vehicle. Before driving, be sure that the brake With the vehicle stationary, the electronic Additionally, the temperature in- warning light has turned off. parking brake is automatically applied side a closed vehicle on a warm when the engine is turned off with the day can quickly become high ignition switch. enough to cause a significant risk For the model with the automatic brake of injury or death to people and hold function, the electronic parking pets. brake will apply automatically if the ignition switch is placed in the “OFF” position when the brake force is maintained by

Starting and driving 5-27 automatic brake hold function. . If the driver’s seat belt is unfastened The electronic parking brake is automati- CAUTION when the brake force is maintained cally released as soon as the vehicle by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake starts while the accelerator pedal is When parking in an area where the depressed. outside temperature is below 32°F will apply automatically. . (0°C), do not apply the parking brake If the ignition switch is placed in the to prevent it from freezing. OFF position when the brake force is WARNING maintained by the automatic brake For safe parking, place the shift lever hold function, the electronic parking . The electronic parking brake will in the 1 (1st) or R (Reverse) position brake will apply automatically. not be automatically applied and securely block the wheels. when the engine is stopped with- Manual operation out using the ignition switch (for NOTE: The electronic parking brake will not be example, by engine stalling). . To keep the electronic parking brake automatically applied if the engine is released after the engine is turned stopped without using the ignition switch Without the vehicle stationary, off, place the ignition switch in the (for example, by engine stalling). In such a the electronic parking brake will OFF position, depress the brake case, you have to apply the parking brake not be automatically applied pedal and push down the parking manually. even if the engine is turned off brake switch before opening the with the ignition switch. To apply: Pull the switch up . The driver’s door. indicator light will illuminate. . Before leaving the vehicle, move . If a malfunction occurs in the elec- the shift lever to the 1 (1st) or R To release: With the ignition switch in the tronic parking brake system (for ON position, depress the brake pedal and (Reverse) position and check that example, due to battery discharge), the electronic parking brake in- push the switch down . The indicator it is recommended to contact a light will turn off. dicator light is illuminated to NISSAN dealer. confirm that the electronic park- . If the shift lever is moved to the P Before driving, check that the electronic ing brake is applied. The electro- (Park) position when the brake force parking brake indicator light goes nic parking brake indicator light is maintained by the automatic out. For additional information, see will remain on for a period of time brake hold function, the electronic “Warning lights, indicator lights and audi- after the driver’s door is locked. parking brake will apply automati- ble reminders” (P.2-10). cally.

5-28 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD (if so equipped)

NOTE: brake indicator light in the meter The automatic brake hold function main- . A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is and in the parking brake switch turn tains the braking force without the driver driven without releasing the parking off when the parking brake is re- having to depress the brake pedal when brake. See “Audible reminders” (P.2- leased. the vehicle is stopped at a traffic light or 18). . When pulling the electronic parking intersection. As soon as the driver de- . While the electronic parking brake is brake switch up with the ignition presses the accelerator pedal again, the applied or released, an operating switch in the OFF or ACC position, automatic brake hold function is deacti- sound is heard from the lower side the parking brake switch indicator vated and the braking force is released. of the rear seat. This is normal and light will continue to illuminate for a The operating status of the automatic does not indicate a malfunction. short period of time. brake hold can be displayed on the . When the electronic parking brake is vehicle information display. frequently applied and released in a short period of time, the parking brake may not operate in order to WARNING prevent the parking brake system from overheating. If this occurs, . The automatic brake hold func- operate the electronic parking brake tion is not designed to hold the switch again after waiting approxi- vehicle on a steep hill or slippery mately 1 minute. road. Never use the automatic . If the electronic parking brake must brake hold when the vehicle is be applied while driving in an emer- stopped on a steep hill or slippery gency, pull up and hold the parking road. Failure to do so may cause brake switch. When you release the the vehicle to move. parking brake switch, the parking . When the automatic brake hold brake will be released. function is activated but fails to . While pulling up the electronic park- maintain the vehicle at a standing brake switch during driving, the still, depress the brake pedal to parking brake is applied and a chime stop the vehicle. If the vehicle sounds. The electronic parking unexpectedly moves due to out- brake indicator light in the meter side conditions, the chime may and in the parking brake switch sound and automatic brake hold illuminate. This does not indicate a warning may illuminate in the malfunction. The electronic parking vehicle information display. Starting and driving 5-29 . Be sure to deactivate the auto- does not illuminate when the matic brake hold function when switch is pushed. using a car wash or towing your . The automatic brake hold func- vehicle. tion will not be activated if the . Make sure to place the shift lever Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) in the P (Park) position and apply OFF indicator light, electronic the parking brake when parking parking brake warning light or your vehicle, riding on or off the master warning light illuminate vehicle, or loading luggage. Fail- and the Chassis Control System ure to do so could cause the Error message appears in the vehicle to move or roll away vehicle information display. unexpectedly and result in ser- . To maintain the braking force to ious personal injury or property keep the vehicle to a standstill, a damage. noise may be heard. This is not a JVP0497X . If any of the following conditions malfunction. occur, the automatic brake hold HOW TO ACTIVATE/DEACTIVATE function may not function. Have THE AUTOMATIC BRAKE HOLD the system checked promptly. It FUNCTION is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. How to activate the automatic Failure to operate the vehicle in brake hold function accordance with these conditions could cause the vehicle to move 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or roll away unexpectedly and position, push the automatic brake result in serious personal injury hold switch . The indicator light on or property damage. the automatic brake hold switch illuminates. — A warning message appears in the vehicle information dis- 2. When the automatic brake hold func- play. tion goes into standby, the automatic brake hold indicator light (white) illu- — The indicator light on the minates. automatic brake hold switch To use the automatic brake hold function, 5-30 Starting and driving the following conditions need to be met. maintained, the automatic brake hold . The driver’s seat belt is fastened. WARNING indicator light (green) illuminates on the meter. . The electronic parking brake is released. Make sure to firmly depress and hold To start the vehicle from a stand- . The shift lever is not in the P (Park) the brake pedal when turning off the still position. automatic brake hold function while . the brake force is applied. When the With the shift lever not in the P (Park) or N The vehicle is not parked on a steep (Neutral) position, depress the accelerator hill. automatic brake hold function is deactivated, the brake force will be pedal while the brake force is maintained. NOTE: released. This could cause the vehi- The brake force will automatically be The automatic brake hold function re- cle to move or roll away unexpect- released to restart the vehicle. The auto- sets to OFF every time the ignition edly. matic brake hold indicator light (white) on switch is switched from the OFF posi- the meter illuminates and the automatic Failure to prevent the vehicle from tion to the ON position. brake hold returns to standby. rolling may result in serious personal How to deactivate the automatic injury or property damage. Parking brake hold function When the shift lever is in the P (Park) While the automatic brake hold function HOW TO USE THE AUTOMATIC position with the brake force maintained is activated, push the automatic brake BRAKE HOLD FUNCTION by the automatic brake hold function, the hold switch to turn off the automatic parking brake will automatically be ap- For additional information on using the brake hold indicator light and deactivate plied and the brake force of the auto- automatic brake hold function, refer to the automatic brake hold function. To matic brake hold will be released. The the instructions outlined in this section. deactivate the automatic brake hold automatic brake hold indicator light turns function while the brake force has been To maintain braking force auto- off. When the parking brake is applied maintained by the automatic brake hold matically with the brake force maintained by the function, depress the brake pedal and automatic brake hold function, the brake push the automatic brake hold switch. With the automatic brake hold function force of the automatic brake hold will be activated and the automatic brake hold released. The automatic brake hold in- indicator light (white) illuminated on the dicator light turns off. meter, depress the braking pedal to stop NOTE: the vehicle. The brake force is automati- . cally applied without your foot depressed Under the following conditions, the on the brake pedal. While the brake hold is parking brake will automatically be Starting and driving 5-31 ECO MODE SYSTEM

applied and the brake force of the system. automatic brake hold will be re- . The ECO mode system will turn off leased: automatically if a malfunction occurs — The braking force is applied by in the system. the automatic brake hold function . Turn off the ECO mode system when for 3 minutes or longer. acceleration is required such as when: — The driver’s seat belt is unfas- — driving with a heavy load of pas- tened. sengers or cargo in the vehicle — The ignition switch is placed in — driving on a steep uphill slope the OFF position. — If a malfunction occurs in the automatic brake hold function. . When the vehicle stops, but the brake force is not automatically JVS0185X applied, depress the brake pedal firmly until the automatic brake hold The ECO mode system helps to enhance indicator light (green) illuminates. the fuel economy by controlling the engine and CVT operation (for CVT mod- Automatic brake hold function dis- els) automatically to avoid rapid accelera- play tion. The automatic brake hold function status To turn on the ECO mode system, push can be checked in the “Chassis Control” the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator mode in the vehicle information display. appears on the meter. For additional information, see “Trip computer” (P.2-39). To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off. . The ECO mode system cannot be turned off while the accelerator pedal is depressed even if the ECO switch is pushed to OFF. Release the accelerator pedal to turn off the ECO mode 5-32 Starting and driving . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system (if so equipped) is operating. . The vehicle speed is less than approximately 2 MPH (4 km/h). . The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse) position. To activate or deactivate the ECO Pedal Guide function, see “Settings” (P.2-21).

WAF0142X WAF0143X ECO PEDAL GUIDE FUNCTION AMBIENT ECO Use the ECO Pedal Guide function for The ambient ECO is displayed accord- improving fuel economy. ing to the accelerator pedal operation, When the ECO Pedal Guide bar is in the while driving the vehicle in ECO mode. green range , it indicates that the The ambient ECO will illuminate in the vehicle is driven within range of economy directions of as the driving pattern drive. becomes more ECO friendly. If the ECO Pedal Guide bar is out of the To activate or deactivate the ambient green range, it indicates that the accel- ECO, see “Settings” (P.2-21). erator pedal is depressed over the range The ambient ECO is not displayed in the of economy drive. following conditions The ECO Pedal Guide bar is not displayed . The vehicle speed is under 6 MPH (10 when: km/h). . The cruise control system (if so . The shift lever is in the P (Park) (CVT equipped) is operating. model), N (Neutral) or R (Reverse)

Starting and driving 5-33 position. : The average fuel economy since the . The cruise control system (if so last reset will be displayed. equipped) is operating. : The best fuel economy of the past . The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) history will be displayed. system (if so equipped) is operating.

JVS1083X ECO DRIVE REPORT When the ignition switch is in the OFF position, ECO management display appears. ECO evaluation Previous 5 times (History) Current fuel economy Best fuel economy The result of ECO evaluation is displayed when the vehicle is driven for about 10 minutes or more. : The more economically you drive, the more appear. : The average fuel economy for the previous 5 times will be displayed.

5-34 Starting and driving LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) (if so equipped)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death. . This system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- JVS1079X cle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. The LDW system warns the driver with the LDW indicator on the vehicle information display and chime that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane. The LDW system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.

Starting and driving 5-35 LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system operates at speeds of approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and above and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the LDW indicator on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

JVS1087X

LDW indicator (on the vehicle information display) Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Vehicle information display

5-36 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the “OK” button to select or change an item: . Select “Lane (LDW)” and press the “OK” button. Use the “OK” button to check/ uncheck the box for “Warning”. NOTE: If you disable the LDW system, the JVS1088X system will remain disabled the next Vehicle information display time you start the vehicle’s engine. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Starting and driving 5-37 LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — When driving in a makeshift or — On roads where there are temporary lane. sharply contrasting objects, WARNING — When driving on roads where such as shadows, snow, the lane width is too narrow. water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road re- Listed below are the system limita- — When driving without normal pairs. (The LDW system could tions for the LDW system. Failure to tire conditions (for example, detect these items as lane follow the warnings and instructions tire wear, low tire pressure, markers.) for proper use of the LDW system installation of spare tire, tire could result in serious injury or chains, non-standard wheels). — On roads where the traveling death. lane merges or separates. — When the vehicle is equipped . The system will not operate at with non-original brake parts — When the vehicle’s traveling speeds below approximately 37 or suspension parts. direction does not align with the lane marker. MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot . detect lane markers. The system may not function properly under the following con- — When traveling close to the . Excessive noise will interfere with ditions: vehicle in front of you, which the warning chime sound, and obstructs the lane camera the chime may not be heard. — On roads where there are unit detection range. multiple parallel lane markers; . Do not use the LDW system under lane markers that are faded or — When rain, snow, dirt or object the following conditions as it may not painted clearly; yellow adheres to the windshield in not function properly: painted lane markers; non- front of the lane camera unit. — During bad weather (rain, fog, standard lane markers; or — When the headlights are not snow, etc.). lane markers covered with bright due to dirt on the lens — When driving on slippery water, dirt, snow, etc. or if the aiming is not adjusted roads, such as on ice or snow. — On roads where discontinued properly. — When driving on winding or lane markers are still detect- — When strong light enters the uneven roads. able. lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on — When there is a lane closure — On roads where there are sharp curves. the front of the vehicle at due to road repairs. sunrise or sunset.)

5-38 Starting and driving — When a sudden change in lane change signal is turned off.) brightness occurs. (For exam- . When the vehicle speed lowers to less ple, when the vehicle enters or than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). exits a tunnel or under a Action to take: bridge.) After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- are satisfied, the LDW system will resume. ABLE SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Condition A: If the LDW system malfunctions, it will If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight cancel automatically and “Malfunction” under high temperature conditions (over will appear in the vehicle information approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then display. If “Malfunction” appears in the started, the LDW system may be deacti- vehicle information display, pull off the vated automatically, the LDW indicator road to a safe location and stop the JVS1079X will flash and the following message will vehicle. Place the ignition switch in the appear in the vehicle information display. OFF position and restart the engine. If SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - “Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature” “Malfunction” continues to appear in the The lane camera unit for the LDW vehicle information display, have the system is located above the inside mirror. When the interior temperature is reduced, system checked. It is recommended that the LDW system will resume operating To keep the proper operation of the LDW you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. automatically and the LDW indicator will system and prevent a system malfunc- stop flashing. tion, be sure to observe the following: Condition B: . Always keep the windshield clean. . The warning function of the LDW system Do not attach a sticker (including is not designed to work under the follow- transparent material) or install an ing conditions: accessory near the camera unit. . Do not place reflective materials, such . When you operate the lane change as white paper or a mirror, on the signal and change traveling lanes in instrument panel. The reflection of the direction of the signal. (The LDW sunlight may adversely affect the system will become operable again camera unit’s capability of detecting approximately 2 seconds after the the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-39 INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI) (if so equipped)

. Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch WARNING the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the Failure to follow the warnings and camera unit is damaged due to an instructions for proper use of the I-LI accident, it is recommended that you system could result in serious injury visit a NISSAN dealer. or death. . The I-LI system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. JVS1079X . The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed The I-LI system warns the driver if the freeways or highways. It may not vehicle has left the center of the traveling detect the lane markers in certain lane with the I-LI indicator and chime, and road, weather, or driving condi- helps assist the driver to return the tions. vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time). The I-LI system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit located above the inside mirror.

5-40 Starting and driving I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION The I-LI system operates above approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) and when the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning chime will sound and the I-LI indicator (orange) on the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automatically apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. To turn on the I-LI system, push the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) on the steering wheel after starting the engine. The I-LI ON indicator on the vehicle information display will illuminate. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch or the ProPILOT assist switch again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI WAF0078X ON indicator will turn off. I-LI ON indicator (on the vehicle informa- PILOT assist) tion display) I-LI indicator (on the vehicle information display) Vehicle information display Dynamic driver assistance switch* (models without ProPILOT assist) ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro- Starting and driving 5-41 HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I-LI system. For models with ProPILOT assist 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK button. 3. To set the I-LI system to on or off, use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the OK button to select or change an item: . Select “Lane” and press the OK button. To turn on the I-LI system, use the OK button to check the box for WAF0139X “Prevention (LDP).” Vehicle information display 4. Press the ProPILOT assist switch Dynamic driver assistance switch* (mod- (models with ProPILOT assist) to turn els without ProPILOT assist) the system on or off. ProPILOT assist switch (models with Pro- NOTE: PILOT assist) Turning on the ProPILOT assist system (if so equipped) will turn on the I-LI system at the same time. For additional

5-42 Starting and driving information, see “ProPILOT assist” (P.5- lane marker. If this occurs you — When driving on roads where 86). may need to apply corrective the lane width is too narrow. steering to complete your lane For models without ProPILOT assist — When driving without normal change. 1. To turn on the I-LI system, push the tire conditions (for example, dynamic driver assistance switch on . Because the I-LI may not activate tire wear, low tire pressure, the instrument panel after starting under the road, weather, and lane installation of spare tire, tire the engine. marker conditions described in chains, non-standard wheels). this section, it may not activate 2. The I-LI ON indicator on the Vehicle — When the vehicle is equipped Information Display will appear. every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to with non-original brake parts 3. Push the dynamic driver assistance apply corrective steering. or suspension parts. switch again to turn off the I-LI . . The system may not function system. The I-LI ON indicator on the The I-LI system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 properly under the following con- vehicle information display will turn ditions: off. The I-LI system will be automati- MPH (60 km/h) or if it cannot cally turned off when the engine off. detect lane markers. — On roads where there are . multiple parallel lane markers; I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS Do not use the I-LI system under the following conditions as it may lane markers that are faded or not function properly: not painted clearly; yellow painted lane markers; non- WARNING — During bad weather (rain, fog, standard lane markers; or snow, etc.). lane markers covered with Listed below are the system limita- — When driving on slippery water, dirt, snow, etc. tions for the I-LI system. Failure to roads, such as on ice or snow. follow the warnings and instructions — On roads where discontinued for proper use of the I-LI system — When driving on winding or lane markers are still detect- could result in serious injury or uneven roads. able. death. — When there is a lane closure — On roads where there are . The I-LI system may activate if due to road repairs. sharp curves. you change lanes without first — When driving in a makeshift or — On roads where there are activating your turn signal or, for temporary lane. sharply contrasting objects, example, if a construction zone such as shadows, snow, directs traffic to cross an existing water, wheel ruts, seams or Starting and driving 5-43 lines remaining after road re- bridge.) Condition B: pairs. (The I-LI system could The assist function of the I-LI system is . Excessive noise will interfere with detect these items as lane not designed to work under the following the warning chime sound, and markers.) conditions (warning is still functional): the chime may not be heard. — On roads where the traveling . When the brake pedal is depressed. lane merges or separates. While the I-LI system is operating, you . When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary for the vehicle to — When the vehicle’s traveling may hear a sound of brake operation. change lanes. direction does not align with This is normal and indicates that the I-LI . the lane marker. system is operating properly. When the vehicle is accelerated during SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- the I-LI system operation. — When traveling close to the . When the Intelligent Cruise Control vehicle in front of you, which ABLE (ICC) approach warning occurs (if so obstructs the lane camera Condition A: equipped). unit detection range. The warning and assist functions of the I- . When the hazard warning flashers are — When rain, snow or dirt ad- LI system are not designed to work under operated. heres to the windshield in the following conditions: . When driving on a curve at high speed. front of the lane camera unit. . When you operate the lane change Action to take: — When the headlights are not signal and change the traveling lanes After the above conditions have finished bright due to dirt on the lens in the direction of the signal. (The I-LI and the necessary operating conditions or if the aiming is not adjusted system will be deactivated for ap- are satisfied, the I-LI system application of properly. proximately 2 seconds after the lane the brakes will resume. change signal is turned off.) — When strong light enters the Condition C: . When the vehicle speed lowers to less lane camera unit. (For exam- than approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h). If the following message appears in the ple, the light directly shines on Action to take: vehicle information display, a chime will the front of the vehicle at sound and the I-LI system will be turned sunrise or sunset.) After the above conditions have finished off automatically. and the necessary operating conditions — When a sudden change in . are satisfied, the warning and assist "Currently unavailable": brightness occurs. (For exam- functions will resume. When the VDC system (except Trac- ple, when the vehicle enters or tion Control System (TCS) function) or exits a tunnel or under a ABS operates or VDC system is turned 5-44 Starting and driving off. system checked. It is recommended that Action to take: you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. When the above conditions no longer exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT assist) or the ProPILOT assist switch (models with ProPILOT assist) again to turn the I-LI system back on. Temporary disabled status at high temperature: If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104°F (40°C)) and then the I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system JVS1079X may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear on SYSTEM MAINTENANCE the vehicle information display: “Unavail- The lane camera unit for the I-LI system able: High Cabin Temperature.” When the is located above the inside mirror. To interior temperature is reduced, the sys- keep the proper operation of the I-LI tem will resume operating automatically. system and prevent a system malfunc- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION tion, be sure to observe the following: If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will . Always keep the windshield clean. cancel automatically. The I-LI indicator . Do not attach a sticker (including (orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc- transparent material) or install an tion” warning message will appear in the accessory near the camera unit. display. . Do not place reflective materials, such If the I-LI indicator (orange) illuminates in as white paper or a mirror, on the the display, pull off the road to a safe instrument panel. The reflection of location. Turn the engine off and restart sunlight may adversely affect the the engine. If the I-LI indicator (orange) camera unit’s capability of detecting continues to illuminate, have the I-LI the lane markers. Starting and driving 5-45 BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.

5-46 Starting and driving SSD1030 Detection zone The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated. This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

Starting and driving 5-47 BSW SYSTEM OPERATION The BSW system operates above approximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone. The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition switch is placed in the ON position. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional WAF0079X information, refer to “BSW driving situations” (P.5-51). Side indicator light Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

5-48 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Use the buttons to navigate in the menu and use the “OK” button to select or change an item. . Select “Blind Spot” and press the “OK” button. Use the “OK” button to check/ uncheck the box for “Warning.” NOTE: The system will retain current settings WAF0140X in the vehicle information display even Vehicle information display if the engine is restarted. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Starting and driving 5-49 BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — A vehicle approaching rapidly — Severe weather from behind. — Road spray — A vehicle which your vehicle WARNING — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the overtakes rapidly. vehicle Listed below are the system limita- — A vehicle that passes through . Do not attach stickers (including tions for the BSW system. Failure to the detection zone quickly. operate the vehicle in accordance transparent material), install ac- with these system limitations could — When overtaking several vehi- cessories or apply additional result in serious injury or death. cles in a row, the vehicles after paint near the radar sensors. the first vehicle may not be These conditions may reduce the . The BSW system cannot detect all detected if they are traveling ability of the radar to detect other vehicles under all conditions. close together. vehicles. . The radar sensors may not be . The radar sensor’s detection zone . Excessive noise (for example, able to detect and activate BSW is designed based on a standard audio system volume, open vehi- when certain objects are present lane width. When driving in a cle window) will interfere with the such as: wider lane, the radar sensors chime sound, and it may not be — Pedestrians, bicycles, animals. may not detect vehicles in an heard. — Vehicles such as motorcycles, adjacent lane. When driving in a low height vehicles, or high narrow lane, the radar sensors ground clearance vehicles. may detect vehicles driving two lanes away. — Oncoming vehicles. . The radar sensors are designed — Vehicles remaining in the de- to ignore most stationary objects, tection zone when you accel- however objects such as guard- erate from a stop. rails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be de- — A vehicle merging into an tected. This is a normal operation adjacent lane at a speed ap- condition. proximately the same as your vehicle. . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles:

5-50 Starting and driving BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

JVS0737X JVS0738X Illustration 1 – Approaching from behind Illustration 2 – Approaching from behind Another vehicle approaching from Illustration 2: If the driver activates the behind turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes Illustration 1: The side indicator light (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. illuminates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane. NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect vehicles which are approaching rapidly from behind. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 5-51 the other vehicle is detected.

JVS0739X JVS0740X Illustration 3 – Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4 – Overtaking another vehicle Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the Illustration 3: The side indicator light detection zone, then the system chimes illuminates if you overtake a vehicle and (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. that vehicle stays in the detection zone for approximately 2 seconds. NOTE: . When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together. . The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when 5-52 Starting and driving JVS0741X JVS0742X Illustration 5 – Entering from the side Illustration 6 – Entering from the side Entering from the side Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the Illustration 5: The side indicator light detection zone, then the system chimes illuminates if a vehicle enters the detec- (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. tion zone from either side. NOTE: . The radar sensors may not detect a vehicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it enters the detection zone. . If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

Starting and driving 5-53 SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- ABLE When radar blockage is detected, the BSW system will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound and the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” warning message will appear in the vehicle information display . The system is not available until the conditions no longer exist. The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sensors. NOTE: If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer JVS1090X exist, the system will resume automatically. Vehicle information display If the “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruc- tion” warning message continues to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

5-54 Starting and driving SYSTEM MALFUNCTION apply additional paint near the radar When the BSW system malfunctions, it will sensors. be turned off automatically and the Do not strike or damage the area around system malfunction warning message will the radar sensors. appear in the vehicle information display. See a NISSAN dealer or other authorized NOTE: repair shop if the area around the radar If the BSW system stops working, the sensors is damaged due to a collision. RCTA system will also stop working. Radio frequency statement Action to take: For USA Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn FCC : OAYSRR3B the engine off and restart the engine. If This device complies with part 15 of the the message continues to appear, have FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the the BSW system checked. It is recom- following two conditions: mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for JVS0649X (1) This device may not cause harmful this service. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE interference, and (2) this device must The two radar sensors for the BSW accept any interference received, in- system are located near the rear bumper. cluding interference that may cause Always keep the area near the radar undesired operation. sensors clean. FCC Warning The radar sensors may be blocked by Changes or modifications not expressly temporary ambient conditions such as approved by the party responsible for splashing water, mist or fog. compliance could void the user’s The blocked condition may also be authority to operate the equipment caused by objects such as ice, frost or For Canada dirt obstructing the radar sensors. Applicable law: Canada 310 Check for and remove objects obstruct- This device complies with Industry Ca- ing the area around the radar sensors. nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Do not attach stickers (including trans- Operation is subject to the following parent material), install accessories or two conditions: (1) this device may not

Starting and driving 5-55 REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA) cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including WARNING interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Failure to follow the warnings and Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz instructions for proper use of the Output power: less than 20 milliwatts RCTA system could result in serious injury or death. . The RCTA system is not a replacement for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is designed to detect other vehicles approaching from the right or left of the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

5-56 Starting and driving RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational. If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side indicator light flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.

JVS0953X

Side indicator light Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Starting and driving 5-57 The RCTA system uses radar sensors installed on both sides near the rear bumper to detect an approaching vehicle. The radar sensors can detect an approaching vehicle from up to approximately 66 ft (20 m) away.

JVS0173X

JVS0649X

5-58 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance”. Then press the “OK” button. 2. Use the button to select “Parking Aids” then press the OK button. 3. Select “Cross Traffic” and press the “OK” button. 4. Use the “OK” button to enable or disable the system. NOTE: The system setting will be retained even if the engine is restarted.

JVS0942X

Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

Starting and driving 5-59 RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. . Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as: — Pedestrians, bicycles, motorcycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles — A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approxi- JVS0479X mately 19 MPH (30 km/h) — A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 MPH (8 km/h) . The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations:

5-60 Starting and driving — Illustration : When a vehicle . Excessive noise (e.g. audio sys- parked next to you obstructs tem volume, open vehicle win- the beam of the radar sensor. dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be — Illustration : When the vehi- heard. cle is parked in an angled parking space. — Illustration : When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground. — Illustration : When an approaching vehicle turns into your vehicle’s parking lot aisle. — Illustration : When the angle JVS0172X formed by your vehicle and Illustration 1 approaching vehicle is small . The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: — Severe weather — Road spray — Ice/frost/dirt build-up on the vehicle . Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other JVS0173X vehicles Illustration 2 Starting and driving 5-61 NOTE: In the case of several vehicles approaching in a row (Illustration 1) or in the opposite direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system after the first vehicle passes the sensors.

JVS1090X

Vehicle information display

5-62 Starting and driving SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- NOTE: ABLE If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. When radar blockage is detected, the system will be deactivated automatically. Action to take: The “Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction” Stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn warning message will appear in the the engine off and restart the engine. If vehicle information display. the message continues to appear, have The systems are not available until the the system checked. It is recommended conditions no longer exist. that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. The radar sensors may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or JVS0649X dirt obstructing the radar sensors. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE NOTE: The two radar sensors for the RCTA If the BSW system stops working, the system are located near the rear bumper. RCTA system will also stop working. Always keep the area near the radar Action to take: sensors clean. When the above conditions no longer The radar sensors may be blocked by exist, the system will resume automati- temporary ambient conditions such as cally. splashing water, mist or fog. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or When the RCTA system malfunctions, it dirt obstructing the radar sensors. will turn off automatically. The system malfunction warning message will appear Check for and remove objects obstruct- in the vehicle information display. ing the area around the radar sensors. Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or

Starting and driving 5-63 CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped) apply additional paint near the radar must accept any interference, including sensors. interference that may cause undesired Do not strike or damage the area around operation of the device. the radar sensors. It is recommended that Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area Output power: less than 20 milliwatts around the radar sensors is damaged due to a collision. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC : OAYSRR3B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: JVS1005X (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must 1. RES/+ switch accept any interference received, in- 2. CANCEL switch cluding interference that may cause 3. SET/- switch undesired operation. 4. Cruise ON/OFF switch FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly WARNING approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s . authority to operate the equipment Always observe the posted speed limits and do not set the speed For Canada over them. Applicable law: Canada 310 . Do not use the cruise control This device complies with Industry Ca- when driving under the following nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). conditions. Doing so could cause Operation is subject to the following a loss of vehicle control and result two conditions: (1) this device may not in an accident. cause interference, and (2) this device 5-64 Starting and driving — When it is not possible to keep PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CON- Turning on cruise control the vehicle at a constant TROL Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The speed . If the cruise control system malfunc- CRUISE indicator in the vehicle informa- — When driving in heavy traffic tions, it will cancel automatically. The tion display will appear. CRUISE indicator in the vehicle infor- — When driving in traffic that mation display will then blink to warn Setting cruising speed varies speed the driver. 1. Accelerate to the desired speed. — When driving in windy areas . If the CRUISE indicator blinks, turn the 2. Push the SET/- switch and release it. — When driving on winding or Cruise ON/OFF switch off and have 3. Take your foot off the accelerator hilly roads the system checked. It is recom- pedal. mended that you visit a NISSAN dealer — When driving on slippery (rain, for this service. The vehicle will maintain the set speed. snow, ice, etc.) roads . The CRUISE indicator may blink when Passing another vehicle: the Cruise ON/OFF switch is turned Depress the accelerator pedal to accel- ON while pushing the RES/+, SET/-, or erate. After releasing the accelerator CAUTION CANCEL switch. To properly set the pedal, the vehicle will return to the pre- cruise control system, perform the viously set speed. following procedures. On Manual Transmission (MT) model, The vehicle may not maintain the set do not shift to the N (Neutral) posi- CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS speed when going up or down steep hills. tion without depressing the clutch The cruise control allows driving at In such cases, drive without the cruise pedal when the cruise control is speeds above 25 MPH (40 km/h) without control. keeping your foot on the accelerator operated. Should this occur, depress Resetting to slower speed: the clutch pedal and turn the Cruise pedal. ON/OFF switch off immediately. Fail- Use any one of the following methods to The cruise control will automatically be reset to a slower speed. ure to do so may cause engine canceled if the vehicle slows down more damage. than approximately 8 MPH (13 km/h) . Lightly tap the foot brake pedal. When below the set speed. the vehicle reaches the desired speed, push and release the SET/- switch. Moving the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . position will cancel the cruise control. Push and hold the SET/- switch. When the vehicle reaches the desired speed, release the SET- switch.

Starting and driving 5-65 INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) (models without ProPILOT assist) (if so equipped) . Quickly push and release the SET/- cruise control except in appropri- switch. This will reduce the vehicle ate road and traffic conditions. speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). WARNING . In the conventional (fixed speed) Resetting to faster speed: Failure to follow the warnings and cruise control mode, a warning Use any one of the following methods to instructions for proper use of the ICC chime will not sound to warn you reset to a faster speed. system could result in serious injury if you are too close to the vehicle . Depress the accelerator pedal. When or death. ahead. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehi- the vehicle reaches the desired speed, . ICC is not a collision avoidance or push and release the SET/- switch. cle and the vehicle ahead of you warning device. For highway use or a collision could occur. . Push and hold the RES/+switch. When only and it is not intended for the vehicle reaches the desired speed, congested areas or city driving. NOTE: release the RES/+ switch. Failure to apply the brakes could . Quickly push and release the RES/+ result in an accident. For vehicles equipped with ProPILOT assist, refer to “ProPILOT assist” (P.5- switch. This will increase the vehicle . The ICC system is only an aid to 86). speed by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). assist the driver. It is the driver’s The ICC system maintains a selected Resuming at preset speed: responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the distance from the vehicle in front of you Push and release the RES/+ switch. vehicle at all times. within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The vehicle will resume the last set . Always observe posted speed cruising speed when the vehicle speed is limits and do not set the speed The set speed can be selected by the over 25 MPH (40 km/h). over them. driver between 20 to 90 MPH (32 to 144 km/h). Cancelling cruising speed . Always drive carefully and atten- Use any one of the following methods to tively when using either cruise The vehicle travels at a set speed when cancel the set speed. control mode. Read and under- the road ahead is clear. stand the Owner’s Manual thor- . Push the CANCEL switch. The ICC system can be set to one of two oughly before using the cruise cruise control modes. . Tap the foot brake pedal. control. To avoid serious injury . . Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch. The Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control or death, do not rely on the mode: CRUISE indicator will turn off. system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicle’s speed in For maintaining a selected distance emergency situations. Do not use between your vehicle and the vehicle 5-66 Starting and driving in front of you up to the preset speed. . Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed.

WAF0144X

Displays and indicators Once a control mode is activated, it ICC switches cannot be changed to the other cruise Cruise ON/OFF switch control mode. To change the mode, push Push the Cruise ON/OFF switch to the Cruise ON/OFF switch once to turn choose the cruise control mode between the system off. Then push the Cruise ON/ the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control OFF switch again to turn the system mode and the conventional (fixed speed) back on and select the desired cruise cruise control mode. control mode. Starting and driving 5-67 Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display. For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, see “Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode” (P.5-68). For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, see “Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-82).

WAF0145X HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CON- (P.5-82). TROL MODE VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle CONTROL MODE distance control mode In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the ICC system automatically To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance maintains a selected distance from the control mode , quickly push and release vehicle traveling in front of you according the Cruise ON/OFF switch . to that vehicle’s speed (up to the set Selecting the conventional (fixed speed), or at the set speed when the road speed) cruise control mode ahead is clear. To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode , push and hold the Cruise ON/OFF switch for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. See “Conven- tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode”

5-68 Starting and driving Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control The following items are controlled in the mode operation vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: . The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control When there are no vehicles traveling mode is designed to maintain a selected ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance distance and reduce the speed to match control mode maintains the speed set the slower vehicle ahead. The system will by the driver. The set speed range is decelerate the vehicle as necessary and if the following speed. the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the — 20 and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h) vehicle decelerates to a standstill. How- . When there is a vehicle traveling ever, the ICC system can only apply up to ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance approximately 40% of the vehicle’s total control mode adjusts the speed to braking power. This system should only maintain the distance, selected by be used when traffic conditions allow driver, from the vehicle ahead. The vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant adjusting speed range is up to the set JVS1041X or when vehicle speeds change gradually. speed. If the vehicle ahead comes to a The system is intended to enhance the If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane stop, the vehicle decelerates to a operation of the vehicle when following a ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead standstill within the limitations of the vehicle traveling in the same lane and rapidly decelerates, the distance between system. The system will cancel once it direction. vehicles may become closer because the judges a standstill with a warning ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle chime. If the radar sensor detects a slower quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC . When the vehicle traveling ahead has moving vehicle ahead, the system will system will sound a warning chime and moved out from its lane of travel, the reduce the vehicle speed so that your blink the system display to notify the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the driver to take necessary action. mode accelerates and maintains ve- selected distance. The system will cancel and a warning hicle speed up to the set speed. The system automatically controls the chime will sound if the speed is below The ICC system does not control vehicle throttle and applies the brakes (up to approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a speed or warn you when you approach approximately 40% of vehicle braking vehicle is not detected ahead. The system stationary and slow moving vehicles. You power) if necessary. will also disengage when the vehicle goes must pay attention to vehicle operation The detection range of the sensor is above the maximum set speed. to maintain proper distance from vehicles approximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead. See “Approach warning” (P.5-76). ahead when approaching toll gates or traffic congestion. Starting and driving 5-69 a vehicle ahead, this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

SSD0254 JVS0957X

When driving on the freeway at a set Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjust mode switches the speed to maintain the distance, The system is operated by a CRUISE ON/ selected by the driver, from the vehicle OFF switch and four control switches, all ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes mounted on the steering wheel. or exits the freeway, the ICC system will 1. RES/+ switch: accelerate and maintain the speed up to Resumes set speed or increases speed the set speed. Pay attention to the driving incrementally. operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed. 2. CANCEL switch: The vehicle may not maintain the set Deactivates the system without eras- speed on winding or hilly roads. If this ing the set speed. occurs, you will have to manually control 3. SET/- switch: the vehicle speed. Sets desired cruise speed, reduces Normally when controlling the distance to speed incrementally.

5-70 Starting and driving 4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch: 2. Set distance indicator: Master switch to activate the system Displays the selected distance be- 5. DISTANCE switch: tween vehicles set with the DISTANCE switch. Changes the vehicle’s following distance: 3. Set vehicle speed indicator: . Long Indicates the set vehicle speed. . Middle 4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator: . Short Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you.

WAF0146X

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode display and indicators The display is located between the speedometer and tachometer. 1. This indicator indicates the ICC system status depending on a color. . ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFF switch is ON. . ICC system set indicator (green): Indicates that cruising speed is set . ICC system warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system.

Starting and driving 5-71 . When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) or manual shift mode . When the parking brake is applied . When the brakes are operated by the driver When the SET/- switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set. A warning chime will sound and a message will pop up: . When the VDC system is off (To use the ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push the CRUISE ON/OFF WAF0147X WAF0148X switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC system by pushing the Operating vehicle-to-vehicle dis- To set cruising speed, accelerate your CRUISE ON/OFF switch again.) vehicle to the desired speed, push the tance control mode For additional information about the SET/- switch and release it. (The ICC VDC system, see “Vehicle Dynamic To turn on the cruise control, quickly system set indicator (green), vehicle Control (VDC) system” (P.5-147). push and release the CRUISE ON/OFF ahead detection indicator, set distance . When VDC (including the traction switch . The ICC system ON indicator indicator and set vehicle speed indicator control system) is operating (grey), set distance indicator and set come on.) Take your foot off the accel- . vehicle speed indicator come on and in erator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain When a wheel is slipping (To use the a standby state for setting. the set speed. ICC system, make sure the wheels are no longer slipping.) When the SET/- switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for approximately 2 seconds: . When traveling below 20 MPH (32 km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not detected

5-72 Starting and driving ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC system then maintains the set speed. When a vehicle is no longer detected the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off. If a vehicle ahead appears during acceleration to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation, the system controls the distance to that vehicle. When a vehicle is no longer detected WAF0135X under approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the system will be canceled. System set display with vehicle ahead the speed of the vehicle ahead to main- System set display without vehicle ahead tain the driver selected distance. The driver sets the desired vehicle speed NOTE: based on the road conditions. The ICC . The stop lights of the vehicle come system maintains the set vehicle speed, on when braking is performed by similar to standard cruise control, as long the ICC system. as no vehicle is detected in the lane . When the brake operates, a noise ahead. may be heard. This is not a malfunc- The ICC system displays the set speed. tion. Vehicle detected ahead: When a vehicle ahead is detected, the When a vehicle is detected in the lane vehicle ahead detection indicator comes ahead, the ICC system decelerates the on. The ICC system will also display the vehicle by controlling the throttle and set speed and selected distance. applying the brakes to match the speed Vehicle ahead not detected: of a slower vehicle ahead. The system When a vehicle is no longer detected then controls the vehicle speed based on Starting and driving 5-73 How to change the set vehicle . Push, then quickly release the SET/- speed switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by approximately To cancel the preset speed, use any of 1 MPH (1 km/h). these methods: To resume the preset speed, push and . Push the CANCEL switch. The set release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will vehicle speed indicator will go out. resume the last set cruising speed when . Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle the vehicle speed is over 20 MPH (32 speed indicator will go out. km/h). . Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. The ICC indicators will go out. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods: . Depress the accelerator pedal. When JVS1073X the vehicle attains the desired speed, When passing another vehicle, the set push and release the SET/- switch. speed indicator will flash when the . Push and hold the RES/+ switch. The vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. The set vehicle speed will increase by vehicle detect indicator will turn off when approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). the area ahead of the vehicle is open. . Push, then quickly release the RES/+ When the pedal is released, the vehicle will switch. Each time you do this, the set return to the previously set speed. speed will increase by approximately 1 Even though your vehicle speed is set in MPH (1 km/h). the ICC system, you can depress the To reset at a slower cruising speed, use accelerator pedal when it is necessary to one of the following methods: accelerate your vehicle rapidly. . Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, push the SET/- switch and release it. . Push and hold the SET/- switch. The set vehicle speed will decrease by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h).

5-74 Starting and driving JVS0965X

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traffic conditions. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to JVS1093X long, middle, short and back to long again in that sequence. . The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance. . If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes “long”. (Each time the engine is started, the initial setting becomes “long”.) Starting and driving 5-75 Approach warning NOTE: . When the parking brake is applied . If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle The approach warning chime may When the VDC system is turned off ahead due to rapid deceleration of that sound and the system display may . When VDC (including the traction vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the blink when the radar sensor detects control system) operates objects on the side of the vehicle or on system warns the driver with the chime . When distance measurement be- the side of the road. This may cause the and ICC system display. Decelerate by comes impaired due to adhesion of ICC system to decelerate or accelerate depressing the brake pedal to maintain a dirt or obstruction to the sensor the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- safe vehicle distance if: . tect these objects when the vehicle is When a wheel slips . The chime sounds. driven on winding roads, narrow roads, . When the radar signal is temporarily . The vehicle ahead detection indicator hilly roads or when entering or exiting a interrupted blinks. curve. In these cases you will have to Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control The warning chime may not sound in manually control the proper distance some cases when there is a short dis- ahead of your vehicle. mode limitations tance between vehicles. Some examples Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- are: fected by vehicle operation (steering WARNING . When the vehicles are traveling at the maneuver or driving position in the lane) same speed and the distance be- or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, Listed below are the system limita- tween vehicles is not changing if a vehicle is being driven with some tions for the ICC system. Failure to . When the vehicle ahead is traveling damage). operate the vehicle in accordance faster and the distance between ve- Automatic cancellation with these system limitations could hicles is increasing result in serious injury or death. . A chime sounds under the following When a vehicle cuts in near your . The system is primarily intended vehicle conditions and the control is automatically canceled. for use on straight, dry, open The warning chime will not sound when: roads with light traffic. It is not . When the vehicle ahead is not de- . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- advisable to use the system in tected and your vehicle is traveling cles that are parked or moving slowly. city traffic or congested areas. below the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h) . The accelerator pedal is depressed, . . When the system judges the vehicle is This system will not adapt auto- overriding the system. at standstill matically to road conditions. This . system should be used in evenly When the shift lever is not in the D flowing traffic. Do not use the (Drive) position or manual shift mode system on roads with sharp 5-76 Starting and driving curves, or on icy roads, in heavy not be able to maintain the se- distance between vehicles be- rain or in fog. lected distance between vehicles cause of frequent accelera- . As there is a performance limit to (following distance) or selected tion or deceleration vehicle speed under some cir- the distance control function, — Interference by other radar cumstances. never rely solely on the ICC sys- sources. . tem. This system does not correct The system may not detect the . careless, inattentive or absent- vehicle in front of you in certain In some road or traffic conditions, minded driving, or overcome road or weather conditions. To a vehicle or object can unexpect- poor visibility in rain, fog, or other avoid accidents, never use the ICC edly come into the sensor detec- bad weather. Decelerate the ve- system under the following con- tion zone and cause automatic hicle speed by depressing the ditions: braking. You may need to control the distance from other vehicles brake pedal, depending on the — On roads where the traffic is distance to the vehicle ahead using the accelerator pedal. Al- heavy or there are sharp ways stay alert and avoid using and the surrounding circum- curves stances in order to maintain a the ICC system when it is not safe distance between vehicles. — On slippery road surfaces recommended in this section. such as on ice or snow, etc. . If the vehicle ahead comes to a The radar sensor will not detect the stop, the vehicle decelerates to a — During bad weather (rain, fog, following objects: standstill within the limitations of snow, etc.) the system. The system will can- . Stationary and slow moving vehicles — When rain, snow or dirt adhere . cel once it judges that the vehicle to the system sensor Pedestrians or objects in the roadway has come to a standstill and . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane sound a warning chime. To pre- — On steep downhill roads (the . Motorcycles traveling offset in the vent the vehicle from moving, the vehicle may go beyond the set travel lane vehicle speed and frequent driver must depress the brake The sensor generally detects the signals pedal. braking may result in overheating the brakes) returned from the vehicle ahead. There- . Always pay attention to the op- fore, if the sensor cannot detect the eration of the vehicle and be — On repeated uphill and down- reflection from the vehicle ahead, the ready to manually control the hill roads ICC system may not maintain the se- proper following distance. The — When traffic conditions make lected distance. vehicle-to-vehicle distance con- it difficult to keep a proper The following are some conditions in trol mode of the ICC system may Starting and driving 5-77 which the sensor cannot detect the signals: . When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor’s visibility . When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle The ICC system is designed to automatically check the sensor’s operation within the limitation of the system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, SSD0252 etc., the ICC system may not detect them. The detection zone of the radar sensor is proper distance away from vehicle tra- In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the veling ahead. distance control mode may not cancel detection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle and may not be able to maintain the distance detection mode to maintain the selected following distance from the ve- selected distance from the vehicle ahead. hicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly. A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center- line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the 5-78 Starting and driving System temporarily unavailable The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavailable. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Condition A: Under the following conditions, the ICC system is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set: . When the VDC is turned off SSD0253 . When the VDC (including the traction When driving on some roads, such as ing ahead. control system) operates winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or . When a vehicle ahead is not detected roads which are under construction, the and your vehicle is traveling below the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h) different lane, or may temporarily not . When the system judges the vehicle is detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This at a standstill may cause the ICC system to decelerate . When the shift lever is not in the D or accelerate the vehicle. (Drive) or manual shift mode The detection of vehicles may also be . When the parking brake is applied affected by vehicle operation (steering . When a tire slips maneuver or traveling position in the . When the radar signal is temporarily lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this interrupted occurs, the ICC system may warn you Action to take: by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You When the conditions listed above are no will have to manually control the proper longer present, turn the ICC system back distance away from the vehicle travel- on to use the system. Starting and driving 5-79 Front Radar Obstruction” warning message continues to be displayed, have the ICC system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls), the system may display the "Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction" message. Action to take: When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the ICC system back JVS1074X JVS0968X on to use the system. Condition B: Condition C: The chime will sound and the “Unavail- When the ICC system is not operating able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning properly, the chime sounds and the ICC message will appear in the vehicle infor- system warning (yellow) will appear. mation display. Action to take: . When the radar sensor area is covered If the warning appears, park the vehicle in with dirt or is obstructed, making it a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the engine, resume driving and set the the ICC system is automatically can- ICC system again. celed. If it is not possible to set the system or Action to take: the warning stays on, it may indicate If the warning message appears, park the that the ICC system is malfunctioning. vehicle in a safe place and turn the engine Although the vehicle is still driveable off. When the radar signal is temporarily under normal conditions, have the ve- interrupted, clean the sensor area and hicle checked. It is recommended that restart the engine. If the “Unavailable: you visit a NISSAN dealer for this ser- 5-80 Starting and driving vice. tion. . Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC : OAYSRR3B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must JVS1041X accept any interference received, including interference that may cause System maintenance undesired operation. The sensor for the ICC system is FCC Warning located on the front of the vehicle. Changes or modifications not expressly To keep the ICC system operating prop- approved by the party responsible for erly, be sure to observe the following: compliance could void the user’s . Always keep the sensor area clean. authority to operate the equipment . Do not strike or damage the areas For Canada around the sensor. Applicable law: Canada 310 . Do not cover or attach stickers or This device complies with Industry Ca- similar objects near the sensor area. nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). This could cause failure or malfunc- Operation is subject to the following tion. two conditions: (1) this device may not . Do not attach metallic objects near cause interference, and (2) this device the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). must accept any interference, including This could cause failure or malfunc- interference that may cause undesired Starting and driving 5-81 operation of the device. — when it is not possible to keep Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz the vehicle at a set speed Output power: less than 20 milliwatts — in heavy traffic or in traffic CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) that varies in speed CRUISE CONTROL MODE — on winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed — on slippery roads (rain, snow, between 25 to 90 MPH (40 km/h to 144 ice, etc.) km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal. — in very windy areas . Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an WARNING accident. . In the conventional (fixed speed) JVS0999X cruise control mode, a warning Type A chime does not sound to warn Conventional (fixed speed) cruise you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- control switches sence of the vehicle ahead nor 1. RES/+ switch: the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is Resumes set speed or increases speed detected. incrementally. . Pay special attention to the dis- 2. CANCEL switch: tance between your vehicle and Deactivates the system without eras- the vehicle ahead of you or a ing the set speed. collision could occur. 3. SET/- switch: . Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display. Sets the desired cruise speed, reduces speed incrementally. . Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode 4. CRUISE ON/OFF switch: when driving under the following Master switch to activate the system. conditions: 5-82 Starting and driving of the ICC system. . Cruise system warning (yellow): Indicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system. 2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.

WAF0151X WAF0152X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Operating conventional (fixed control mode display and indica- speed) cruise control mode tors To turn on the conventional (fixed The display is located in the vehicle speed) cruise control mode, push and information display. hold the Cruise ON/OFF switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds. 1. Cruise indicator: When pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch This indicator indicates the condition on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise of ICC system depending on a color. . control mode display and indicators are Cruise control ON indicator (gray): displayed in the vehicle information dis- Indicates that the Cruise ON/OFF play. After you hold the CRUISE ON/OFF switch is ON. switch on for longer than about 1.5 . Cruise control set indicator (green): seconds, the ICC system display goes Displays while the vehicle speed is out. The cruise indicator appears. You controlled by the conventional can now set your desired cruising speed. (fixed speed) cruise control mode Pushing the CRUISE ON/OFF switch again Starting and driving 5-83 will turn the system completely off. To cancel the preset speed, use any of When the ignition switch is placed in the the following methods: OFF position, the system is also automa- 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle tically turned off. speed indicator will turn off. To use the ICC system again, quickly push 2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle and release the CRUISE ON/OFF switch speed indicator will turn off. (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control 3. Turn the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off. mode) or push and hold it (conventional Both the cruise indicator and set cruise control mode) again to turn it on. vehicle speed indicator will turn off. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use CAUTION one of the following three methods: 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When To avoid accidentally engaging the vehicle attains the desired speed, cruise control, make sure to turn WAF0153X push and release the SET/- switch. the CRUISE ON/OFF switch off when To set cruising speed, accelerate your 2. Push and hold the RES/+ switch. When not using the ICC system. vehicle to the desired speed, push the the vehicle attains the desired speed, SET/- switch and release it. (The color release the switch. of the cruise indicator changes to green 3. Push, then quickly release the RES/+ and set vehicle speed indicator comes switch. Each time you do this, the set on.) Take your foot off the accelerator speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set km/h). speed. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use . To pass another vehicle, depress the one of the following three methods: accelerator pedal. When you release 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the the pedal, the vehicle will return to the vehicle attains the desired speed, previously set speed. push the SET/- switch and release it. . The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep 2. Push and hold the SET/- switch. hills. If this happens, manually main- Release the switch when the vehicle tain vehicle speed. slows down to the desired speed.

5-84 Starting and driving 3. Push, then quickly release the SET/- dealer for this service. switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES/+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h). System temporarily unavailable A chime sounds under the following conditions and the control is automatically canceled. . When the vehicle slows down more JVS1003X than 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set Warning speed When the system is not operating prop- . When the shift lever is not in the D erly, the chime sounds and the color of (Drive) or manual shift mode the cruise indicator will change to yellow. . When the parking brake is applied. Action to take: . When the VDC (including the traction control system) operates If the color of the cruise indicator changes . When a wheel slips to yellow, park the vehicle in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart the engine, resume driving and then perform the setting again. If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still driveable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN Starting and driving 5-85 PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

the driver’s responsibility to stay . Always drive carefully and atten- WARNING alert, drive safely, keep the vehi- tively when using the ProPILOT cle in the traveling lane, and be in assist system. Read and under- Failure to follow the warnings and control of the vehicle at all times. stand the Owner’s Manual thor- instructions for proper use of the . The ProPILOT assist system is oughly before using the ProPILOT ProPILOT assist system could result only an aid to assist the driver assist system. To avoid serious in serious injury or death. and is not a collision warning or injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to . ProPILOT assist is not a self-driv- avoidance device. . control the vehicle’s speed in ing system. Within the limits of its The ProPILOT assist system is for emergency situations. Do not capabilities, as described in this highway use only and is not use the ProPILOT assist system manual, it helps the driver with intended for city driving. Failure except in appropriate road and certain driving activities. to apply the brakes or steer the traffic conditions. . The ProPILOT assist system is not vehicle when necessary may re- a replacement for proper driving sult in a serious accident. procedures and is not designed . Always observe posted speed to correct careless, inattentive or limits and do not set the speed absentminded driving. ProPILOT over them. assist will not always steer the . Never take your hands off the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The steering wheel when driving. Al- ProPILOT assist system is not ways keep your hands on the designed to prevent loss of con- steering wheel and drive your trol. It is the driver’s responsibility vehicle safely. to stay alert, drive safely, keep . the vehicle in the traveling lane, Never unfasten your safety belt and be in control of the vehicle at when using ProPILOT assist. all times. Doing so automatically cancels the ProPILOT assist system. . There are limitations to the Pro- . PILOT assist system capability. The ProPILOT assist system does The ProPILOT assist system does not react to stationary and slow not function in all driving, traffic, moving vehicles. weather, and road conditions. It is

5-86 Starting and driving are detected.

JVS1042X The ProPILOT assist system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction. The ProPILOT assist system uses a multi- sensing front camera installed behind the windshield and a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane and to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicle detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system will also help keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane when clear lane markings Starting and driving 5-87 PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERA- TION The ProPILOT assist system has the following two functions: 1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: . Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: For cruising at a preset speed NOTE: Steering Assist is not available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. . Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 MPH (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set WAF0046X speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 MPH Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) (32 to 144 km/h). When the vehicle Vehicle information display ahead slows to a stop, your vehicle Steering-wheel-mounted control (right) gradually decelerates to a standstill. ProPILOT assist switch When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC Steering assist switch system maintains braking force to keep your vehicle stopped.

5-88 Starting and driving NOTE: When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically. . When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead. . When no vehicle is detected ahead within the driver selected distance, the vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The speed must be above 20 WAF0047X MPH (32 km/h) to use this function. PROPILOT ASSIST SWITCHES 5. SET- switch: NOTE: 1. DISTANCE switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak- . Long speed incrementally ing (AEB) setting is turned off by the . driver using the “Settings” menu in the Middle 6. Steering assist switch: . vehicle information display, AEB will be Short Turns the steering assist function on automatically turned on when ICC is 2. RES+ switch: or off used. Resumes set speed or increases speed 2. Steering assist incrementally The steering assist function controls the 3. CANCEL switch: steering system to help keep your vehicle Deactivates the ProPILOT assist sys- within the traveling lane. tem When there is no vehicle ahead, steering 4. ProPILOT assist switch: assist is not available at speeds under 37 Turns the ProPILOT assist system on MPH (60 km/h). or off

Starting and driving 5-89 2. Set distance indicator — Steering assist status indicator Displays the selected distance (green): Steering assist active 3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator — Steering assist status indicator (orange): Steering assist malfunction Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you 7. Speed control status indicator/warning 4. Steering assist indicator Displays the status of speed control by Indicates the status of the Steering the color and shape of the indicator/ assist function by the color of the warning indicator . . Speed control status indicator/ Steering assist indicator (gray): warning (gray): ICC standby Steering assist standby . . Speed control status indicator/ Steering assist indicator (green): warning (solid green ): ICC (dis- Steering assist active WAF0049X tance control mode) is active (ve- . Steering assist indicator (orange): hicle detected ahead). Your vehicle PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM DISPLAY Steering assist malfunction matches the speed of the vehicle AND INDICATORS 5. ProPILOT assist activation ahead. . 1. Lane marker indicator Displays once the ProPILOT assist Speed control status indicator/ warning (green outline ): ICC Indicates whether the system detects system is activated (maintain speed control mode) is lane markers 6. Steering assist status indicator/warn- active (no vehicle detected ahead). . ing No lane markers displayed: Steering Your vehicle maintains the driver- assist is turned off Displays the status of the Steering selected set speed. Lane marker indicator (gray): No assist by the color of the indicator/ . Speed control status indicator/ lane markers detected warning warning (orange): Indicates an ICC . — Lane marker indicator (green): Lane No Steering assist status indicator malfunction displayed: Steering assist is turned markers detected 8. Set vehicle speed indicator off — Lane marker indicator (yellow): Indicates the set vehicle speed Lane departure is detected Steering assist status indicator (gray): Steering assist standby 9. ProPILOT assist status indicator Indicates the status of the ProPILOT

5-90 Starting and driving assist system by the color of the indicator . ProPILOT assist status indicator (white): ProPILOT assist is on but in standby. . ProPILOT assist status indicator (blue): ProPILOT assist active TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON NOTE: ProPILOT assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed WAF0050X speed) cruise control mode. OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST To choose the conventional (fixed speed) 1. Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT assist switch for longer than 2. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) when approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional shaded and Intelligent Lane Interven- information, see “Conventional (fixed tion (I-LI) when solid speed) cruise control mode” (P.5-112). 3. Blind Spot Warning (BSW)

Starting and driving 5-91 formation, see “How to use the vehicle information display” (P.2- 20). 3. The status of the ProPILOT assist system is displayed in the vehicle information display . 4. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the desired speed. 5. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOT assist system begins to automatically maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT assist activation indicator and Pro- PILOT assist status indicator illuminate (blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling at a speed of 20 MPH (32 km/h) or below and the SET- switch is pushed, the set speed of your vehicle is 20 MPH (32 km/h). NOTE: When “Prevention (LDP)” is selected in the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT assist system on will activate the I-LI WAF0051X system at the same time. For additional . AEB, LDW, and BSW are enabled information, see “Intelligent Lane Inter- 1. Push the ProPILOT assist switch . vention (I-LI)” (P.5-40). This turns on the ProPILOT assist when the specified Driving Aid is system. shaded. . 2. A screen is displayed for a period of I-LI is enabled when the Driving Aid time that indicates the status of the is solid. . Driving Aid functions. To change the status of the Driving Aids, use the or to navigate the settings screen. For additional in- 5-92 Starting and driving 147). How to momentarily accelerate or . When the VDC system (including the decelerate traction control system) is operating . Depress the accelerator pedal when . When a wheel is slipping acceleration is required. Release the . When any door is open accelerator pedal to resume the pre- . When the driver’s seat belt is not viously set vehicle speed. fastened . Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required. Control by the How to change the set vehicle ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. speed Push the RES+ switch to resume the The set vehicle speed can be adjusted. previously set vehicle speed. To change to a faster cruising speed: . Push and hold the RES+ switch. The WARNING WAF0052X set vehicle speed increases by approximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). When the accelerator pedal is de- When the SET- switch is pushed under the . following conditions, the ProPILOT assist Push, then quickly release, the RES+ pressed and you are approaching system cannot be set and the set vehicle switch. Each time you do this, the set the vehicle ahead, the ICC system speed indicator blinks for approxi- speed increases by approximately 1 will neither control the brake nor mately 2 seconds: MPH (1 km/h). warn the driver with the chime and To change to a slower cruising speed: display. The driver must manually . When traveling below 20 MPH (32 control the vehicle speed to maintain km/h) and the vehicle ahead is not . Push and hold the SET- switch. The a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. detected set vehicle speed decreases by ap- Failure to do so could result in severe . proximately 5 MPH (5 km/h). When the shift lever is not in the D personal injury or death. (Drive) position or manual shift mode . Push, then quickly release, the SET . When the parking brake is applied switch. Each time you do this, the set speed decreases by approximately 1 NOTE: . When the brakes are operated by the MPH (1 km/h). driver When you accelerate by depressing the accelerator pedal or decelerate by . When the VDC system is off. For pushing the SET- switch and the vehicle additional information, see “Vehicle travels faster than the speed set by the Dynamic Control (VDC) system” (P.5- driver, the set speed vehicle indicator Starting and driving 5-93 will blink.

WAF0053X

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch is pushed, the set distance will change to “long”, “middle”, “short” and back to “long” again in that sequence.

5-94 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE STEERING ASSIST Use the following methods to enable or disable the steering assist.

WAF0054X

. The distance to the vehicle ahead changes automatically according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance. . If the engine is stopped, the set distance becomes “long.” (Each time the engine is started, the initial setting becomes “long.”) Starting and driving 5-95 Steering assist switch: To turn the steering assist on or off, push the steering assist switch on the instrument panel. Setting in the vehicle information display: 1. Press the button on the steering wheel until “Settings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. 2. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button . 3. Use the button to select “Driving Aids.” Then press the “OK” button . 4. Select “Steering Assist” and press the “OK” button . NOTE: . When the Cruise screen is displayed on the vehicle information display, press the “OK” button on the steer- WAF0055X ing wheel to call up the “Driving Aids” setting display. 1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left) even if the ignition switch is cycled. . When enabling/disabling the system 2. Vehicle information display The switch must be pushed again to through the vehicle information dis- change the setting to on or off. 3. Steering assist switch play, the system retains the current . The steering assist switch changes settings even if the engine is re- NOTE: the status of the “Steering Assist” started. . When the steering assist switch is selection made in the “Settings” used to turn the system on or off, screen in the vehicle information the system remembers the setting display. 5-96 Starting and driving HOW TO CANCEL THE PROPILOT INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL . The ICC system does not react to ASSIST SYSTEM (ICC) (models with ProPILOT assist) stationary and slow moving vehi- To cancel the ProPILOT assist system, use cles. one of the following methods: WARNING . Always drive carefully and atten- . Push the CANCEL switch. tively when using the ICC system. . Tap the brake pedal (except at a Read and understand the Owner’s Failure to follow the warnings and Manual thoroughly before using standstill). instructions for proper use of the ICC . the ICC system. To avoid serious Push the ProPILOT assist switch to system could result in serious injury injury or death, do not rely on the turn the system off. The ProPILOT or death. system to prevent accidents or to assist status indicator will turn off. . The ICC system is only an aid to control the vehicle’s speed in When the ProPILOT assist system is assist the driver and is not a emergency situations. Do not canceled while the vehicle is stopped, collision warning or avoidance use the ICC system except in the electronic parking brake is automati- device. It is recommended for appropriate road and traffic con- cally activated. highway use only and it is not ditions. intended for city driving. It is the WARNING driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in con- ICC system operation trol of the vehicle at all times. The ICC system is designed to maintain a To prevent the vehicle from moving selected distance from the vehicle in front . There are limitations to the ICC or rolling unexpectedly, which could of you and can reduce the speed to system capability. The ICC system result in serious personal injury or match a slower vehicle ahead. The sys- does not function in all driving, property damage, before exiting the tem decelerates the vehicle as necessary traffic, weather, and road condi- vehicle make sure to push the Pro- and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, tions. It is the driver’s responsi- PILOT assist switch to turn the sys- the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. bility to stay alert, drive safely, tem off, place the shift lever in the P However, the ICC system can only apply keep the vehicle in the traveling (Park) position, and turn the engine up to 40% of the vehicle’s total braking lane, and be in control of the off. power. This system should only be used vehicle at all times. when traffic conditions allow vehicle . Always observe posted speed speeds to remain fairly constant or when limits and do not set the speed vehicle speeds change gradually. If a over them. vehicle moves into the traveling lane

Starting and driving 5-97 ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead . When your vehicle is at a standstill for rapidly decelerates, the distance between more than 3 seconds and the vehicle vehicles may become closer because the ahead begins to accelerate, push the ICC system cannot decelerate the vehicle RES+ switch or lightly depress the quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC accelerator pedal. The ICC system system sounds a warning chime and starts to follow the vehicle ahead. blinks the system display to notify the . When the vehicle traveling ahead driver to take necessary action. moves to a different traveling lane, The ICC system cancels and a warning the ICC system accelerates and main- chime sounds if the speed is below tains vehicle speed up to the set approximately 15 MPH (24 km/h) and a speed. vehicle is not detected ahead. The ICC system does not control vehicle The ICC system operates as follows: speed or warn you when you approach . stationary and slow moving vehicles. You When there are no vehicles traveling must pay attention to vehicle operation SSD0254 ahead, the ICC system maintains the to maintain proper distance from vehicles speed set by the driver. The set speed ahead when approaching toll gates or When driving on the freeway at a set range is between approximately 20 traffic congestion. speed and approaching a slower traveling and 90 MPH (32 and 144 km/h). vehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts the . When there is a vehicle traveling speed to maintain the distance, selected ahead, the ICC system adjusts the by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If speed to maintain the distance, se- the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits lected by the driver, from the vehicle the freeway, the ICC system accelerates ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a and maintains the speed up to the set stop, the vehicle decelerates to a speed. Pay attention to the driving opera- standstill. Once your vehicle stops, tion to maintain control of the vehicle as the ICC system keeps the vehicle it accelerates to the set speed. stopped. The vehicle may not maintain the set . When your vehicle is stopped for less speed on winding or hilly roads. If this than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead occurs, you will have to manually control begins to move, your vehicle will start the vehicle speed. moving again automatically. Normally when controlling the distance to

5-98 Starting and driving a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle according to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accelerate your vehicle when acceleration is required for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

WAF0057X WAF0058X System set display with no vehicle detected ahead System set display with vehicle ahead No vehicle detected ahead: Vehicle detected ahead: The driver sets the desired vehicle speed When a vehicle is detected in the lane based on the road conditions. The ICC ahead, the ICC system decelerates the system maintains the set vehicle speed, vehicle by controlling the throttle and similar to standard cruise control, as long applying the brakes to match the speed as no vehicle is detected in the lane of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system ahead. The ICC system displays the set then controls the vehicle speed based on speed. the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the ICC system. . When the brake is applied by the system, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction. Starting and driving 5-99 When the ICC system detects a vehicle system then maintains the set speed. ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indi- When a vehicle is no longer detected, the cator and the speed control status in- vehicle ahead detection indicator turns dicator (distance control mode) off and speed control status indicator illuminates (solid green ). (maintain speed control mode) illumi- Vehicle ahead stops: nates (green outline ). When the vehicle ahead decelerates to The ICC system gradually accelerates to stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand- the set speed, but you can depress the still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate. system automatically applies the brakes When a vehicle is no longer detected and to keep the vehicle stopped. When your your vehicle is traveling under approxi- vehicle is at a standstill, the “(RES+) Press mately 15 MPH (24 km/h), the ICC system to start” message is displayed on the automatically cancels. vehicle information display. WAF0059X NOTE: When your vehicle stops for less than 3 When passing another vehicle, the set seconds, your vehicle will automatically speed indicator flashes when the follow the vehicle as it accelerates from vehicle speed exceeds the set speed. a stop. The vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off when the area ahead of the Vehicle ahead accelerates: vehicle is open. When the pedal is re- When your vehicle is stopped and the leased, the vehicle returns to the pre- vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push viously set speed. Even though your the RES+ switch or lightly depress the vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, accelerator pedal. The ICC system starts you can depress the accelerator pedal to follow the vehicle ahead. when it is necessary to accelerate your Vehicle ahead not detected: vehicle rapidly. When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually accelerates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC

5-100 Starting and driving NOTE: Approach warning . The ICC system is primarily in- The approach warning chime may If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle tended for use on straight, dry, sound and the system display may ahead due to rapid deceleration of that open roads with light traffic. It is flash when the radar sensor detects vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the not advisable to use the ICC objects on the side of the vehicle or on system warns the driver with the chime system in city traffic or congested the side of the road. This may cause the and ICC system display. Decelerate by areas. ICC system to decelerate or accelerate depressing the brake pedal to maintain a . the vehicle. The radar sensor may de- The ICC system will not adapt safe vehicle distance if: tect these objects when the vehicle is automatically to road conditions. . The chime sounds. driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads This system should be used in . The vehicle ahead detection indicator or when the vehicle is entering or evenly flowing traffic. Do not use and set distance indicator blink. exiting a curve. In these cases, you will the system on roads with sharp . You judge it necessary to maintain a have to manually control the proper curves or on icy roads, in heavy safe distance. distance ahead of your vehicle. rain or in fog. . The warning chime may not sound in Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- As there is a performance limit to some cases when there is a short dis- fected by vehicle operation (steering the distance control function, tance between vehicles. Some examples maneuver or driving position in the never rely solely on the ICC sys- are: lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions tem. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent- . When the vehicles are traveling at the (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage). minded driving or overcome poor same speed and the distance be- visibility in rain, fog, or other bad tween vehicles is not changing. ICC system limitations weather. Decelerate the vehicle . When the vehicle ahead is traveling speed by depressing the brake faster and the distance between ve- pedal, depending on the distance hicles is increasing. WARNING to the vehicle ahead and the . When a vehicle cuts in near your surrounding circumstances in or- vehicle. Listed below are the system limita- der to maintain a safe distance The warning chime will not sound when: tions for the ICC system. Failure to between vehicles. . operate the vehicle in accordance . Your vehicle approaches other vehi- with these system limitations could When the ICC system automati- cles that are parked or moving slowly. result in serious injury or death: cally brings the vehicle to a stop, . The accelerator pedal is depressed, your vehicle can automatically overriding the system. accelerate if the vehicle is stopped for less than approxi- Starting and driving 5-101 . mately 3 seconds. Be prepared to heating the brakes) When the sensor detection is reduced stop your vehicle if necessary. (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, — On repeated uphill and down- dust storms, sandstorms, and road . Always pay attention to the op- hill roads spray from other vehicles) eration of the vehicle and be . Driving on a steep downhill slope or ready to manually control the — When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper roads with sharp curves proper following distance. The . ICC system may not be able to distance between vehicles be- Driving on a bumpy road surface, such maintain the selected distance cause of frequent accelera- as an uneven dirt road between vehicles (following dis- tion or deceleration . If dirt, ice, snow or other material is tance) or selected vehicle speed — Interference by other radar covering the radar sensor area under some circumstances. sources. . A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/ . The system may not detect the . In some road or traffic conditions, vehicle in front of you in certain trailer is near the vehicle ahead. a vehicle or object can unexpect- . road or weather conditions. To edly come into the sensor detec- Interference by other radar sources . avoid accidents, never use the ICC tion zone and cause automatic When excessively heavy baggage is system under the following con- braking. Always stay alert and loaded in the rear seat or cargo area ditions: avoid using the ICC system where of your vehicle. — On roads with heavy, high- not recommended in this warn- The ICC system is designed to automati- speed traffic or sharp curves ing section. cally check the radar sensor’s operation within the limitations of the system — On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc. The ICC system will not detect the The detection zone of the radar sensor is following objects: limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the — During bad weather (rain, fog, . Stationary or slow moving vehicles detection zone for the ICC system to snow, etc.) . Pedestrians or objects in the roadway maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move — When rain, snow or dirt adhere . Oncoming vehicles in the same lane to the bumper around the outside of the detection zone due to its . Motorcycles traveling offset in the distance sensor position within the same lane of travel. travel lane Motorcycles may not be detected in the — On steep downhill roads (the The following are some conditions in same lane ahead if they are traveling vehicle may go beyond the set which the radar sensor cannot properly offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle speed and frequent detect a vehicle ahead and the system vehicle that is entering the lane ahead braking may result in over- may not operate properly: may not be detected until the vehicle has 5-102 Starting and driving completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead. The ICC system (with ProPILOT assist) uses a multi-sensing front camera. The following are some conditions in which the camera may not properly detect a vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead may be delayed: . Poor visibility (conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, SSD0252 and road spray from other vehicles) . The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc. . Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera . A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes)

SSD0253

Starting and driving 5-103 When driving on some roads, such as Condition A: Action to take: winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or Under the following conditions, the ICC When the conditions listed above are no roads which are under construction, the system is automatically canceled. A chime longer present, turn the system off using radar sensor may detect vehicles in a will sound and the system will not be able the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the different lane, or may temporarily not to be set: ProPILOT Assist system back on to use detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This . the system. may cause the ICC system to decelerate Any door is open. or accelerate the vehicle. . The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. NOTE: . The detection of vehicles may also be The vehicle ahead is not detected and When the ICC system is canceled under affected by vehicle operation (steering your vehicle is traveling below the the following conditions at a standstill, maneuver or traveling position in the speed of 15 MPH (24 km/h). the electronic parking brake is automa- lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. . Your vehicle has been stopped by the tically activated: ICC system for approximately 3 min- . Any door is open. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn utes or longer. . The driver’s seat belt is not fastened. you by blinking the system indicator and . . sounding the chime unexpectedly. You The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) Your vehicle has been stopped by will have to manually control the proper position or manual shift mode. the ICC system for approximately 3 distance away from the vehicle traveling . The electronic parking brake is ap- minutes or longer. ahead. plied. . The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) . The VDC system is turned off. position or manual shift mode. Automatic cancellation . The AEB applies harder braking . The VDC system is turned off. The following are conditions in which the . VDC (including the traction control . When distance measurement be- ICC system may be temporarily unavail- system) operates. comes impaired due to adhesion of able. In these instances, the ICC system . A wheel slips. dirt or obstruction to the sensor. may not cancel and may not be able to . . When distance measurement be- When the radar signal is temporarily maintain the selected following distance interrupted. from the vehicle ahead. comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor. Condition B: . When the radar signal is temporarily When the radar sensor of the front interrupted. bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be canceled. The chime will sound and the “Unavail- 5-104 Starting and driving able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning ICC system malfunction tion. . message will appear in the vehicle infor- If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be Do not alter, remove, or paint the front mation display. turned off automatically, a chime will bumper. Action to take: sound, and the speed control status Before customizing or restoring the front If the warning message appears, stop the warning (orange) will illuminate. bumper, it is recommended that you visit vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever Action to take: a NISSAN dealer. in the P (Park) position, and turn the If the warning illuminates, stop the vehicle The camera sensor is located above the engine off. When the radar signal is inside mirror. in a safe place. Turn the engine off, restart temporarily interrupted, clean the sensor the engine and set the ICC system again. To keep the proper operation of the area of the front bumper and restart the If it is not possible to set the ICC system or systems and prevent a system malfunc- engine. If the “Unavailable: Front Radar the warning stays on, it may be a tion, be sure to observe the following: Obstruction” warning message continues malfunction. Although the normal driving . to be displayed, have the system checked. Always keep the windshield clean. can be continued, the ICC system should . Do not attach a sticker (including It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN be inspected. It is recommended that you dealer for this service. transparent material) or install an visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. accessory near the camera unit. Condition C: ICC sensor maintenance . Do not place reflective materials, such When driving on roads with limited road as white paper or a mirror, on the structures or buildings (for example, long The radar sensor is located on the front of instrument panel. The reflection of bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next the vehicle. sunlight may adversely affect the to long walls), the system may illuminate To keep the ICC system operating prop- camera unit’s capability of detecting the system warning light and display the erly, be sure to observe the following: the lane markers. “Unavailable: Front Radar Obstruction” . Always keep the sensor area clean. . Do not strike or damage the areas message. . Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch Action to take: around the sensor. the camera lens or remove the screw When the above driving conditions no . Do not attach a sticker (including located on the camera unit. longer exist, turn the system back on. transparent material) or install an If the camera unit is damaged due to an accessory near the sensor. This could accident, it is recommended that you visit cause failure or malfunction. a NISSAN dealer. . Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunc- Starting and driving 5-105 STEERING ASSIST . The steering assist is intended for assist except in appropriate road use on well-developed freeways and traffic conditions. or highways with gentle (moder- WARNING ate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident,do not use this system Steering assist operation Failure to follow the warnings and on local or non-highway roads. The steering assist controls the steering instructions for proper use of the . The steering assist only steers system to help keep your vehicle near the steering assist could result in serious center of the lane when driving. The injury or death. the vehicle to maintain its position in the center of a lane. The steering assist is combined with the . The steering assist is not a repla- vehicle will not steer to avoid Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. cement for proper driving proce- objects in the road in front of For additional information, see “Intelligent dures and is not designed to the vehicle or to avoid a vehicle Cruise Control (ICC) (models with ProPI- correct careless, inattentive or moving into your lane. LOT assist)” (P.5-97). absent-minded driving. The . It is the driver’s responsibility to The steering assist can be activated when steering assist will not always stay alert, drive safely, keep the the following conditions are met: steer the vehicle to keep it in the vehicle in the traveling lane, and . The ICC system is activated. lane. It is not designed to prevent be in control of the vehicle at all . Lane markers on both sides are clearly loss of control. It is the driver’s times. Never take your hands off detected. responsibility to stay alert, drive the steering wheel when driving. . safely, keep the vehicle in the A vehicle ahead is detected (when the Always keep your hands on the vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 traveling lane, and be in control steering wheel and drive your of the vehicle at all times. MPH (60 km/h)). vehicle safely. . The driver grips the steering wheel. . As there is a performance limit to . Always drive carefully and atten- . The vehicle is driven at the center of the steering assist’s capability, tively when using the steering never rely solely on the system. the lane. assist. Read and understand the . The turn signals are not operated. The steering assist does not func- Owner’s Manual thoroughly be- . The windshield wiper is not operated tion in all driving, traffic, weather, fore using the steering assist. To in the low or high speed operation and road conditions. Always drive avoid serious injury or death, do (the steering assist function is dis- safely, pay attention to the op- not rely on the system to prevent abled after the wiper operates for eration of the vehicle, and manu- accidents or to control the vehi- approximately 10 seconds). ally control your vehicle cle’s speed in emergency situa- appropriately. tions. Do not use the steering 5-106 Starting and driving assist by the color of the indicator Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . Steering assist indicator (gray): When a curve or strong cross wind Steering assist standby exceeds the capabilities of the Steering . Steering assist indicator (green): Assist and your vehicle approaches either Steering assist active the left or the right side of the traveling . Steering assist indicator (orange): lane, a warning chime sounds and the I-LI Steering assist malfunction indicator light (orange) on the instrument 3. Lane marker indicator panel flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system automatically applies the Indicates whether the system detects brakes for a short period of time to help the lane marker . assist the driver to return the vehicle to Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane the center of the traveling lane. This markers not detected action is in addition to any Steering Assist . Lane marker indicator (green): Lane actions. For more information, see “Intel- WAF0062X markers detected ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)” (P.5-40). . Lane marker indicator (orange): Steering assist display and indica- Lane departure is detected tors When the steering assist is in operation, 1. Steering assist status indicator/ warn- the steering assist status indicator , the ing steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle infor- Displays the status of the steering mation display turn green. A chime assist by the color of the indicator/ sounds when the steering assist initially warning activates. . Steering assist status indicator (gray): Steering assist standby When the steering assist deactivates, the . Steering assist status indicator steering assist status indicator , the (green): Steering assist active steering assist indicator , and the lane marker indicator on the vehicle infor- . Steering assist status indicator (or- mation display turn gray and a chime ange): Steering assist malfunction sounds twice. 2. Steering assist indicator Indicates the status of the steering Starting and driving 5-107 control of the vehicle again. If the driver still does not respond, the ProPILOT assist turns on the hazard flasher and slows the vehicle to a complete stop. The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by steering, braking, accelerating, or operating the ProPILOT assist switch.

WARNING

Steering assist is not a system for a hands-free driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure to do so could cause a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death.

NOTE: WAO0002X If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmly grips) the steering wheel, the Hands on detection warning (1) appears in the vehicle infor- steering torque sensor may not detect When the Steering assist is activated, it mation display. the driver’s hand(s) on the steering monitors the driver’s steering wheel op- If the driver does not operate the steering wheel and a sequence of warnings eration. wheel after the warning has been dis- may occur. When the driver holds and played, an audible alert sounds and the operates the steering wheel again, the If the steering wheel is not operated or warnings turn off. the driver takes his/her hands off the warning flashes in the vehicle information steering wheel for a period of time, the display, followed by a quick brake application to request the driver to take 5-108 Starting and driving Steering assist limitations snow, water, wheel ruts, — When the headlights are not seams, or lines remaining bright due to dirt on the lens after road repairs (the steer- or the headlights are off in WARNING ing assist could detect these tunnels or darkness items as lane markers) . In the following situations, the — When a sudden change in camera may not detect lane mar- — When driving on roads where brightness occurs (for exam- kers correctly or may detect lane the traveling lane merges or ple, when the vehicle enters or markers incorrectly and the separates exits a tunnel or is under a steering assist may not operate . Do not use the steering assist bridge) properly: under the following conditions — When driving on roads where — When driving on roads where because the system may not the traveling lane merges or there are multiple parallel properly detect lane markers. separates or where there are lane markers, lane markers Doing so could cause a loss of temporary lane markers be- that are faded or not painted vehicle control and result in an cause of road construction accident. clearly, non-standard lane — When there is a lane closure markers, or lane markers cov- — During bad weather (rain, fog, due to road repairs ered with water, dirt, snow, snow, dust, etc.) etc. — When driving on a bumpy road — When rain, snow, sand, etc., is surface, such as an uneven — When driving on roads with thrown up by the wheels of dirt road discontinued lane markers other vehicles — When driving on sharp curves — When driving on roads with a — When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or winding roads widening or narrowing lane or another object adheres to width the camera unit — When driving on repeated uphill and downhill roads — When driving on roads where — When the lens of the camera . there are multiple lanes or unit is foggy Do not use the steering assist unclear lane markers due to under the following conditions road construction — When strong light (for exam- because the system will not op- ple, sunlight or high beams erate properly: — When driving on roads where from oncoming vehicles) — When driving with a tire that is there are sharply contrasting shines on the camera objects, such as shadows, not within normal tire condi- Starting and driving 5-109 tions (for example, tire wear, year. It is recommended that you Steering assist cancel abnormal tire pressure, instal- visit your NISSAN dealer for the Under the following conditions, the steer- lation of a spare tire, tire correct parts for your vehicle. ing assist cancels, and the steering assist chains, non-standard wheels) status indicator and the steering assist — When the vehicle is equipped Steering Assist temporary standby indicator turn off: . When unusual lane markers appear in with non-original brake or Automatic standby due to driving op- the traveling lane or when the lane suspension parts eration: marker cannot be correctly detected — When an object such as a When the driver activates the turn signal, for some time due to certain condi- sticker or cargo obstructs the the Steering Assist is temporarily placed tions (for example, a snow rut, the camera in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist reflection of light on a rainy day, the — When excessively heavy bag- restarts automatically when the operat- presence of several unclear lane mar- gage is loaded in the rear seat ing conditions are met again.) kers) or luggage area of your vehi- Automatic standby: . When the windshield wiper operates cle In the following cases, a warning mes- in the low or high speed operation — When the vehicle load capa- sage is displayed along with the chime, (the steering assist is disabled when city is exceeded and the Steering Assist is placed in a the wiper operates for more than temporary standby mode. (The Steering approximately 10 seconds) . Excessive noise will interfere with Assist restarts automatically when the Action to take: the warning chime sound, and operating conditions are met again.) the beep may not be heard. Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL . When lane markers on both sides are switch. When the conditions listed above . For the ProPILOT assist system to no longer detected are no longer present, turn the ICC operate properly, the windshield . system on again. in front of the camera must be When a vehicle ahead is no longer clean. Replace worn wiper blades. detected under approximately 37 MPH (60 km/h) Steering assist malfunction The correct size wiper blades When the system malfunctions, it turns must be used to help make sure off automatically. The steering assist the windshield is kept clean. Only status warning (orange) illuminates. A use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, chime may sound depending on the or equivalent wiper blades, that situation. are specifically designed for use on your vehicle model and model 5-110 Starting and driving Action to take: If the camera unit is damaged due to an 1. This device may not cause harmful Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place accident, it is recommendedthat you visit interference, and the shift lever in the P (Park) position, turn a NISSAN dealer. 2. This device must accept any interfer- the engine off, restart the engine, resume Radio frequency statement: ence received, including interference driving, and set the ICC system again. If that may cause undesired operation. For USA the warning (orange) continues to illumi- Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR FCC ID OAYARS4B nate, the steering assist is malfunctioning. d’Industrie Canada applicables aux appa- Although the vehicle is still drivable under This device complies with Part 15 of the reils radio exempts de licence. L’exploita- normal conditions, have the system FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion est autorisee aux deux conditions checked. It is recommended that you visit following two conditions: suivantes: a NISSAN dealer for this service. 1. This device may not cause harmful 1. L’appareil ne doit pas produire de Steering assist maintenance interference, and brouillage, et The camera is located above the inside 2. This device must accept any interfer- 2. L’utilisateur de l’appareil doit accepter mirror. ence received, including interference tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, that may cause undesired operation. To keep the proper operation of the meme si le brouillage est susceptible system and prevent a system malfunc- FCC Warning d’en compromettre le fonctionne- tion, be sure to observe the following: Changes or modifications not expressly ment. . Always keep the windshield clean. approved by the party responsible for Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure In- compliance could void the user’s author- formation: . Do not attach a sticker (including ity to operate the equipment. transparent material) or install an This equipment complies with FCC radia- accessory near the camera unit. For Canada tion exposure limits set forth for an . Do not place reflective materials, such Model: ARS4–B uncontrolled environment. as white paper or a mirror, on the IC: 4135A-ARS4B This equipment should be installed and instrument panel. The reflection of operated with minimum distance of 30 sunlight may adversely affect the FCC ID: OAYARS4B cm between the radiator and your body. camera unit’s capability of detecting This device complies with Part 15 of the The transmitter must not be co-located the lane markers. FCC Rules and with Industry Canada or operating in conjunction with any . Do not strike or damage the areas licenceexempt RSS standard(s). Operation other antenna or transmitter. is subject to the following two conditions: around the camera unit. Do not touch Cet equipement est conforme aux limites the camera lens or remove the screw d’exposition aux rayonnements IC eta- located on the camera unit. Starting and driving 5-111 blies pour un environnement non con- the vehicle-to-vehicle distance is trole. Cet equipement doit etre installe et detected. utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de . distance entre la source de rayonnement Pay special attention to the dis- et votre corps. tance between your vehicle and the vehicle a head of you or a FCC Notice collision could occur. Changes or modifications not expressly . Always confirm the setting in the approved by the party responsible for ICC system display. compliance could void the user’s author- . ity to operate the equipment. Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) when driving under the following CRUISE CONTROL MODE conditions: NOTE: — When it is not possible to keep WAF0063X ProPILOT assist provides no approach the vehicle at a set speed warnings, automatic braking, or steer- — In heavy traffic or in traffic Conventional (fixed speed) cruise ing assist in the conventional (fixed that varies in speed speed) cruise control mode. control switches — On winding or hilly roads This mode allows driving at a speed 1. RES+ switch: between 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h) — On slippery roads (rain, snow, Resumes set speed or increases speed without keeping your foot on the accel- ice, etc.) incrementally erator pedal. — In very windy areas 2. CANCEL switch: . Doing so could cause a loss of Deactivates the system without eras- WARNING vehicle control and result in an ing the set speed accident. 3. ProPILOT Assist switch: . In the conventional (fixed speed) Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on cruise control mode, a warning or off chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the 4. SET- switch: vehicle ahead, as neither the pre- Sets desired cruise speed or reduces sence of the vehicle ahead nor speed incrementally 5-112 Starting and driving . Cruise control warning (yellow): In- dicates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system 2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed.

WAF0064X WAF0065X

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise Operating conventional (fixed control mode display and indica- speed) cruise control mode tors To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) The display is located in the vehicle cruise control mode, push and hold the information display. ProPILOT assist switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds. 1. Cruise indicator: When pushing the ProPILOT assist switch This indicator indicates the condition on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise of the ICC system depending on a control mode display and indicators are color. . displayed in the vehicle information dis- Cruise control ON indicator (gray): play. After you hold the ProPILOT assist Indicates that the ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than about 1.5 switch is on seconds, the ICC system display turns . Cruise control SET indicator (green): off. The cruise indicator appears. You can Indicates that the cruising speed is now set your desired cruising speed. set Pushing the ProPILOT assist switch again Starting and driving 5-113 will turn the system completely off. When following methods: the ignition switch is placed in the OFF 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle position, the system is also automatically speed indicator will turn off. turned off. 2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle To use the ICC system again, quickly push speed indicator will turn off. and release the ProPILOT assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control 3. Turn the ProPILOT assist switch off. mode) or push and hold it (conventional Both the cruise indicator and vehicle cruise control mode) again to turn it on. speed indicator will turn off. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: WARNING 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, To avoid accidentally engaging push and release the SET- switch. cruise control, make sure to turn WAF0066X the ProPILOT assist switch off when 2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When not using the ICC system. To set cruising speed, accelerate your the vehicle attains the desired speed, vehicle to the desired speed, push the SET release the switch. — switch and release it. (The color of 3. Push, then quickly release the RES+ the cruise indicator changes to green and switch. Each time you do this, the set set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) speed will increase by about 1 MPH (1.6 Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. km/h). Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. To reset at a slower cruising speed, use . To pass another vehicle, depress the one of the following three methods: accelerator pedal. When you release 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the the pedal, the vehicle will return to the vehicle attains the desired speed, previously set speed. push the SET— switch and release it. . The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep 2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Re- hills. If this happens, manually main- lease the switch when the vehicle tain vehicle speed. slows down to the desired speed. To cancel the preset speed, use any of the

5-114 Starting and driving AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) (if so equipped)

3. Push, then quickly release the SET— switch. Each time you do this, the set WARNING speed will decrease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h). Failure to follow the warnings and To resume the preset speed, push and instructions for proper use of the release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will AEB system could result in serious resume the last set cruising speed when personal injury or death. the vehicle speed is over 25 MPH (40 . km/h). The AEB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the driver’s attention to traffic conditions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driv- JVS1041X ing techniques. . The AEB system does not func- The AEB system uses a radar sensor tion in all driving, traffic, weather located on the front of the vehicle to and road conditions. measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. The AEB system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

Starting and driving 5-115 AEB SYSTEM OPERATION The AEB system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the AEB system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the warning (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the AEB system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force. If the driver does not take action, the AEB system issues the second visual (flashing) (red) and audible warning. If the driver releases the accelerator pedal, then the system applies partial braking. If the risk of a collision becomes immi- JVS1117X nent, the AEB system applies harder AEB emergency warning indicator braking automatically. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left While the AEB system is operating, you side) may hear the sound of brake operation. AEB system warning light (on the meter This is normal and indicates that the AEB panel) system is operating properly.

5-116 Starting and driving NOTE: The vehicle’s stop lights come on when braking is performed by the AEB system. Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable. If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB system will function later or will not function. The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions: . When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision. . When the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When there is no longer a vehicle detected ahead. If the AEB system has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released.

Starting and driving 5-117 TURNING THE AEB SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to turn the AEB system on or off. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. Select “Front” and use the OK button to turn the system on or off. When the AEB system is turned off, the AEB system warning light (orange) illuminates. NOTE: The AEB system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. JVS0971X

AEB system warning light (on the meter panel) Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

5-118 Starting and driving AEB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Dirt, ice, snow or other materi- these cases, the system may not al covering the radar sensor. be able to warn the driver prop- WARNING — Interference by other radar erly. Be sure that you check, clean sources. and clear the sensor area regularly. Listed below are the system limita- — Snow or road spray from tra- . Excessive noise will interfere with tions for the AEB system. Failure to veling vehicles. operate the vehicle in accordance the warning chime sound, and with these system limitations could — If the vehicle ahead is narrow the chime may not be heard. result in serious injury or death. (e.g. motorcycle) . The AEB system cannot detect all — When driving on a steep vehicles under all conditions. downhill slope or roads with sharp curves. . The radar sensor does not detect the following objects: . In some road or traffic conditions, the AEB system may unexpect- — Pedestrians, animals or obsta- edly apply partial braking. When cles in the roadway acceleration is necessary, con- — Oncoming vehicles tinue to depress the accelerator — Crossing vehicles pedal to override the system. . . The AEB system may react to a The radar sensor has some per- roadside object (traffic sign, formance limitations. If a station- guard rail etc.). ary vehicle is in the vehicle’s path, . the AEB system will not function Braking distances increase on when the vehicle is driven at slippery surfaces. speeds over approximately 50 . The system is designed to auto- MPH (80 km/h). matically check the sensor’s func- . The radar sensor may not detect tionality, within certain a vehicle ahead in the following limitations. The system may not conditions: detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, for example. In

Starting and driving 5-119 SSD0253 JVS0972X

When driving on some roads, such as SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE roads which are under construction, the Condition A sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a When the radar sensor picks up interfer- vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause ence from another radar source, making the system to work inappropriately. it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the AEB system is automatically turned The detection of vehicles may also be off. affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the The AEB system warning light (orange) lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this will illuminate. occurs, the system may warn you by Action to take blinking the system indicator and When the above conditions no longer sounding the chime unexpectedly. You exist, the AEB system will resume auto- will have to manually control the proper matically. distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead. 5-120 Starting and driving Condition B Action to take In the following conditions, the “Unavail- When the VDC system is ON, the AEB able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning system will resume automatically. message will appear in the vehicle infor- SYSTEM MALFUNCTION mation display. . If the AEB system malfunctions, it will be The sensor area on the front of the turned off automatically, a chime will vehicle is covered with dirt or is sound, the AEB system warning light obstructed. (orange) will illuminate and the “Malfunc- Action to take tion” warning message will appear in the If the message appears, stop the vehicle vehicle information display. in a safe place and turn the engine off. Action to take: Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the If the AEB system warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe engine. If the warning message continues JVS1041X to illuminate, have the AEB system location. Turn the engine off and restart checked. It is recommended that you visit the engine. If the warning light continues SYSTEM MAINTENANCE a NISSAN dealer for this service. to illuminate, have the AEB system checked. It is recommended that you visit The sensor is located on the front of . When driving on roads with limited a NISSAN dealer for this service. the vehicle. road structures or buildings (for ex- To keep the system operating properly, ample, long bridges, deserts, snow be sure to observe the following: fields, driving next to long walls). . Always keep the sensor area on the Action to take front of the vehicle clean. When the above conditions no longer . Do not strike or damage the areas exist, the AEB system will resume auto- around the sensor. matically. . Do not cover or attach stickers or Condition C similar objects on the front of the When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) vehicle near the sensor area. This system is OFF, the AEB brake will not could cause failure or malfunction. operate. In this case only visible and . Do not attach metallic objects near audible warning operates. The AEB sys- the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). tem warning light (orange) will illuminate. This could cause failure or malfunc- Starting and driving 5-121 AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM*

tion. interference that may cause undesired *: if so equipped . Do not alter, remove or paint the front operation of the device. of the vehicle near the sensor area. Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz WARNING Before customizing or restoring the Output power: less than 20 milliwatts sensor area, it is recommended that Failure to follow the warnings and you visit a NISSAN dealer. instructions for proper use of the Radio frequency statement AEB with pedestrian detection sys- For USA tem could result in serious injury or FCC : OAYSRR3B death. This device complies with part 15 of the . The AEB with pedestrian detec- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion system is a supplemental aid following two conditions: to the driver. It is not a replace- (1) This device may not cause harmful ment for the driver’s attention to interference, and (2) this device must traffic conditions or responsibility accept any interference received, in- to drive safely. It cannot prevent cluding interference that may cause accidents due to carelessness or undesired operation. dangerous driving techniques. . FCC Warning The AEB with pedestrian detection system does not function in Changes or modifications not expressly all driving, traffic, weather and approved by the party responsible for road conditions. compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment The AEB with pedestrian detection sys- For Canada tem can assist the driver when there is a Applicable law: Canada 310 risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane or with a This device complies with Industry Ca- pedestrian. nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including 5-122 Starting and driving JVS1042X The AEB with pedestrian detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians, the AEB system uses a camera installed behind the windshield in addition to the radar sensor.

Starting and driving 5-123 AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION The AEB with pedestrian detection system will function when your vehicle is driven at speeds above approximately 3 MPH (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection function, the AEB with pedestrian detection system operates at speeds between 6 – 37 MPH (10 – 60 km/h). If a risk of a forward collision is detected, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will firstly provide the warning to the driver by flashing the warning (yellow) in the vehicle information display and providing an audible alert. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully after the warning, and the AEB with pedestrian detection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force. JVS1117X If the driver does not take action, the AEB AEB emergency warning indicator with pedestrian detection system issues Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left the second visual (flashing) (red) and side) audible warning. If the driver releases AEB system warning light (on the meter the accelerator pedal, then the system panel) applies partial braking. If the risk of a collision becomes immi- nent, the AEB with pedestrian detection system applies harder braking automati- 5-124 Starting and driving cally. If the AEB with pedestrian detection While the AEB with pedestrian detection system has stopped the vehicle, the system is operating, you may hear the vehicle will remain at a standstill for sound of brake operation. This is normal approximately 2 seconds before the and indicates that the AEB with pedes- brakes are released. trian detection system is operating properly. NOTE: The vehicle’s stop lights come on when braking is performed by the AEB with pedestrian detection system. Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the system may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the consequences of a collision should one be unavoidable. If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will function later or will not function. The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions: . When the steering wheel is turned as far as necessary to avoid a collision. . When the accelerator pedal is depressed. . When there is no longer a vehicle or pedestrian detected ahead.

Starting and driving 5-125 TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDES- TRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to turn the AEB with pedestrian detection system on or off. 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press “OK” button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the “OK” button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the “OK” button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. Select “Front” and use the OK button to turn the system on or off. When the AEB with pedestrian detection system is turned off, the AEB with pedestrian detection system warning light illuminates . JVS0971X NOTE: . The AEB with pedestrian detection AEB system warning light (on the meter panel) system will be automatically turned ON when the engine is restarted. Vehicle information display Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

5-126 Starting and driving AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION — Obstacles on the roadway . The AEB with pedestrian detec- SYSTEM LIMITATIONS — Oncoming vehicles tion system may not function if the vehicle ahead is narrow (for — Crossing vehicles WARNING example a motorcycle). — Obstacles on the roadside . The AEB with pedestrian detection system may not function if . The AEB with pedestrian detec- Listed below are the system limita- speed difference between the tion system has some perfor- tions for the AEB with pedestrian two vehicles is too small. detection system. Failure to operate mance limitations. . The radar sensor may not func- the vehicle in accordance with these — If a stationary vehicle is in the tion properly or detect a vehicle system limitations could result in vehicle’s path, the AEB with ahead in the following conditions: serious injury or death. pedestrian detection system . The AEB with pedestrian detec- will not function when the — Poor visibility (conditions such tion system cannot detect all vehicle is driven at speeds as rain, snow, fog, dust vehicles or pedestrians under all over approximately 50 MPH storms, sandstorms, and road conditions. (80 km/h). spray from other vehicles) . The AEB with pedestrian detec- — For pedestrian detection, the — Driving on a steep downhill tion system does not detect the AEB with pedestrian detection slope or roads with sharp following objects: system will not function when curves. — Small pedestrians (including the vehicle is driven at speeds — Driving on a bumpy road sur- small children), animals and over approximately 37 MPH face, such as an uneven dirt cyclists. (60 km/h) or below approxi- road. mately 6 MPH (10 km/h). — If dirt, ice, snow or other ma- — Pedestrians in wheelchairs or . using mobile transport such The AEB with pedestrian detec- terial is covering the radar as scooters, child-operated tion system may not function for sensor area. toys, or skateboards. pedestrians in darkness or in tunnels, even if there is street — Interference by other radar — Pedestrians who are seated or lighting in the area. sources. otherwise not in a full upright . For pedestrians, the AEB with . The camera may not function standing or walking position. pedestrian detection system will properly or detect a vehicle not issue the first warning. ahead in the following conditions:

Starting and driving 5-127 — The camera area of wind- tions: . Excessive noise will interfere with shield is fogged up, or covered — The vehicle is driven on a the warning chime sound, and with dirt, water drops, ice, slippery road. the chime may not be heard. snow, etc. — The vehicle is driven on a — Strong light (for example, sun- slope. light or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the — Excessively heavy baggage is front camera. Strong light loaded in the rear seat or the causes the area around the cargo area of your vehicle. pedestrian to be cast in a . The system is designed to auto- shadow, making it difficult to matically check the sensor (radar see. and camera)’s functionality, with- — A sudden change in bright- in certain limitations. The system ness occurs. (For example, may not detect blockage of sen- when the vehicle enters or sor areas covered by ice, snow or exits a tunnel or a shaded stickers, for example. In these area or lightning flashes.) cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. — The poor contrast of a person Be sure that you check, clean and to the background, such as clear sensor areas regularly. having clothing color or pat- . tern which is similar to the In some road and traffic condi- background. tions, the AEB system may unexpectedly apply partial braking. — The pedestrian’s profile is par- When acceleration is necessary, tially obscured or unidentifi- depress the accelerator pedal to able due to the pedestrian override the system. transporting cargo, wearing . The AEB system may react a bulky or very loose-fitting roadside object (traffic sign, clothing or accessories. guard rail etc.) . The system performance may . Braking distances increase on degrade in the following condi- slippery surfaces. 5-128 Starting and driving SSD0253 JVS0972X

When driving on some roads, such as SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- winding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or ABLE roads which are under construction, the sensor may detect vehicles in a different Condition A lane, or may temporarily not detect a In the following conditions, the warning vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause light will blink and the system will be the system to work inappropriately. turned off automatically. The detection of vehicles may also be . The radar sensor picks up interference affected by vehicle operation (steering from another radar source. maneuver or traveling position in the . The camera area of windshield is lane, etc.) or vehicle condition. If this misted or frozen. occurs, the system may warn you by . Strong light is shining from the front. blinking the system indicator and . sounding the chime unexpectedly. You The cabin temperature is over ap- will have to manually control the proper proximately 104°F (40°C) in direct sun- distance away from the vehicle travel- light. ing ahead. Starting and driving 5-129 . The camera area of windshield glass is dealer for this service. Action to take: continuously covered with dirt, etc. . When driving on roads with limited If the warning light (orange) comes on, Action to take: road structures or buildings (for ex- stop the vehicle in a safe location. Turn When the above conditions no longer ample, long bridges, deserts, snow the engine off and restart the engine. If exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection fields, driving next to long walls). the warning light continues to illuminate, system will resume automatically. Action to take: have the AEB with pedestrian detection system checked. It is recommended that NOTE: When the above conditions no longer you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. When the inside of the windshield on exist, the AEB with pedestrian detection camera area is misted or frozen, it will system will resume automatically. take a period of time to remove it after Condition C air conditioner turns on. If dirt appears on this area, it is recommended you When VDC system is OFF, the AEB brake visit a NISSAN dealer. will not operate. In this case only visible and audible warning operates. The AEB Condition B system warning light (orange) will illumi- In the following condition, the “Unavail- nate. able: Front Radar Obstruction” warning Action to take: message will appear in the vehicle information display. When VDC system is ON, the AEB with pedestrian detection system will resume . The sensor area of the front of the automatically. vehicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed SYSTEM MALFUNCTION Action to take: If the AEB with pedestrian detection If the message appears, stop the vehicle system malfunctions, it will be turned off in a safe place and turn the engine off. automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB Clean the radar cover on the front of the system warning light will (orange) will vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the illuminate and the warning message engine. If the warning message continues “Malfunction” will appear in the vehicle to illuminate, have the AEB with pedes- information display. trian detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN

5-130 Starting and driving could cause failure or malfunction. For Canada . Do not attach metallic objects near Applicable law: Canada 310 the radar sensor area (brush guard, This device complies with Industry Ca- etc.). This could cause failure or mal- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). function. Operation is subject to the following . Do not place reflective materials, such two conditions: (1) this device may not as white paper or a mirror, on the cause interference, and (2) this device instrument panel. The reflection of must accept any interference, including sunlight may adversely affect the interference that may cause undesired camera unit’s detection capability. operation of the device. . Do not alter, remove or paint the front Frequency bands: 24.05 – 24.25GHz of the vehicle near the sensor area. Before customizing or restoring the Output power: less than 20 milliwatts sensor area, it is recommended that JVS1042X you visit a NISSAN dealer. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Radio frequency statement The radar sensor is located on the front For USA of the vehicle. The camera is located on FCC : OAYSRR3B the upper side of the windshield. This device complies with part 15 of the To keep the AEB with pedestrian detec- FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the tion system operating properly, be sure to following two conditions: observe the following: (1) This device may not cause harmful . Always keep the sensor area on the interference, and (2) this device must front of the vehicle and windshield accept any interference received, in- clean. cluding interference that may cause . Do not strike or damage the areas undesired operation. around the sensors (ex. bumper, wind- FCC Warning shield). Changes or modifications not expressly . Do not cover or attach stickers or approved by the party responsible for similar objects on the front of the compliance could void the user’s vehicle near the sensor area. This authority to operate the equipment Starting and driving 5-131 REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB) (if so equipped)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death. . The RAB system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for proper driving procedures. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB WAF0077X system. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, The RAB system detects obstacles behind and be in control of the vehicle at the vehicle using the rear sonar located all times. on the rear bumper. . There is a limitation to the RAB NOTE: system capability. The RAB sys- You can temporarily cancel the sonar tem is not effective in all situa- function in the vehicle, but the RAB tions. system will continue to operate. For additional information, see“Rear sonar The RAB system can assist the driver system (RSS)” (P.5-152). when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

5-132 Starting and driving RAB SYSTEM OPERATION When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than approximately 9 MPH (15 km/h), the RAB system operates. If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (models with the Intelligent Around View Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then automatically apply the brakes. After the automatic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure. NOTE: . The stop lights of the vehicle come on when braking is performed by the RAB system. . When the brakes operate, a noise WAF0068X may be heard. This is not a malfunction. RAB system warning light and RAB system warning indicator TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left Perform the following steps to turn the side) RAB system ON or OFF. Center display (if so equipped)

Starting and driving 5-133 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Driving Aids” and press the OK button. 3. Select “Emergency Brake” and press the OK button. 4. To set the RAB system to on or off, use the OK button to check the box for “Rear.” When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system warning light illuminates. NOTE: The RAB system will be automatically turned on when the engine is restarted. RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death. WAF0069X . When the vehicle approaches an obstacle while the accelerator or

5-134 Starting and driving brake pedal is depressed, the — Objects that suddenly appear — There is a structure (e.g., a function may not operate or the — Thin objects such as rope, wall, toll gate equipment, a start of the operation may be wire, chain, etc. narrow tunnel, a parking lot delayed. The RAB system may gate) near the side of the not operate or may not perform . The RAB system may not operate vehicle. sufficiently due to vehicle condi- for the following obstacles: — There are bumps, protrusions, tions, driving conditions, the traf- — Obstacles located high off the or manhole covers on the fic environment, the weather, ground road surface. road surface conditions, etc. Do not wait for the system to oper- — Obstacles in a position offset — The vehicle drives through a ate. Operate the brake pedal by from your vehicle draped flag or a curtain. yourself as soon as necessary. — Obstacles, such as spongy — There is an accumulation of . If it is necessary to override RAB materials or snow, that have snow or ice behind the vehi- operation, strongly press the ac- soft outer surfaces and can cle. celerator pedal. easily absorb a sound wave — An ultrasonic wave source, . Always check your surroundings . The RAB system may not operate such as another vehicle’s so- and turn to check what is behind in the following conditions: nar, is near the vehicle. you before and while backing up. — There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, . The RAB system detects station- Once the automatic brake control etc., attached to the sonar operates, it does not operate ary objects behind the vehicle. sensors. The RAB system does not detect again if the vehicle approaches the following objects: — A loud sound is heard in the the same obstacle. area around the vehicle. . — Moving objects The automatic brake control can — The surface of the obstacle is only operate for a short period of — Low objects diagonal to the rear of the time. Therefore, the driver must — Narrow objects vehicle. depress the brake pedal. . — Wedge-shaped objects . The RAB system may uninten- In the following situations, the tionally operate in the following RAB system may not operate — Objects close to the bumper conditions: properly or may not function (less than approximately 1 ft sufficiently: [30 cm]) — There is overgrown grass in the area around the vehicle. Starting and driving 5-135 — The vehicle is driven in bad — The vehicle is towed. SYSTEM MALFUNCTION weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). — The vehicle is carried on a If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be — The vehicle is driven on a flatbed truck. turned off automatically, the RAB system steep hill. warning light will illuminate, and the — The vehicle is on the chassis “Malfunction” warning message will ap- — The vehicle’s posture is chan- dynamometer. pear in the vehicle information display. ged (e.g., when driving over a — The vehicle drives on an un- bump). Action to take even road surface. — The vehicle is driven on a If the warning light illuminates, park the — Suspension parts other than slippery road. vehicle in a safe location, turn the engine those designated as genuine off, and restart the engine. If the warning — The vehicle is turned sharply parts are used. (If the vehicle light continues to illuminate, have the by turning the steering wheel height or the vehicle body RAB system checked. It is recommended fully. inclination is changed, the that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this — Snow chains are used. system may not detect an service. obstacle correctly.) NOTE: — Wheels or tires other than . NISSAN recommended are Excessive noise (e.g., audio sys- If the RAB system cannot be operated used. tem volume, an open vehicle win- temporarily, the RAB system warning dow) will interfere with the chime light blinks. — The brakes are cold at low sound, and it may not be heard. ambient temperatures or immediately after driving has started. — The braking force becomes poor due to wet brakes after driving through a puddle or washing the vehicle. . Turn the RAB system off in the following conditions to prevent the occurrence of an unexpected accident resulting from sudden system operation: 5-136 Starting and driving BREAK-IN SCHEDULE

. Do not install any stickers (including transparent stickers) or accessories CAUTION on the rear sonar and their surrounding areas. This may cause a malfunction or improper operation. During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km), follow these recommendations to obtain maximum engine performance and ensure the future relia- bility and economy of your new vehicle. Failure to follow these recommendations may result in shor- tened engine life and reduced engine performance.

. Avoid driving for long periods at constant speed, either fast or slow. Do not WAF0077X run the engine over 4,000 rpm. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE . Do not accelerate at full throttle in any gear. Observe the following items to ensure . proper operation of the system: Avoid quick starts. . . Avoid hard braking as much as possi- Always keep the rear sonar clean. ble. . If the rear sonar are dirty, wipe them off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them. . Do not subject the area around the rear sonar to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the rear sonar. If the rear sonar and peripheral areas are deformed in an accident, etc., have the sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Starting and driving 5-137 FUEL EFFICIENT DRIVING TIPS

. Follow these easy-to-use Fuel Efficient Recirculating the cool air in the 7. Avoid idling. Driving Tips to help you achieve the most cabin when the A/C is on reduces . Shutting off your engine when safe fuel economy from your vehicle. cooling load. for stops exceeding 30-60 seconds 1. Use smooth accelerator and brake 4. Drive at economical speeds and dis- saves fuel and reduces emissions. pedal application. tances. 8. Buy an automated pass for toll roads. . . Avoid rapid starts and stops. Observing the speed limit and not . Automated passes permit drivers to . Use smooth, gentle accelerator and exceeding 60 MPH (97 km/h) use special lanes to maintain cruis- brake application whenever possi- (where legally allowed) can improve ing speed through the toll and ble. fuel efficiency due to reduced aero- avoid stopping and starting. . dynamic drag. Maintain constant speed while 9. Winter warm up. commuting and coast whenever . Maintaining a safe following dis- . Limit idling time to minimize impact possible. tance behind other vehicles reduces unnecessary braking. to fuel economy. 2. Maintain constant speed. . . Safely monitoring traffic to antici- Vehicles typically need no more . Look ahead to try and anticipate pate changes in speed permits than 30 seconds of idling at start- and minimize stops. up to effectively circulate the en- . reduced braking and smooth accel- Synchronizing your speed with traf- eration changes. gine oil before driving. fic lights allows you to reduce your . . Select a gear range suitable to road Your vehicle will reach its ideal number of stops. conditions. operating temperature more . Maintaining a steady speed can quickly while driving versus idling. minimize red light stops and im- 5. Use cruise control. . 10. Keeping your vehicle cool. prove fuel efficiency. Using cruise control during highway . driving helps maintain a steady Park your vehicle in a covered 3. Use air conditioning (A/C) at higher speed. parking area or in the shade when- vehicle speeds. ever possible. . Cruise control is particularly effec- . Below 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more . tive in providing fuel savings when When entering a hot vehicle, open- efficient to open windows to cool driving on flat terrains. ing the windows will help to reduce the vehicle due to reduced engine the inside temperature faster, re- load. 6. Plan for the shortest route. sulting in reduced demand on your . . Above 40 MPH (64 km/h), it is more Utilize a map or navigation system A/C system. efficient to use A/C to cool the to determine the best route to save vehicle due to increased aerody- time. namic drag.

5-138 Starting and driving INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY INTELLIGENT 4X4 (if so equipped)

. Keep your engine tuned up. If any malfunction occurs in the Intelligent . Follow the recommended scheduled 4x4 system while the engine is running, maintenance. warning messages appear in the vehicle . Keep the tires inflated to the correct information display. pressure. Low tire pressure increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. . Keep the wheels in correct alignment. Improper alignment increases tire wear and lowers fuel economy. . Use the recommended viscosity engine oil. (See “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” (P.10-5).)

JVS1120X If the “AWD Error” warning appears, there may be a malfunction in the In- telligent 4x4 system. Reduce vehicle speed and have your vehicle checked by a NISSAN dealer as soon as possible. The “AWD High Temp. Stop vehicle” (high temperature) warning may appear while trying to free a stuck vehicle due Starting and driving 5-139 to increased oil temperature. The driving . Do not attempt to test an AWD mended that you visit a NISSAN mode may change to Two-Wheel Drive equipped vehicle on a 2–wheel dealer for this service. (2WD). If this warning is displayed, stop dynamometer (such as the dy- . If the “AWD Error” warning ap- the vehicle with the engine idling, as soon namometers used by some as it is safe to do so. Then if the warning pears while driving, there may be states for emissions testing) or a malfunction in the AWD system. turns off, you can continue driving. similar equipment even if the The “Tire Size Incorrect” warning may other two wheels are raised off Reduce the vehicle speed and appear if there is a large difference the ground. Make sure that you have your vehicle checked as between the diameters of front and rear inform the test facility personnel soon as possible. It is recom- wheels. Pull off the road in a safe area, that your vehicle is equipped with mended that you visit a NISSAN with the engine idling. Check that all tire AWD before it is placed on a dealer for this service. sizes are the same, that the tire pressure dynamometer. Using the wrong . Never drive on dry, hard surface is correct and that the tires are not test equipment may result in roads in the LOCK mode, as this excessively worn. Turn off the Intelligent drive train damage or unex- will overload the powertrain and 4x4 LOCK switch and do not drive fast. pected vehicle movement which may cause a serious malfunction. If any warning message continues to be could result in serious vehicle displayed, have your vehicle checked by a damage or personal injury. NISSAN dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING CAUTION . . For AWD equipped vehicles, do Do not operate the engine on a not attempt to raise two wheels free roller when any of the wheels off the ground and shift the raised. transmission to any drive or re- . The power train may be damaged verse position with the engine if you continue driving with the running. Doing so may result in “AWD Error” warning on. drivetrain damage or unexpected . If the warning message remains vehicle movement which could on after the above operation, result in serious vehicle damage have your vehicle checked as or personal injury. soon as possible. It is recom- 5-140 Starting and driving LOCK mode: The AWD LOCK indicator light will illuminate. AUTO mode: The AWD LOCK indicator light will turn off. Each time you push the switch, the AWD mode will switch: AUTO ? LOCK ? AUTO.

JVS1024X INTELLIGENT 4X4 LOCK SWITCH OPERATIONS The Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is located on the lower side of the instrument panel. This switch is used to select the AUTO or LOCK mode depending on the driving conditions.

Starting and driving 5-141 AWD mode Wheels driven AWD LOCK indicator light Use conditions Distribution of torque to WARNING the front and rear wheels changes automatically, . When driving straight, shift the depending on road condi- For driving on paved AUTO - Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch to tions encountered [ratio; or slippery roads 100 : 0 /? 50 : 50]. This AUTO. Do not operate the Intelli- results in improved driving gent 4x4 LOCK switch when mak- stability.*1 ing a turn or backing up. For driving on rough . Do not operate the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK All-Wheel Drive (AWD) *2*3* roads LOCK switch with the front wheel spinning. *1: When the rotation difference between the . The oil temperature of the powertrain front and rear wheels is large, the AWD . Engine idling speed is high while mode may change from AUTO to LOCK parts will increase if the vehicle is warming up the engine. Be espe- for a while, however, this is not a mal- continuously operated under condi- cially careful when starting or function. tions where the difference in rotation driving on slippery surfaces. between the front and rear wheels is *2: The LOCK mode will change to the AUTO . mode automatically when the vehicle has large (wheel slip), such as when driving When turning the vehicle in LOCK been driven at a high speed. The AWD the vehicle on rough roads, through mode on paved roads, you may LOCK indicator light turns off. sand or mud, or freeing a stuck feel a braking effect. This is a *3: The LOCK mode will automatically be vehicle. In these cases, the master normal condition of the AWD cancelled when the ignition switch is warning light illuminates and the model. placed in the OFF position. AWD mode changes to 2WD to protect . The AWD torque distribution between the powertrain parts. Stop driving the front and rear wheels can be with the engine idling and wait until displayed in the vehicle information the warning light turns off and the display. See “Vehicle information dis- AWD returns to the AUTO mode. If the play” (P.2-19). warning light remains on, have your . If the Intelligent 4x4 LOCK switch is vehicle checked as soon as possible. It operated while accelerating or decel- is recommended that you visit a erating, or if the ignition switch is NISSAN dealer for this service. turned off, you may feel a jolt. This is normal.

5-142 Starting and driving PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

placed into P (Park) for Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) model or in an appropriate gear for Manual Transmission (MT) model. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident. . Make sure the CVT shift lever has been pushed as far forward as it can go and cannot be moved without depressing the foot brake pedal.

SSD0488 1. Firmly apply the parking brake. 2. Continuously Variable Transmission . To help avoid risk of injury or (CVT) models: WARNING death through unintended opera- Move the shift lever to the P (Park) tion of the vehicle and/or its position. . Do not stop or park the vehicle systems, do not leave children, over flammable materials such as people who require the assis- Manual Transmission (MT) models: dry grass, waste paper or rags. tance of others or pets unat- Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) They may ignite and cause a fire. tended in your vehicle. gear. When parking on an uphill grade, . Never leave the engine running Additionally, the temperature in- place the shift lever in the 1st gear. while the vehicle is unattended. side a closed vehicle on a warm 3. To help prevent the vehicle from roll- day can quickly become high . ing into the street when parked on a Do not leave children unattended enough to cause a significant risk inside the vehicle. They could sloping drive way, it is a good practice of injury or death to people and to turn the wheels as illustrated. unknowingly activate switches pets. or controls. Unattended children . HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: . could become involved in serious Safe parking procedures require Turn the wheels into the curb and accidents. that both the parking brake be move the vehicle forward until the applied and the transmission curb side wheel gently touches the Starting and driving 5-143 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING

curb. steering wheel operations that could . HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: WARNING cause the electric power steering to over- Turn the wheels away from the heat. curb and move the vehicle back . If the engine is not running or is You may hear a noise when the steering until the curb side wheel gently turned off while driving, the wheel is operated quickly. However, this is touches the curb. power assist for the steering will not a malfunction. . HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO not work. Steering will be harder If the electric power steering warning CURB: to operate. light illuminates while the engine is Turn the wheels toward the side of . When the electric power steering running, it may indicate the electric the road so the vehicle will move warning light illuminates with the power steering is not functioning prop- away from the center of the road if engine running, the power assist erly and may need servicing. Have the it moves. for the steering will cease opera- electric power steering checked. It is 4. Models with Intelligent Key system: tion. You will still have control of recommended that you visit a NISSAN Place the ignition switch in the OFF the vehicle but the steering will dealer for this service. (See “Electric power position. be harder to operate. steering warning light” (P.2-12).) Models without Intelligent Key sys- When the electric power steering warning tem: The electric power steering is designed to light illuminates with the engine running, provide power assist while driving to the power assist for the steering will Place the ignition switch in the LOCK operate the steering wheel with light cease operation. You will still have control position and remove the key. force. of the vehicle. However, greater steering When the steering wheel is operated effort is needed, especially in sharp turns repeatedly or continuously while parking and at low speeds. or driving at a very low speed, the power The mode of the Power Steering can be assist for the steering wheel will be changed to: reduced. This is to prevent overheating . NORMAL of the electric power steering and protect . SPORT it from getting damaged. While the power For more information, see “Vehicle infor- assist is reduced, steering wheel opera- mation display” (P.2-19). tion will become heavy. When the temperature of the electric power steering goes down, the power assist level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such 5-144 Starting and driving BRAKE SYSTEM

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS Parking brake break-in The brake system has two separate WARNING Break in the parking brake shoes when- hydraulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc- ever the stopping effect of the parking tions, you will still have braking at two . While driving on a slippery sur- brake is weakened or whenever the wheels. face, be careful when braking, parking brake shoes and/or drums/ro- accelerating or downshifting. tors are replaced, in order to assure the Vacuum assisted brakes Abrupt braking or accelerating best braking performance. The brake booster aids braking by using could cause the wheels to skid This procedure is described in the vehicle engine vacuum. If the engine stops, you and result in an accident. service manual. It is recommended you can stop the vehicle by depressing the . If the engine is not running or is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. brake pedal. However, greater foot pres- turned off while driving, the sure on the brake pedal will be required to power assist for the brakes will stop the vehicle and the stopping dis- not work. Braking will be harder. tance will be longer. Using the brakes Wet brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake When the vehicle is washed or driven pedal while driving. This will cause over- through water, the brakes may get wet. heating of the brakes, wearing out the As a result, your braking distance will be brake pads faster and reduce gas mile- longer and the vehicle may pull to one age. side during braking. To help reduce brake wear and to prevent To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe the brakes from overheating, reduce speed while lightly tapping the brake speed and downshift to a lower gear pedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this until before going down a slope or long grade. the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving Overheated brakes may reduce braking the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes performance and could result in loss of function correctly. vehicle control.

Starting and driving 5-145 BRAKE ASSIST

BRAKE ASSIST faces even with ABS. Stopping venting each wheel from locking, the When the force applied to the brake pedal distances may also be longer on system helps the driver maintain steering exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is rough, gravel or snow covered control and helps to minimize swerving activated generating greater braking roads, or if you are using tire and spinning on slippery surfaces. force than a conventional brake booster chains. Always maintain a safe Using the system even with light pedal force. distance from the vehicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. responsible for safety. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. WARNING . Tire type and condition may also The ABS will operate to prevent the affect braking effectiveness. The Brake Assist is only an aid to wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle assist braking operation and is not a — When replacing tires, install to avoid obstacles. collision warning or avoidance de- the specified size of tires on all four wheels. vice. It is the driver’s responsibility to WARNING stay alert, drive safely and be in — When installing a spare tire, control of the vehicle at all times. make sure that it is the proper Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing size and type as specified on so may result in increased stopping the Tire and Loading Informa- ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) distances. tion label. See “Tire and Load- ing Information label” (P.10- WARNING 10) of this manual. Self-test feature — For detailed information, see . The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec- The Anti-lock Braking System “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29) of tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a (ABS) is a sophisticated device, this manual. computer. The computer has a built-in but it cannot prevent accidents diagnostic feature that tests the system resulting from careless or dan- The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con- each time you start the engine and move gerous driving techniques. It can the vehicle at a low speed in forward or help maintain vehicle control dur- trols the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on reverse. When the self-test occurs, you ing braking on slippery surfaces. may hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel a Remember that stopping dis- slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies pulsation in the brake pedal. This is tances on slippery surfaces will normal and does not indicate a malfunc- be longer than on normal sur- the brake fluid pressure to prevent each wheel from locking and sliding. By pre- tion. If the computer senses a malfunc- 5-146 Starting and driving VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi- The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys- . The road may be slippery or the nates the ABS warning light on the tem uses various sensors to monitor system may determine some action instrument panel. The brake system then driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under is required to help keep the vehicle on operates normally, but without anti-lock certain driving conditions, the VDC sys- the steered path. assistance. tem helps to perform the following func- . You may feel a pulsation in the brake If the ABS warning light illuminates during tions. pedal and hear a noise or vibration the self-test or while driving, have the . Controls brake pressure to reduce from under the hood. This is normal vehicle checked. It is recommended you wheel slip on one slipping drive wheel and indicates that the VDC system is visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. so power is transferred to a non working properly. slipping drive wheel on the same axle. . Adjust your speed and driving to the Normal operation . Controls brake pressure and engine road conditions. The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6 output to reduce drive wheel slip If a malfunction occurs in the system, the MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies based on vehicle speed (traction con- VDC warning light illuminates in the according to road conditions. trol function). instrument panel. The VDC system auto- When the ABS senses that one or more . Controls brake pressure at individual matically turns off. wheels are close to locking up, the wheels and engine output to help the The VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the actuator rapidly applies and releases driver maintain control of the vehicle VDC system. The VDC off indicator hydraulic pressure. This action is similar in the following conditions: illuminates to indicate the VDC system is to pumping the brakes very quickly. You — understeer (vehicle tends to not off. When the VDC switch is used to turn may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal follow the steered path despite off the system, the VDC system still and hear a noise from under the hood or increased steering input) operates to prevent one drive wheel from feel a vibration from the actuator when it — oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due slipping by transferring power to a non is operating. This is normal and indicates to certain road or driving condi- slipping drive wheel. The VDC warning that the ABS is operating properly. How- tions). light flashes if this occurs. All other ever, the pulsation may indicate that road The VDC system can help the driver to VDC functions are off, and the VDC conditions are hazardous and extra care maintain control of the vehicle, but it warning light will not flash. The VDC is required while driving. cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in system is automatically reset to on when all driving situations. the ignition switch is placed in the off position then back to the on position. When the VDC system operates, the VDC warning light in the instrument panel See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warn- flashes so note the following: ing light” (P.2-16) and “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indicator light” (P.2-18). Starting and driving 5-147 The computer has a built-in diagnostic may illuminate. . The VDC system is not a substi- feature that tests the system each time . If brake related parts such as tute for winter tires or tire chains you start the engine and move the vehicle on a snow covered road. forward or in reverse at a slow speed. brake pads, rotors and calipers When the self-test occurs, you may hear a are not NISSAN recommended or “clunk” noise and/or feel a pulsation in the are extremely deteriorated, the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an VDC system may not operate indication of a malfunction. properly and the VDC warning light may illuminate. . If engine control related parts are WARNING not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the VDC . The VDC system is designed to warning light may illuminate. help improve driving stability but . When driving on extremely in- does not prevent accidents due clined surfaces such as higher to abrupt steering operation at banked corners, the VDC system high speeds or by careless or may not operate properly and the dangerous driving techniques. VDC warning light may illumi- Reduce vehicle speed and be nate. Do not drive on these types especially careful when driving of roads. and cornering on slippery sur- . faces and always drive carefully. When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, . Do not modify the vehicle’s sus- elevator or ramp, the VDC warn- pension. If suspension parts such ing light may illuminate. This as shock absorbers, struts, is not a malfunction. Restart the springs, stabilizer bars, bushings engine after driving onto a stable and wheels are not NISSAN re- surface. commended for your vehicle or . are extremely deteriorated, the If wheels or tires other than the VDC system may not operate NISSAN recommended ones are properly. This could adversely used, the VDC system may not affect vehicle handling perfor- operate properly and the VDC mance, and the VDC warning light warning light may illuminate. 5-148 Starting and driving CHASSIS CONTROL

The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following functions: . Intelligent Trace Control . Intelligent Engine Brake . Active Ride Control INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL This system senses driving based on the driver’s steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response. Intelligent Trace Control can be set to ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through the JVS0403X Vehicle Information Display “Settings” When the Intelligent Trace Control is page. See “Vehicle information display” operated and the “Chassis Control” mode WARNING (P.2-19) for more information. is selected in the trip computer, the When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) Intelligent Trace Control graphics are OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC shown in the vehicle information display. The Intelligent Trace Control may not system, the Intelligent Trace Control is (See “Trip computer” (P.2-39).) be effective depending on the driv- also turned off. ing condition. Always drive carefully If the chassis control warning message and attentively. appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Control is not functioning properly. When the Intelligent Trace Control is Have the system checked as soon as operating, you may feel a pulsation in possible. It is recommended that you visit the brake pedal and hear a noise. This is a NISSAN dealer for this service. (See normal and indicates that the Intelligent “Vehicle information display warnings Trace Control is operating properly. and indicators” (P.2-31).) Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is set to OFF, some functions will remain on to assist the driver (for example, avoidance Starting and driving 5-149 scenes). INTELLIGENT ENGINE BRAKE (Con- tinuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) The Intelligent Engine Brake function adds subtle deceleration by controlling CVT gear ratio, depending on the cornering condition calculated from driver’s steering input and plural sensors. This benefit to easier traceability and less workload of adjusting speed with braking at corners. The Intelligent Engine Brake also adds subtle deceleration with gear ratio con- JVS0403X trol according to driver’s brake pedal operation. When the Intelligent Engine Brake is operated at corners and the “Chassis WARNING The Intelligent Engine Brake can be set to Control” mode is selected in the trip ON (enabled) or OFF (disabled) through computer, the Intelligent Engine Brake the Vehicle Information Display “Settings” graphics are shown in the vehicle infor- The Intelligent Engine Brake may not page. See “Vehicle information display” mation display. See “Trip computer” (P.2- be effective depending on the driv- (P.2-19) for more information. 39) for more information. ing condition. Always drive carefully and attentively. If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent When the Intelligent Engine Brake is Engine Brake is not functioning properly. operating, the needle of the tachometer Have the system checked as soon as will rise up and you may hear an engine possible. It is recommended that you visit noise. This is normal and indicates that a NISSAN dealer for this service. the Intelligent Engine Brake is operating properly.

5-150 Starting and driving ACTIVE RIDE CONTROL deceleration. This is normal and indicates This system senses upper body motion that the Active Ride Control is operating based on wheel speed information and properly. controls engine torque and four wheel brake pressure to enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncomfortable upper body movement. This system come into effect above 25 MPH (40 km/h). When the VDC OFF switch is used to turn off the VDC system, the Active Ride Control is also turned off.

JVS0398X When the brake control of the Active Ride Control is operated and the “Chassis Control” mode is selected in the trip computer, the Active Ride Control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. See “Trip computer” (P.2-39) for more information. If the chassis control warning message appears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Active Ride Control is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. When the Active Ride Control is operating, you may hear noise and sense slight

Starting and driving 5-151 REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS) (if so HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM equipped)

so may result in a collision or WARNING serious personal injury.

. Never rely solely on the hill start The hill start assist system automatically assist system to prevent the ve- keeps the brakes applied to help prevent hicle from moving backward on a the vehicle from rolling backwards in the hill. Always drive carefully and time it takes the driver to release the attentively. Depress the brake brake pedal and apply the accelerator pedal when the vehicle is stopped when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. on a steep hill. Be especially care- The hill start assist system will operate ful when stopped on a hill on automatically under the following condi- frozen or muddy roads. Failure tions: to prevent the vehicle from rolling . backwards may result in a loss of The transmission is shifted to a for- control of the vehicle and possi- ward or reverse gear. WAF0072X ble serious injury or death. . The vehicle is stopped completely on a hill by applying the brake. The RSS sounds a tone to inform the . The hill start assist system is not driver of obstacles near the rear bumper. designed to hold the vehicle at a The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to When the “Display” key is on, the sonar standstill on a hill. Depress the view will automatically appear in the brake pedal when the vehicle is roll back and the hill start assist system will stop operating completely. touchscreen display. An additional view stopped on a steep hill. Failure to of the sonar status will appear in the The hill start assist system will not do so may cause the vehicle to vehicle information display for reference. roll backwards and may result in operate when the transmission is shifted a collision or serious personal to the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position (CVT injury. models) or on a flat and level road. WARNING . The hill start assist system may When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) not prevent the vehicle from roll- warning light illuminates in the meter, the . The RSS is a convenience but it is ing backwards on a hill under all hill start assist system will not operate. not a substitute for proper park- load or road conditions. Always (See “Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) ing. be prepared to depress the brake warning light” (P.2-16).) . The driver is always responsible pedal to prevent the vehicle from for safety during parking and rolling backwards. Failure to do 5-152 Starting and driving other maneuvers. Always look wool, etc.; thin objects such as SYSTEM OPERATION around and check that it is safe rope, wire and chain, etc.; or The system informs with a visual and to do so before parking. wedge-shaped objects. audible alert of rear obstacles when the . Read and understand the limita- shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. If your vehicle sustains damage to the tions of the RSS as contained in Range Rear sonar this section. The colors of the bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or sonar indicator and the distance bent, the sensing zone may be altered Sound Display guide lines in the rear view in- causing inaccurate measurement of ob- P (Park) B C dicate different distances to the stacles or false alarms. R (Reverse) O O object. N (Neutral) B C . Inclement weather or ultrasonic CAUTION D (Drive) B C sources such as an automatic car O = Display / Beep when detect wash, a truck’s compressed-air . C = Display on camera view brakes or a pneumatic drill may Excessive noise (such as audio affect the function of the system; system volume or an open vehi- B = No display and beep this may include reduced perfor- cle window) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard. The system is deactivated at speeds mance or a false activation. above 6 MPH (10 km/h). It is reactivated . Keep the sonar sensors (located . The RSS is designed as an aid to at lower speeds. the driver in detecting large sta- on the rear bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accu- The intermittent tone will stop after 3 tionary objects to help avoid da- seconds when an obstacle is detected by maging the vehicle. mulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the only the corner sensor and the distance . The RSS is not designed to pre- sensors are covered, the accuracy does not change. The tone will stop when vent contact with small or mov- of the sonar function will be the obstacle gets away from the vehicle. ing objects. Always move slowly. diminished. When the object is detected, the indicator The system will not detect small (green) appears and blinks and the tone objects below the bumper, and sounds intermittently. When the vehicle may not detect objects close to moves closer to the object, the color of the bumper or on the ground. the indicator turns yellow and the rate of . The RSS may not detect the the blinking increases. When the vehicle is following objects: fluffy objects very close to the object, the indicator such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, stops blinking and turns red, and the tone Starting and driving 5-153 sounds continuously.

WAF0074X WAF0075X Example Example When the corner of the vehicle moves The system indicators will appear when closer to an object, the corner sonar the vehicle moves closer to an object (if indicator appears. When the center of so equipped). the vehicle moves close to an object, the center sonar indicator appears.

5-154 Starting and driving HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RSS The system is automatically activated when the ignition switch is in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position. Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RSS: 1. Press the button until “Set- tings” appears in the vehicle information display and then press OK button. Use the button to select “Driver Assistance.” Then press the OK button. 2. Select “Parking Aids” and press the OK button 3. Select “Rear Sensor” and press the OK button to turn the system on or off. . Select “Display” to display the rear sensor in the vehicle information display when the RSS activates. . Select “Range” to change the RSS distance to “Far,” “Mid,” or “Near.”

WAF0076X

Starting and driving 5-155 RSS LIMITATIONS . The RSS may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, WARNING glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or Listed below are the RSS limitations wedge-shaped objects. for the sonar system. Failure to . operate the vehicle in accordance The RSS may not detect objects with these system limitations could at speed above 3 MPH (5 km/h) result in serious injury or death. and may not detect certain angu- lar or moving objects. . Read and understand the limitations of the RSS as contained in SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAIL- this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the ABLE RSS; this may include reduced When sonar blockage is detected, the performance or a false activation. system will be deactivated automatically. WAF0077X . The system is not available until the The system is deactivated at SYSTEM MAINTENANCE speeds above 6 MPH (10 km/h). conditions no longer exist. It is reactivated at lower speeds. The sonar sensors may be blocked by The sonar sensors are located on the rear bumper. Always keep the area near . Inclement weather or ultrasonic temporary ambient conditions such as the sonar sensors clean. sources such as an automatic car splashing water, mist or fog. The blocked wash, a truck’s compressed-air condition may also be caused by objects The sonar sensors may be blocked by brakes or a pneumatic drill may such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the temporary ambient conditions such as affect the function of the RSS; sonar sensors. splashing water, mist or fog. this may include reduced perfor- The blocked condition may also be mance or a false activation. Action to take: caused by objects such as ice, frost or . The RSS is not designed to pre- When the above conditions no longer dirt obstructing the sonar sensors. exist, the system will resume automati- vent contact with small or mov- Check for and remove objects obstruct- cally. ing objects. Always move slowly. ing the area around the sonar sensors. The system will not detect small Do not attach stickers (including trans- objects below the bumper or on parent material), install accessories or the ground. 5-156 Starting and driving COLD WEATHER DRIVING apply additional paint near the sonar FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK TIRE EQUIPMENT sensors. To prevent a door lock from freezing, SUMMER tires have a tread designed to Do not strike or damage the area around apply deicer through the key hole. If the provide superior performance on dry the sonar sensors. It is recommended lock becomes frozen, heat the key before pavement. However, the performance of that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area inserting it into the key hole, or use the these tires will be substantially reduced in around the sonar sensors is damaged Intelligent Key system or the remote snowy and icy conditions. If you operate due to a collision. keyless entry key fob. your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, ANTI-FREEZE NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four In the winter when it is anticipated that wheels. It is recommended you consult a the outside temperature will drop below NISSAN dealer for the tire type, size, speed 32°F (0°C), check the anti-freeze to assure rating and availability information. proper winter protection. For additional information, see “Engine cooling system” For additional traction on icy roads, (P.8-4). studded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces BATTERY prohibit their use. Check local, state and If the battery is not fully charged during provincial laws before installing studded extremely cold weather conditions, the tires. battery fluid may freeze and damage the Skid and traction capabilities of battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, studded snow tires, on wet or dry the battery should be checked regularly. surfaces, may be poorer than that of For additional information, see “Battery” non-studded snow tires. (P.8-11). Tire chains may be used. For details, see DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER “Tire chains” (P.8-36) of this manual. If the vehicle is to be left outside without anti-freeze, drain the cooling system, including the engine block. Refill before operating the vehicle. For details, see “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4).

Starting and driving 5-157 All-Wheel Drive (AWD) model . Whatever the condition, drive If you install snow tires, they must also be with caution. Accelerate and slow the same size, brand, construction and down with care. If accelerating or tread pattern on all four wheels. downshifting too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more trac- SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT tion. It is recommended that the following . Allow more stopping distance items be carried in the vehicle during under these conditions. Braking winter: should be started sooner than on . A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to dry pavement. remove ice and snow from the win- . Allow greater following distances dows and wiper blades. on slippery roads. . A sturdy, flat board to be placed under . the jack to give it firm support. Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an . A shovel to dig the vehicle out of otherwise clear road in shaded snow-drifts. areas. If a patch of ice is seen . Extra window washer fluid to refill the ahead, brake before reaching it. reservoir tank. Try not to brake while on the ice, DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE and avoid any sudden steering maneuvers. WARNING . Do not use cruise control on slippery roads. . Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing . Snow can trap dangerous ex- rain), very cold snow or ice can be haust gases under your vehicle. slick and very hard to drive on. Keep snow clear of the exhaust The vehicle will have much less pipe and from around your vehi- traction or “grip” under these cle. conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

5-158 Starting and driving 6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch ...... 6-2 Jump starting ...... 6-9 Roadside assistance program ...... 6-2 Push starting ...... 6-11 Emergency engine shut off (models with push- If your vehicle overheats ...... 6-11 button ignition switch)...... 6-3 Towing your vehicle ...... 6-13 Flat tire ...... 6-3 Towing recommended by NISSAN ...... 6-14 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ...... 6-3 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ...... 6-16 Changing a flat tire ...... 6-4 HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

In the event of a roadside emergency, . Turn signals do not work when Roadside Assistance Service is available the hazard warning flasher lights to you. Please refer to your Warranty are on. Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Information Booklet The flasher can be actuated with the (Canada) for details. ignition switch in any position. Some state laws may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

SIC2574 Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emergency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

. If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road. . Do not use the hazard warning flashers while moving on the highway unless unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your vehicle might become a hazard to other traffic. 6-2 In case of emergency EMERGENCY ENGINE SHUT OFF (models FLAT TIRE with push-button ignition switch)

To shut off the engine in an emergency TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYS- and increase the likelihood of tire situation while driving, perform the fol- TEM (TPMS) failure. Serious vehicle damage lowing procedure: This vehicle is equipped with the Tire could occur and may lead to an . Rapidly push the push-button ignition Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It accident and could result in ser- switch 3 consecutive times in less monitors tire pressure of all tires except ious personal injury. Check the than 1.5 seconds, or the spare. When the low tire pressure tire pressure for all four tires. . Push and hold the push-button igni- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure Adjust the tire pressure to the tion switch for more than 2 seconds. Low - Add Air” warning message is recommended COLD tire pressure displayed in the vehicle information dis- shown on the Tire and Loading play, one or more of your tires is sig- Information label to turn the low nificantly under-inflated. If the vehicle is tire pressure warning light OFF. If being driven with low tire pressure, the the light still illuminates while TPMS will activate and warn you of it by driving after adjusting the tire the low tire pressure warning light. This pressure, a tire may be flat. If system will activate only when the vehicle you have a flat tire, replace it with is driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25 a spare tire as soon as possible. km/h). For more details, see “Warning . Since the spare tire is not lights, indicator lights and audible remin- equipped with the TPMS, when a ders” (P.2-10) and “Tire Pressure Monitor- spare tire is mounted or a wheel ing System (TPMS)” (P.5-5). is replaced, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for ap- WARNING proximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. . If the low tire pressure warning Have your tires replaced and/or light illuminates while driving, TPMS system reset as soon as avoid sudden steering maneu- possible. It is recommended you vers or abrupt braking, reduce visit a NISSAN dealer for these vehicle speed, pull off the road services. to a safe location and stop the . vehicle as soon as possible. Driv- Replacing tires with those not ing with under-inflated tires may originally specified by NISSAN permanently damage the tires could affect the proper operation In case of emergency 6-3 of the TPMS. 7. Have all passengers get out of the vehicle and stand in a safe place, away . Do not inject any tire liquid or from traffic and clear of the vehicle. aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors. WARNING

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE . Make sure the parking brake is If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc- securely applied and the Manual tions below. Transmission is shifted into R (Reverse), or the CVT into P (Park). Stopping the vehicle . Never change tires when the ve- 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road hicle is on a slope, ice or slippery and away from traffic. areas. This is hazardous. 2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . Never change tires if oncoming MCE0001A 3. Park on a level surface and apply the traffic is close to your vehicle. parking brake. Wait for professional road assis- Blocking wheels tance. Place suitable blocks at both the front 4. Continuously Variable Transmission and back of the wheel diagonally oppo- (CVT) models: site the flat tire to prevent the vehicle Move the shift lever to the P (Park) from moving when it is jacked up. position. Manual Transmission (MT) models: WARNING Move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position. Be sure to block the wheel as the 5. Turn off the engine. vehicle may move and result in 6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic, personal injury. and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

6-4 In case of emergency JVE0270X SCE0913

Getting the spare tire and tools Remove the clamp holding the spare tire. Remove the jack, necessary tools and the spare tire from the storage area. The spare tire, jack and tools are located under the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover. JVE0402X Pull up the flexible luggage boards (if so equipped) and cover. Remove the jack and tools from the storage area.

In case of emergency 6-5 Jacking up the vehicle and remov- jack. ing the damaged tire Carefully read the caution label attached to the jack body and the follow- WARNING ing instructions. . Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. If it is necessary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands. . Use only the jack provided with your vehicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the jack provided with SCE0630 your vehicle on other vehicles. The jack is designed for lifting Removing wheel cover (if so only your vehicle during a tire equipped) change. . Use the correct jack-up points. WARNING Never use any other part of the vehicle for jack support. . Never use your hands to remove the Never jack up the vehicle more wheel cover. This may cause perso- than necessary. nal injury. . Never use blocks on or under the jack. To remove the wheel cover, use the jack . Do not start or run the engine rod as illustrated. while vehicle is on the jack, as it Apply cloth between the wheel and jack may cause the vehicle to move. rod to prevent damaging the wheel and . Do not allow passengers to stay wheel cover. in the vehicle while it is on the

6-6 In case of emergency JVE0165X SCE0504 Jack-up point 1. Place the jack directly under the jack- 2. Loosen each wheel nut one or two up point as illustrated so the top of turns by turning it counterclockwise the jack contacts the vehicle at the with the wheel nut wrench. Do not jack-up point. Align the jack head remove the wheel nuts until the tire is off the ground. between the two notches in the front or the rear as shown. Also fit the 3. To lift the vehicle, securely hold the groove of the jack head between the jack lever and rod with both hands as notches as shown. shown above. Carefully raise the ve- The jack should be used on level firm hicle until the tire clears the ground. ground. Remove the wheel nuts, and then remove the tire.

In case of emergency 6-7 4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tire each lubrication interval. touches the ground. Then, with the . Adjust tire pressure to the COLD wheel nut wrench, tighten the wheel pressure. nuts securely in the sequence illu- COLD pressure: strated. Lower the vehicle completely. After the vehicle has been parked for 3 hours or more or driven less than 1 WARNING mile (1.6 km). COLD tire pressures are shown on . Incorrect wheel nuts or impro- the Tire and Loading Information perly tightened wheel nuts can label affixed to the driver side center cause the wheel to become loose pillar. or come off. This could cause an accident. Stowing the damaged tire and the SCE0933 . Do not use oil or grease on the tools wheel studs or nuts. This could 1. Securely store the jack, tools and the Installing the spare tire cause the nuts to become loose. damaged tire in the storage area. The spare tire is designed for emer- . Retighten the wheel nuts when 2. Replace the flexible luggage boards (if gency use. (See specific instructions the vehicle has been driven for so equipped) and cover. under the heading “Wheels and tires” 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in 3. Close the liftgate. (P.8-29).) cases of a flat tire, etc.). 1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surface between the wheel and hub. . As soon as possible, tighten the WARNING 2. Carefully put the spare tire on and wheel nuts to the specified torque . Always make sure that the spare tighten the wheel nuts finger tight. with a torque wrench. tire and jacking equipment are Check that all the wheel nuts contact Wheel nut tightening torque: properly secured after use. Such the wheel surface horizontally. 80 ft-lb (108 N·m) items can become dangerous 3. With the wheel nut wrench, tighten The wheel nuts must be kept tigh- projectiles in an accident or sud- wheel nuts alternately and evenly in tened to specifications at all times. It den stop. the sequence illustrated ( , , , , ), is recommended that the wheel nuts more than 2 times, until they are tight. be tightened to specifications at

6-8 In case of emergency JUMP STARTING

To start your engine with a booster . The spare tire is designed for . Whenever working on or near a battery, the instructions and precautions emergency use. See specific in- battery, always wear suitable eye below must be followed. structions under the heading protectors (for example, goggles “Wheels and tires” (P.8-29). or industrial safety spectacles) WARNING and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the battery when jump start- . If done incorrectly, jump starting ing. can lead to a battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or . Do not attempt to jump start a death. It could also damage your frozen battery. It could explode vehicle. and cause serious injury. . Explosive hydrogen gas is always . Your vehicle has an automatic present in the vicinity of the engine cooling fan. It could come battery. Keep all sparks and on at any time. Keep hands and flames away from the battery. other objects away from it. . Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Bat- tery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution which can cause severe burns. If the fluid should come into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water. . Keep the battery out of the reach of children. . The booster battery must be rated at 12 volts. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-9 2. Apply the parking brake. 3. Continuously Variable Transmission (CVT) models: Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position. Manual Transmission (MT) models: Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. 4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical systems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.). 5. Remove the vent caps on the battery (if so equipped). Cover the battery with a firmly wrung out moist cloth to reduce explosion hazard. 6. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated ( ? ? ? ).

CAUTION JVE0279X . Always connect positive (+) to 1. If the booster battery is in another positive (+) and negative (−) to WARNING vehicle , position the two vehicles ( body ground (for example, as and ) to bring their batteries into illustrated), not to the battery. close proximity to each other. . Always follow the instructions below. Make sure the jumper cables do Failure to do so could result in Do not allow the two vehicles to not touch moving parts in the damage to the charging system and touch. engine compartment and that cause personal injury. the cable clamps do not contact

6-10 In case of emergency PUSH STARTING IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS

Do not attempt to start the engine by any other metal. pushing. WARNING 7. Start the engine of the booster vehicle and let it run for a few minutes. CAUTION . Never continue driving if your 8. Keep the engine speed of the booster vehicle overheats. Doing so could vehicle at about 2,000 rpm, and . Continuously Variable Transmis- cause a vehicle fire. start the engine of the vehicle being sion (CVT) models cannot be . Never open the hood if steam is jump started. push-started or tow-started. At- coming out. tempting to do so may cause . Never remove the radiator or transmission damage. coolant reservoir cap while the CAUTION . Three-way catalyst equipped engine is hot. If the radiator or models should not be started by coolant reservoir cap is removed Do not keep the starter motor en- pushing since the three way cat- when the engine is hot, pressur- gaged for more than 10 seconds. If alyst may be damaged. ized hot water will spurt out and the engine does not start right away, . Never try to start the vehicle by possibly cause burning, scalding place the ignition switch in the OFF towing it; when the engine starts, or serious injury. position and wait 10 seconds before the forward surge could cause . If steam or coolant is coming trying again. the vehicle to collide with the from the engine, stand clear of tow vehicle. the vehicle to prevent getting 9. After starting your engine, carefully burned. disconnect the negative cable and . The engine cooling fan will start then the positive cable ( ? ? at anytime when the coolant ? ). temperature exceeds preset de- 10. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped). grees. Be sure to dispose of the cloth used to . Be careful not to allow your cover the vent holes as it may be hands, hair, jewelry or clothing contaminated with corrosive acid. to come into contact with, or to get caught in the cooling fan or drive belts.

In case of emergency 6-11 If your vehicle is overheating (indicated by 7. After the engine cools down, check an extremely high temperature gauge WARNING the coolant level in the reservoir with reading), or if you feel a lack of engine the engine running. Add coolant to power, detect abnormal noise, etc., take If steam or water is coming from the the reservoir if necessary. Have your the following steps: engine, stand clear to prevent get- vehicle repaired. It is recommended 1. Move the vehicle safely off the road ting burned. you visit a NISSAN dealer for this and apply the parking brake. service. 2. Continuously Variable Transmission 6. Visually check the drive belt for da- (CVT) models: mage or looseness. Also check if the Move the shift lever to the P (Park) cooling fan is running. The radiator position. hoses and radiator should not leak water. If coolant is leaking or the Manual Transmission (MT) models: cooling fan does not run, stop the Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) engine. position. Do not stop the engine. WARNING 3. Turn off the air conditioner (if so equipped). Open all the windows, Be careful not to allow your hands, move the heater or air conditioner hair, jewelry or clothing to come into temperature control to maximum hot contact with, or get caught in, engine and fan control to high speed. belts or the engine cooling fan. The 4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listen engine cooling fan can start at any for steam or coolant escaping from time. the radiator before opening the hood. (If steam or coolant is escaping, turn off the engine.) Do not open the hood further until no steam or coolant can be seen. 5. Open the engine hood.

6-12 In case of emergency TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

When towing your vehicle, all jurisdic- . Always attach safety chains be- tional and local regulations for towing fore towing. must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could damage your vehicle. Towing For information about towing your vehi- instructions are available from a NISSAN cle behind a recreational vehicle (RV), see dealer. Local service operators are gen- “Flat towing” (P.10-15) of this manual. erally familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a service operator tow your vehicle. It is advisable to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

. Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed. . Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

. When towing, make sure that the transmission, axles, steering system and powertrain are in working condition. If any of these conditions apply, dollies or a flatbed tow truck must be used. In case of emergency 6-13 SCE0952 All-wheel drive models TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies be used when towing your vehicle or the vehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of the wheels on the ground as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

6-14 In case of emergency . When towing MT models with the front wheels on the ground: Place the ignition switch in the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight-ahead position with a rope or similar device. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. . When towing MT models with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake.

SCE0950 Front wheels on the ground: Two-wheel drive models NISSAN recommends that towing dollies Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) models be used under the front wheels when the rear wheels raised, always towing your vehicle or the vehicle be NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be use towing dollies under the front placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu- towed with the driving (front) wheels off wheels. strated. the ground or place the vehicle on a flat . When towing CVT models with bed truck as illustrated. the front wheels on towing dollies: Place the ignition switch in CAUTION CAUTION the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight- Never tow Continuously Variable ahead position with a rope or Transmission (CVT) model with the . Never tow CVT models with the similar device. Move the shift front wheels on the ground. Doing so front wheels on the ground or lever to the N (Neutral) position. will cause serious and expensive four wheels on the ground (for- damage to the drivetrain. ward or backward), as this may . When towing a CVT model with cause serious and expensive da- the rear wheels on the ground (if mage to the transmission. If it is you do not use towing dollies): necessary to tow the vehicle with Always release the parking brake. In case of emergency 6-15 Manual Transmission (MT) model: . Do not use the vehicle tie-downs 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF CAUTION to tow or free a stuck vehicle. position. . Only use devices specifically de- 2. Secure the steering wheel in a Never tow CVT model with all four signed for vehicle recovery and straight-ahead position with rope or wheels on the ground. Doing so will follow the manufacturer’s in- a similar device. cause serious and expensive da- structions. mage to the drivetrain. 3. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) . Always pull the recovery device position. straight out from the front of the Manual Transmission (MT) model: 4. Release the parking brake. vehicle. Never pull at an angle. 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF 5. Attach the safety chains whenever . Route recovery devices so they position. towing. do not touch any part of the 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) vehicle except the attachment Rear wheels on the ground: position. point. 1. Place the ignition switch in the OFF 3. Release the parking brake. position. If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck 2. Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) etc., use a tow strap or other device position. vehicle) designed specifically for vehicle recovery. Always follow the manufacturer’s instruc- 3. Release the parking brake. tions for the recovery device. 4. Attach safety chains whenever tow- WARNING ing. Rocking a stuck vehicle To avoid vehicle damage, serious All four wheels on the ground: personal injury or death when reco- NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be vering a stuck vehicle: WARNING placed on a flatbed tow truck as illu- . strated. Contact a professional towing . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. service to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regard- . Do not spin your tires at high ing the recovery procedure. speed. This could cause them to . explode and result in serious in- Tow chains or cables must be jury. Parts of your vehicle could attached only to main structural also overheat and be damaged. members of the vehicle. 6-16 In case of emergency If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use the following procedure: WARNING 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system. . Stand clear of a stuck vehicle. 2. Make sure the area in front and . Do not spin your tires at high behind the vehicle is clear of obstruc- speed. This could cause them to tions. explode and result in serious in- 3. Turn the steering wheel right and left jury. Parts of your vehicle could to clear an area around the front tires. also overheat and be damaged. 4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. . Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and D (Drive) (Continu- ously Variable Transmission (CVT) models) or 1st and R (Reverse) (Manual Transmission (MT) models). . Apply the accelerator as little as possible to maintain the rocking motion. . Release the accelerator pedal before shifting between R and D (CVT models) or 1st and R (MT models). . Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55 km/h). 5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing service to remove the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-17 MEMO

6-18 In case of emergency 7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior...... 7-2 Cleaning interior ...... 7-4 Washing ...... 7-2 Air fresheners ...... 7-5 Waxing ...... 7-2 Floor mats ...... 7-5 Removing spots ...... 7-3 Seat belts ...... 7-6 Underbody ...... 7-3 Cleaning the seat tracks ...... 7-6 Glass ...... 7-3 Corrosion protection ...... 7-7 Wheels ...... 7-3 Most common factors contributing to Aluminum alloy wheels ...... 7-3 vehicle corrosion...... 7-7 Chrome parts ...... 7-4 Environmental factors influence the rate Tire dressing ...... 7-4 of corrosion...... 7-7 To protect your vehicle from corrosion...... 7-7 CLEANING EXTERIOR

In order to maintain the appearance of Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty your vehicle, it is important to take proper CAUTION of clean water. care of it. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the To protect the paint surfaces, wash your . Do not use car washes that use doors, hatches and hood are particularly vehicle as soon as you can: acid in the detergent. Some car vulnerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore, these areas must be regularly . after a rainfall to prevent possible washes, especially brushless cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in damage from acid rain ones, use some acid for cleaning. the lower edge of the door are open. . The acid may react with some after driving on coastal roads Spray water under the body and in the . plastic vehicle components, caus- when contaminants such as soot, bird ing them to crack. This could wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash droppings, tree sap, metal particles or affect their appearance, and also away road salt. bugs get on the paint surface could cause them not to function . Avoid leaving water spots on the paint when dust or mud builds up on the properly. Always check with your surface by using a damp chamois to dry surface car wash to confirm that acid is the vehicle. Whenever possible, store or park your not used. WAXING vehicle inside a garage or in a covered . Do not wash the vehicle with area. strong household soap, strong Regular waxing protects the paint surface When it is necessary to park outside, park chemical detergents, gasoline or and helps retain new vehicle appearance. in a shady area or protect the vehicle with solvents. Polishing is recommended to remove a body cover. built-up wax residue and to avoid a . Do not wash the vehicle in direct weathered appearance before reapplying Be careful not to scratch the paint sunlight or while the vehicle body wax. surface when putting on or removing is hot, as the surface may become the body cover. water-spotted. A NISSAN dealer can assist you in choos- ing the proper product. . WASHING Avoid using tight-napped or . rough cloths, such as washing Wax your vehicle only after a thorough Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet washing. Follow the instructions sup- sponge and plenty of water. Clean the mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other plied with the wax. vehicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a . foreign substances so the paint Do not use a wax containing any special vehicle soap or general purpose abrasives, cutting compounds or clea- dishwashing liquid mixed with clean, lu- surface is not scratched or damaged. ners that may damage the vehicle kewarm (never hot) water. finish. Machine compound or aggressive polish- 7-2 Appearance and care ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS may dull the finish or leave swirl marks. CAUTION Wash regularly with a sponge dampened REMOVING SPOTS in a mild soap solution, especially during Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, When cleaning the inside of the winter months in areas where road salt is insects, and tree sap as quickly as possi- windows, do not use sharp-edged used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not ble from the paint surface to avoid lasting tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine- removed. damage or staining. Special cleaning based disinfectant cleaners. They products are available at a NISSAN dealer could damage the electrical conduc- or any automotive accessory stores. It is tors, radio antenna elements or rear CAUTION recommended that you visit a NISSAN window defroster elements. dealer for these products. Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: UNDERBODY WHEELS . Do not use a cleaner that uses In areas where road salt is used in winter, Wash the wheels when washing the strong acid or alkali contents to the underbody must be cleaned regularly. vehicle to maintain their appearance. clean the wheels. This will prevent dirt and salt from build- . Clean the inner side of the wheels ing up and causing the acceleration of when the wheel is changed or the . Do not apply wheel cleaners to corrosion on the underbody and suspen- underside of the vehicle is washed. the wheels when they are hot. sion. Before the winter period and again . Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents The wheel temperature should be in the spring, the underseal must be or corrosion. Such damage may cause the same as ambient tempera- checked and, if necessary, re-treated. loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire ture. GLASS bead. . Rinse the wheel to completely . remove the cleaner within 15 Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against minutes after the cleaner is ap- dust film from the glass surfaces. It is plied. normal for glass to become coated with a road salt in areas where it is used film after the vehicle is parked in the hot during winter. sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film. CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.

Appearance and care 7-3 CLEANING INTERIOR

CHROME PARTS Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using CAUTION Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. abrasive chrome polish to maintain the Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with a . finish. clean, soft cloth dampened in mild soap Never use benzine, thinner, or any TIRE DRESSING solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft similar material. . NISSAN does not recommend the use of cloth. For cleaning, use a soft cloth, tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a Regular care and cleaning is required in dampened with water. Never use coating to the tires to help reduce dis- order to maintain the appearance of the a rough cloth, alcohol, benzine, coloration of the rubber. If a tire dressing leather. thinner or any kind of solvent or is applied to the tires, it may react with paper towel with a chemical Before using any fabric protector, read cleaning agent. They will scratch the coating and form a compound. This the manufacturer’s recommendations. compound may come off the tire while or cause discoloration to the lens. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals . driving and stain the vehicle paint. that may stain or bleach the seat materi- Do not spray any liquid such as If you choose to use a tire dressing, take al. water on the meter lens. Spraying the following precautions: liquid may cause the system to Use a cloth dampened only with water, to malfunction. . Use a water-based tire dressing. The clean the meter and gauge lens. . coating on the tire dissolves more Small dirt particles can be abra- easily with an oil-based tire dressing. sive and damaging to the leather . WARNING surfaces and should be removed Apply a light coat of tire dressing to promptly. Do not use saddle soap, help prevent it from entering the tire car waxes, polishes, oils, cleaning tread/grooves (where it would be Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This fluids, solvents, detergents or difficult to remove). ammonia-based cleaners as they . can damage the seat or occupant Wipe off excess tire dressing using a may damage the leather’s natural dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing classification sensors. This can also affect the operation of the air bag finish. is completely removed from the tire . tread/grooves. system and result in serious perso- Never use fabric protectors un- . nal injury. less recommended by the manu- Allow the tire dressing to dry as facturer. recommended by tire dressing manufacturer. . Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It

7-4 Appearance and care may damage the lens cover. . NEVER place a floor mat on top of another floor mat in the driver AIR FRESHENERS front position or install them up- side down or backwards. Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use . It is recommended that you use an air freshener, take the following pre- only genuine NISSAN floor mats cautions: specifically designed for use in . your vehicle model and model Hanging-type air fresheners can year. cause permanent discoloration when they contact vehicle interior surfaces. . Properly position the mats in the Place the air freshener in a location floorwell using the floor mat po- that allows it to hang free and not sitioning hooks. See “Floor mat contact an interior surface. installation” (P.7-5). . Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip . Make sure the floor mat does not JVA0018X on the vents. These products can interfere with pedal operation. cause immediate damage and disco- . Periodically check the floor mats Floor mat installation loration when spilled on interior sur- to make sure they are properly Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat faces. installed. positioning hook(s). The number and Carefully read and follow the manufac- . After cleaning the vehicle interior, shape of the floor mat positioning hook turer’s instructions before using air fresh- check the floor mats to make (s) for each seating position varies de- eners. sure they are properly installed. pending on the vehicle. FLOOR MATS When installing genuine NISSAN floor The use of genuine NISSAN floor mats can mats, follow the installation instructions extend the life of your vehicle carpet and provided with the floor mat and the WARNING make it easier to clean the interior. Mats following: should be maintained with regular clean- 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell To avoid potential pedal interference ing and replaced if they become exces- so that the floor mat grommet holes that may result in a collision, injury sively worn. are aligned with the hook(s). or death: 2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat

Appearance and care 7-5 is properly positioned. dye, or chemical solvents to clean 3. Make sure the floor mat does not the seat belts, since these materials interfere with pedal operation. With may severely weaken the seat belt the ignition in the OFF position and webbing. the shift lever in the P (Park) position (Continuously Variable Transmission CLEANING THE SEAT TRACKS (CVT) models) or the shift lever in the N (Neutral) position (Manual Transmis- sion (MT) models), fully apply and CAUTION release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal operation or Periodically clean the seat tracks to prevent the pedal from returning to its prevent reduction of ability to move normal position. It is recommended the seats. you see a NISSAN dealer for details about installing the floor mats in your JVA0031X vehicle. Positioning hook(s) Clean periodically with a high-powered vacuum cleaner. Dirt and debris may The illustration shows the location of the reduce the ability to adjust the seat. A floor mat positioning hook(s). wet cleansing agent may be used if SEAT BELTS necessary. The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry completely in the shade before using them. See “Seat belts” (P.1-11).

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach,

7-6 Appearance and care CORROSION PROTECTION

MOST COMMON FACTORS CON- Temperature cleaner. TRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORRO- A temperature increase will accelerate . Never allow water or other liquids SION the rate of corrosion to those parts which to come in contact with electronic . The accumulation of moisture-retain- are not well ventilated. components inside the vehicle as ing dirt and debris in body panel this may damage them. sections, cavities, and other areas. Air pollution . Damage to paint and other protective Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in Chemicals used for road surface deicing coatings caused by gravel and stone the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt are extremely corrosive. They accelerate chips or minor traffic accidents. use will accelerate the corrosion process. corrosion and deterioration of underbody Road salt will also accelerate the disin- components such as the exhaust system, ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLU- tegration of paint surfaces. ENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floor TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM pan and fenders. Moisture CORROSION In winter, the underbody must be Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on . Wash and wax your vehicle often to cleaned periodically. the vehicle body underside can acceler- keep the vehicle clean. For additional protection against rust and ate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not . Always check for minor damage to the corrosion, which may be required in some dry completely inside the vehicle, and paint and repair it as soon as possible. areas, it is recommended you consult a should be removed for drying to avoid . Keep drain holes at the bottom of the NISSAN dealer. floor panel corrosion. doors open to avoid water accumula- Relative humidity tion. . Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of Check the underbody for accumula- high relative humidity, especially those tion of sand, dirt or salt. If present, areas where the temperatures stay above wash with water as soon as possible. freezing where atmospheric pollution exists, or where road salt is used. CAUTION

. NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debris from the passenger compartment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum

Appearance and care 7-7 MEMO

7-8 Appearance and care 8 Do-it-yourself

Maintenance precautions ...... 8-2 Windshield wiper blades ...... 8-16 Engine compartment check locations ...... 8-3 Cleaning ...... 8-16 MR20DD engine model ...... 8-4 Replacing ...... 8-16 Engine cooling system ...... 8-4 Rear window wiper blade ...... 8-17 Checking engine coolant level ...... 8-5 Brakes ...... 8-17 Changing engine coolant...... 8-6 Self-adjusting brakes ...... 8-17 Engine oil ...... 8-6 Brake pad wear warning...... 8-17 Checking engine oil level ...... 8-6 Fuses ...... 8-18 Changing engine oil and filter ...... 8-6 Engine compartment ...... 8-18 Continuously Variable Transmission Passenger compartment ...... 8-20 (CVT) fluid ...... 8-9 Key fob battery replacement ...... 8-21 Brake and clutch (if so equipped) fluid ...... 8-9 Intelligent Key battery replacement ...... 8-23 Window washer fluid ...... 8-10 Lights ...... 8-25 Battery ...... 8-11 Headlights ...... 8-25 Jump starting...... 8-12 Exterior and interior lights ...... 8-27 Variable voltage control system ...... 8-13 Wheels and tires ...... 8-29 Drive belt ...... 8-13 Tire pressure ...... 8-29 Spark plugs...... 8-14 Tire labeling ...... 8-33 Replacing spark plugs...... 8-14 Types of tires ...... 8-35 Air cleaner ...... 8-15 Tire chains...... 8-36 Changing wheels and tires ...... 8-37 MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

When performing any inspection or main- . Always wear eye protection . On gasoline engine models with tenance work on your vehicle, always whenever you work on your ve- the Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) take care to prevent serious accidental hicle. system, the fuel filter and fuel injury to yourself or damage to the . If you must run the engine in an lines should be serviced because vehicle. The following are general precau- enclosed space such as a garage, the fuel lines are under high tions which should be closely observed. be sure there is proper ventilation pressure even when the engine for exhaust gases to escape. is turned off. It is recommended . that you visit a NISSAN dealer for WARNING Never get under the vehicle while this service. it is supported only by a jack. If it . Your vehicle is equipped with an . Park the vehicle on a level sur- is necessary to work under the automatic engine cooling fan. It face, apply the parking brake vehicle, support it with safety may come on at any time without securely and block the wheels to stands. warning, even if the ignition prevent the vehicle from moving. . Because the fuel lines are under switch is in the OFF position and Move the shift lever to the P high pressure even when the the engine is not running. To (Park) position (CVT model) or engine is off, it is recommended avoid injury, always disconnect the shift lever to the N (Neutral) you visit a NISSAN dealer for the negative battery cable before position (MT model). service of the fuel filter or fuel working near the fan. . Be sure the ignition switch is in lines. . Avoid direct contact with used the OFF or LOCK position when . Do not work under the hood while engine oil and coolant. Impro- performing any parts replace- the engine is hot. Always turn off perly disposed engine oil, engine ment or repairs. the engine and wait until it cools coolant, and/or other vehicle . If you must work with the engine down. fluids can hurt the environment. running, keep your hands, cloth- . If you must work with the engine Always conform to local regula- ing, hair and tools away from running, keep your hands, cloth- tions for disposal of vehicle fluids. moving fans, belts and any other ing, hair and tools away from moving parts. moving fans, belts and any other . It is advisable to secure or removing parts. CAUTION move any loose clothing and . Keep smoking materials, flame remove any jewelry, such as and sparks away from fuel and . rings, watches, etc. before work- the battery. Do not work under the hood while ing on your vehicle. the engine is hot. Turn the engine 8-2 Do-it-yourself ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

off and wait until it cools down. A genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. (See “Owner’s manual/service . Avoid direct contact with used manual order information” (P.10-20).) engine oil and coolant. Impro- perly disposed engine oil, and You should be aware that incomplete or engine coolant and/or other ve- improper servicing may result in operat- hicle fluids can damage the en- ing difficulties or excessive emissions, and vironment. Always conform to could affect your warranty coverage. If in local regulations for disposal of doubt about any servicing, it is recom- vehicle fluid. mended you have it done by a NISSAN dealer. . Never leave the engine or the CVT related component harnesses disconnected while the ignition switch is in the ON position. . Never connect or disconnect the JVM0610X battery or any transistorized component while the ignition Remove the air duct if necessary. switch is in the ON position. To remove the air duct : . Your vehicle is equipped with an 1. Remove the clips with a suitable automatic engine cooling fan. It tool. may come on at any time without 2. Loosen the bolt with a suitable tool. warning, even if the ignition key is in the OFF position and the en- 3. Pull the air duct upward and then gine is not running. To avoid sideways. injury, always disconnect the ne- To install the air duct, perform the in- gative battery cable before work- stallation procedure in reverse order. ing near the fan.

This “8. Do-it-yourself” section gives instructions regarding only those items which are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

Do-it-yourself 8-3 ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM

The engine cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti-freeze and coolant protection. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional engine cooling system additives are not necessary.

WARNING

. Never remove the radiator or coolant reservoir cap when the engine is hot. Wait until the engine and radiator cool down. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. See precautions in “If your vehicle overheats” (P.6-11) of this manual. . The radiator is equipped with a JVC1070X pressure type radiator cap. To prevent engine damage, use only 7. Engine oil dipstick MR20DD ENGINE MODEL a genuine NISSAN radiator cap. 8. Battery 1. Engine coolant reservoir . 9. Fuse/fusible link box If the engine was stopped soon 2. Engine oil filler cap when the engine is hot, the cool- *: For Manual Transmission (MT) Model 3. Brake and clutch* fluid reservoir ing fan may operate for approxi- 4. Air cleaner mately 10 minutes after the 5. Window washer fluid reservoir engine was stopped to cool the 6. Drive belt components in the engine com- 8-4 Do-it-yourself partment. When the cooling fan is low the coolant manufacture’s operating, be sure that hands or instructions to maintain mini- other items do not get caught in mum antifreeze protection to it. -34°F (-37°C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or CAUTION equivalent may damage the engine cooling system. . Never use any cooling system . The life expectancy of the fac- additives such as radiator sealer. tory-fill coolant is 105,000 miles Additives may clog the cooling (168,000 km) or 7 years. Mixing system and cause damage to any other type of coolant other the engine, transmission and/or than Genuine NISSAN Long Life cooling system. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue), includ- JVM0438X . When adding or replacing cooling Genuine NISSAN Long Life CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL ant, be sure to use only Genuine Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ the use of non-distilled water will Check the coolant level in the reservoir Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Gen- reduce the life expectancy of the when the engine is cold. If the coolant uine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ factory-fill coolant. Refer to the level is below the MIN level , open the Coolant (blue) is pre-diluted to “9. Maintenance and schedules” reservoir cap and add coolant up to the provide antifreeze protection to section of this manual for more MAX level . If the reservoir is empty, -34°F(-37°C). If additional freeze details. check the coolant level in the radiator protection is needed due to when the engine is cold. If there is weather where you operate your insufficient coolant in the radiator, fill the vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long radiator with coolant up to the filler Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) opening and also add it to the reservoir concentrate following the direc- up to the MAX level . tions on the container. If an Tighten the cap securely after adding equivalent coolant other than engine coolant. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti- If the cooling system frequently re- freeze/Coolant (blue) is used, fol- quires coolant, have it checked. It is Do-it-yourself 8-5 ENGINE OIL recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer ing. Do not overfill . for this service. 6. Recheck oil level with the dipstick. CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT It is normal to add some oil between oil A NISSAN dealer can change the engine maintenance intervals or during the coolant. The service procedure can be break-in period, depending on the se- found in the NISSAN Service Manual. verity of operating conditions. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance and engine CAUTION overheating. Oil level should be checked regularly. WARNING Operating the engine with an insufficient amount of oil can damage the engine, and such damage is not . To avoid being scalded, never SDI1993 change the coolant when the covered by the warranty. engine is hot. CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL . Never remove the radiator or 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER coolant reservoir cap when the apply the parking brake. engine is hot. Serious burns could 2. Run the engine until it reaches oper- WARNING be caused by high pressure fluid ating temperature. escaping from the radiator. 3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than . . Used oil must be disposed of Avoid direct skin contact with 10 minutes for the oil to drain back properly. Never pour or dump oil used coolant. If skin contact is into the oil pan. into the ground, canals, rivers, made, wash thoroughly with soap etc. It should be disposed of at or hand cleaner as soon as pos- 4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean. Reinsert it all the way. proper waste facilities. NISSAN sible. recommends having your oil . Keep coolant out of the reach of 5. Remove the dipstick again and check changed by a NISSAN dealer. children and pets. the oil level. It should be within the range . If the oil level is below , . Be careful not to burn yourself, as remove the oil filler cap and pour the engine oil may be hot. Engine coolant must be disposed of recommended oil through the open- properly. Check your local regulations. 8-6 Do-it-yourself . Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause CAUTION skin cancer. . Avoid direct skin contact with Make sure the correct lifting and used oil. If contacted, wash thor- support points are used to avoid oughly with soap or hand cleaner vehicle damage. and plenty of water as soon as possible. . Store used engine oil in marked containers out of the reach of children.

Vehicle set-up 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface and apply the parking brake. 2. Run the engine until it reaches the operating temperature. 3. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. 4. Raise and support the vehicle using a suitable floor jack and safety jack JVM0414X stands. . Place the safety jack stands under the vehicle jack-up points. . A suitable adapter should be attached to the jack stand saddle.

Do-it-yourself 8-7 . Waste oil must be disposed of Drain plug tightening torque: properly. 22 to 29 ft-lb . Check your local regulations. (29 to 39 N·m) (Perform steps 4 to 7 only when the Do not use excessive force. engine oil filter change is needed.) 9. Refill the engine with the recom- 4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter mended oil through the oil filler open- wrench. Remove the oil filter by turning, and install the oil filler cap ing it by hand. securely. 5. Wipe the engine oil filter mounting See “Capacities and recommended surface with a clean rag. fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) for drain and refill capacity. The drain and refill CAUTION capacity depends on the oil temperature and drain time. Use these speci- JVM0421X fications for reference only. Always Be sure to remove any old gasket use the dipstick to determine the 1. Oil filler cap material remaining on the mounting proper amount of oil in the engine. 2. Oil drain plug surface of the engine. Failure to do 3. Oil filter so could lead to engine damage. 10. Start the engine and check for leakage around the drain plug and the oil filter. Correct as required. Engine oil and filter 6. Coat the gasket on the new filter with 1. Place a large drain pan under the clean engine oil. 11. Turn the engine off and wait more than 10 minutes. Check the oil level drain plug. 7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until a with the dipstick. Add engine oil if 2. Remove the oil filler cap. slight resistance is felt, then tighten necessary. 3. Remove the drain plug with a wrench additionally more than 2/3 turn. and completely drain the oil. Oil filter tightening torque: After the operation 11 to 15 ft-lb 1. Lower the vehicle carefully to the (14.7 to 20.5 N·m) CAUTION ground. 8. Clean and re-install the drain plug 2. Dispose of waste oil and filter properly. Be careful not to burn yourself, as with a new washer. Securely tighten the engine oil is hot. the drain plug with a wrench.

8-8 Do-it-yourself CONTINUOUSLY VARIABLE BRAKE AND CLUTCH (if so equipped) FLUID TRANSMISSION (CVT) FLUID

When checking or replacement is re- For additional brake and clutch fluid WARNING quired, we recommend a NISSAN dealer information, see “Capacities and recom- for servicing. mended fluids/lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual. . Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause CAUTION skin cancer. WARNING . Try to avoid direct skin contact . NISSAN recommends using Gen- with used oil. If skin contact is uine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-3 (or . Use only new fluid from a sealed made, wash thoroughly with soap equivalent) ONLY in NISSAN CVTs. container. Old, inferior or con- or hand cleaner as soon as pos- Do not mix with other fluids. taminated fluid may damage the sible. . Do not use Automatic transmis- brake and clutch systems. The . Keep used engine oil out of reach sion fluid (ATF) or Manual Trans- use of improper fluids can da- of children. mission fluid in a NISSAN CVT, as mage the brake and clutch sys- it may damage the CVT. Damage tems, and affect the vehicle’s caused by the use of fluids other stopping ability. than as recommended is not . Clean the filler cap before remov- covered by the NISSAN’s New ing. Vehicle Limited Warranty. . Brake and clutch fluid is poiso- . Using fluids that are not equiva- nous and should be stored care- lent to Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid fully in marked containers out of NS-3 may also damage the CVT. the reach of children. Damage caused by the use of fluids other than as recommended is not covered by the NISSAN’s New Vehicle Limited CAUTION Warranty. Do not spill the fluid on any painted surfaces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the surface with water.

Do-it-yourself 8-9 WINDOW WASHER FLUID

Type A: Check the fluid level in the window washer reservoir. If the fluid level is low, add window washer fluid. Type B: To check the fluid level, use your finger to plug the center hole of the cap/tube assembly, then remove it from the reservoir. If there is no fluid in the tube, add fluid. Add a washer solvent to the washer for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield washer antifreeze. Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

JVM0789X JVM0788X Fill the window washer fluid reservoir Type A periodically. Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the Add fluid when the low washer fluid fluid is below the MIN line or the brake warning appears (if so equipped). warning light comes on, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or Refill the reservoir more frequently when equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line driving conditions require an increased . If fluid must be added frequently, the amount of window washer fluid. system should be checked. It is recom- Recommended fluid: mended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Con- service. centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

. Do not substitute engine anti- JVM0380X freeze coolant for window Type B washer solution. This may result 8-10 Do-it-yourself BATTERY

. Keep the battery surface clean and in damage to the paint. eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. dry. Clean the battery with a solution After touching a battery or bat- . Do not fill the window washer of baking soda and water. tery cap, do not touch or rub your reservoir tank with washer fluid . Make certain the terminal connec- eyes. Thoroughly wash your concentrates at full strength. tions are clean and securely tightened. Some methyl alcohol based hands. If the acid contacts your . If the vehicle is not to be used for 30 washer fluid concentrates may eyes, skin or clothing, immedi- days or longer, disconnect the nega- permanently stain the grille if ately flush with water for at least tive 7 battery terminal cable to pre- spilled while filling the window 15 minutes and seek medical vent discharging it. washer reservoir tank. attention. NOTE: . . Pre-mix washer fluid concen- Do not operate the vehicle if the trates with water to the manu- Care should be taken to avoid situations fluid in the battery is low. Low facturer’s recommended levels that can lead to potential battery dis- battery fluid can cause a higher before pouring the fluid into the charge and potential no-start condi- load on the battery which can window washer reservoir tank. Do tions such as: generate heat, reduce battery life, not use the window washer re- 1. Installation or extended use of elec- and in some cases lead to an servoir tank to mix the washer tronic accessories that consume explosion. fluid concentrate and water. battery power when the engine is . When working on or near a bat- not running (Phone chargers, GPS, tery, always wear suitable eye DVD players, etc.) protection and remove all jew- 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ elry. or only driven short distances. . Battery posts, terminals and re- In these cases, the battery may need to lated accessories contain lead be charged to maintain battery health. and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. . Keep the battery out of the reach WARNING of children. . Do not expose the battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hy- drogen gas generated by the battery is explosive. Do not allow battery fluid to contact your skin, Do-it-yourself 8-11 JUMP STARTING If jump starting is necessary, see “Jump starting” (P.6-9). If the engine does not start by jump starting, the battery may have to be replaced. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

DI0137MA SDI1480C Check the fluid level in each cell. It should 1. Remove the cell plugs . be between the UPPER LEVEL and 2. Add distilled water up to the UPPER LOWER LEVEL lines. LEVEL line. If it is necessary to add fluid, add only If the side of the battery is not clear, distilled water to bring the level to the check the distilled water level by indicator in each filler opening. Do not looking directly above the cell; the overfill. condition indicates OK and the condition needs more to be added. 3. Tighten cell plugs . Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the battery fluid level.

8-12 Do-it-yourself VARIABLE VOLTAGE CONTROL SYSTEM DRIVE BELT

loose, have it replaced or adjusted. It is CAUTION recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. . Do not ground accessories di- 2. Have the belt condition checked reg- rectly to the battery terminal. ularly. Doing so will bypass the variable voltage control system and the vehicle battery may not charge completely. . Use electrical accessories with the engine running to avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

The variable voltage control system mea- SDI1881 sures the amount of electrical discharge from the battery and controls voltage 1. Alternator generated by the generator. 2. Drive belt auto-tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. Air conditioner compressor 5. Water pump

WARNING

Be sure the ignition switch is in the OFF or LOCK position before servicing drive belts. The engine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect the belt for signs of unusual wear, cuts, fraying or looseness. If the belt is in poor condition or Do-it-yourself 8-13 SPARK PLUGS

Always replace spark plugs with recom- WARNING mended or equivalent ones.

Be sure the engine and ignition switch are off and that the parking brake is applied.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to remove the spark plugs. An incorrect socket can damage the spark plugs. SDI2670 REPLACING SPARK PLUGS If replacement is required, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. Iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs It is not necessary to replace the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs as frequently as the conventional type spark plugs since they will last much longer. Follow the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. Do not reuse the iridium platinum-tipped spark plugs by cleaning or regapping.

8-14 Do-it-yourself AIR CLEANER

cleaner filter not only cleans the intake air, it also stops flame if the engine backfires. If the air cleaner filter is not installed and the engine backfires, you could be burned. Never drive with the air cleaner filter off. Be cautious working on the engine when the air cleaner filter is off. . Never pour fuel into the throttle body or attempt to start the engine with the air cleaner removed. Doing so could result in serious injury. JVM0378X Example To remove the filter, unlatch the retaining clips , and pull the cover upward. The air cleaner filter should not be cleaned and reused. Replace it according to the maintenance schedule shown in the “9. Maintenance and schedules” section. When replacing the filter, wipe the inside of the air cleaner housing and the cover with a damp cloth.

WARNING

. Operating the engine with the air cleaner filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air

Do-it-yourself 8-15 WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other material may be on the blade or windshield. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild detergent. Then rinse the blade with clear water. If your windshield is still not clear SDI2359 after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades. REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn. CAUTION CAUTION 1. Lift the wiper arm away from the windshield. . After wiper blade replacement, Worn windshield wiper blades can 2. Push and hold the release tab , and return the wiper arm to its origi- damage the windshield and impair move the wiper blade down the wiper nal position; otherwise it may be driver vision. arm . damaged when the hood is opened. 3. Insert the new wiper blade onto the . wiper arm until a click sounds. Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm 4. Rotate the wiper blade so that the may be damaged from wind dimple is in the groove. pressure.

8-16 Do-it-yourself REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES

It is recommended you contact a NISSAN If the brakes do not operate properly, it is dealer if checking or replacement is recommended you have the brakes required. checked by a NISSAN dealer. SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes. The disc-type brakes self-adjust every time the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

Have your brake system checked if the brake pedal height does not return to normal. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires replacement, it will make a high pitched SDI2693 scraping sound when the vehicle is in Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle motion. This scraping sound will first . This may cause improper windshield occur only when the brake pedal is washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, depressed. After more wear of the brake remove any objects with a needle or small pad, the sound will always be heard even pin . Be careful not to damage the if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have nozzle. the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard. Under some driving or climate conditions,

Do-it-yourself 8-17 FUSES occasional brake squeak, squeal or other 2. Open the engine hood. noise may be heard. Occasional brake 3. Remove the fuse/fusible link box cov- noise during light to moderate stops is er by using a suitable tool and pushing normal and does not affect the function the tab. or performance of the brake system. 4. Locate the fuse that needs to be Proper brake inspection intervals replaced. should be followed. For additional information, see the maintenance schedule 5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller shown in the “9. Maintenance and sche- located in the passenger compart- dules” section. ment fuse box.

JVM0386X ENGINE COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off.

8-18 Do-it-yourself 6. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service.

SDI1753 JVM0444X Type A The holder also contains the fuses. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for checking and/or replacing. Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not operate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links. If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer.

SDI1754 Type B

Do-it-yourself 8-19 JVM0387X SDI1754 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT 2. Remove the fuse box cover. 4. If the fuse is open , replace it with a new fuse . 3. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller . 5. If a new fuse also opens, have the WARNING electrical system checked and repaired. It is recommended you visit a Never use a fuse of a higher or lower NISSAN dealer for this service. amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not operate, check for an open fuse. 1. Be sure the ignition switch and the headlight switch are turned off.

8-20 Do-it-yourself KEY FOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT

NOTE: If the extended storage fuse switch CAUTION malfunctions or if the fuse is open, it is not necessary to replace the switch. In . this case, remove the extended storage Be careful not to allow children to fuse switch and replace it with a new swallow the battery and removed fuse of the same rating. parts. . How to remove the extended storage An improperly disposed battery fuse switch: can harm the environment. Al- ways confirm local regulations 1. To remove the extended storage fuse for battery disposal. switch, be sure the ignition switch is in . the OFF or LOCK position. When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the compo- 2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the nents. OFF position. JVM0415X . There is danger of explosion if the 3. Remove the fuse box cover. lithium battery is incorrectly re- Extended storage fuse switch (if so 4. Pinch the locking tabs found on placed. Replace only with the equipped) each side of the extended storage same or equivalent type. To reduce battery drain, the extended fuse switch. storage fuse switch comes from the 5. Pull the extended storage fuse switch factory switched off. Prior to delivery of straight out from the fuse box . your vehicle, the switch is pushed in (switched on) and should always remain on. If the extended storage fuse switch is not pushed in (switched on), the meter may display a warning message. See “20. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse warning” (P.2-33). If any electrical equipment does not operate, remove the extended storage fuse switch and check for an open fuse. Do-it-yourself 8-21 . Do not touch the internal circuit For Canada: and electric terminals as doing so This device complies with Industry Ca- could cause a malfunction. . nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Hold the battery by the edges. Operation is subject to the following Holding the battery across the two conditions: (1) this device may not contact points will seriously deplete cause interference, and (2) this device the storage capacity. must accept any interference, including . + Make sure that the side faces the interference that may cause undesired bottom of the case . operation of the device. 3. Close the lid securely. 4. Operate the buttons to check its operation. See a NISSAN dealer if you need assistance for replacement. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any JVM0381X interference received, including interference that may cause undesired op- To replace the battery: eration. 1. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit Note: Changes or modifications not to open the lid. Use a cloth to expressly approved by the party re- protect the casing. sponsible for compliance could void 2. Replace the battery with a new one. the user’s authority to operate the equipment. Recommended battery: CR2032 or equivalent 8-22 Do-it-yourself INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

Use a cloth to protect the casing. CAUTION 3. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: . Be careful not to allow children to CR2032 or equivalent swallow the battery and removed . Do not touch the internal circuit parts. and electric terminals as doing so . An improperly disposed battery could cause a malfunction. can harm the environment. Al- . Hold the battery by the edges. ways confirm local regulations Holding the battery across the for battery disposal. contact points will seriously deplete . When changing batteries, do not the storage capacity. let dust or oil get on the compo- . Make sure that the + side faces the nents. bottom of the case. . There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.

SDI2451 Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows: 1. Remove the mechanical key from the Intelligent Key. 2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part.

Do-it-yourself 8-23 ference that may cause undesired operation. Note: Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Ca- nada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device SDI2452 must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired 4. Align the tips of the upper and lower operation of the device. parts , and then push them together until it is securely closed. 5. Operate the buttons to check its operation. If you need any assistance for replacement, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including inter- 8-24 Do-it-yourself LIGHTS

1. Front parking light/Daytime running light 2. Front turn signal light 3. Headlight (high-beam) 4. Headlight (low-beam) 5. Front side marker light 6. Map light and front room light 7. Room light 8. Side turn signal light (if so equipped) 9. Front fog light (if so equipped) 10. Cargo light 11. High-mounted stop light 12. Rear combination light (tail light, stop light, rear turn signal light) 13. Rear side marker light 14. License plate light 15. Reverse light/Tail light HEADLIGHTS Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for servicing. JVM0787X

Do-it-yourself 8-25 Replacing . Aiming is not necessary after LED headlight model: replacing the bulb. When aiming adjustment is necessary, it is If LED headlight replacement is required, recommended you visit a NISSAN it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. dealer for this service. Halogen headlight model: Use the same number and wattage as The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type originally installed as shown in the chart. which uses a replaceable headlight (halogen) bulb.

CAUTION

. Do not leave the bulb out of the headlight reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. entering the headlight body may affect bulb performance. . High pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass JVM0395X envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped. Low-beam/High-beam: . Only touch the base when hand- 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. ling the bulb. Never touch the 2. Disconnect the electrical connector glass envelope. Touching the from the rear end of the bulb. glass envelope could significantly 3. Remove the headlight bulb by turning it affect bulb life and/or headlight counterclockwise. Do not shake or rotate performance. the bulb when removing it. 4. Install the new bulb in the reverse order of 8-26 Do-it-yourself removal. EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. Headlight high/low beams (Halogen) 65/55 H9/H11 Headlight high/low beams (LED)* LED - Front turn signal light* 21 WY21W Front parking light* LED - Front side marker light* LED - Front fog light (if so equipped)* 55 H11 Side turn signal light (if so equipped)* LED - Daytime running light* LED - Rear combination light* Turn signal light 21 W21W Stop/tail light 21/5 W21/5W Tail light 3.8 W3.8W Back-up 16 W16W Rear side marker light* 5 W5W License plate light* 5 W5W Map light* LED — Vanity mirror light (if so equipped)* 1.8 — High-mounted stop light* LED — Room light 8 — Cargo light 5 — Glove box light* 1.4 —

*: It is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for replacement. NOTE: It is recommended that you check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN dealer for the latest information about parts.

Do-it-yourself 8-27 SDI1499A Room light

SDI2306 SDI2653 Cargo light : REMOVE : INSTALL Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

8-28 Do-it-yourself WHEELS AND TIRES

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” (P.6- Tire inflation pressure outside the vehicle for inflating the 3). Check the pressure of the tires tires to the recommended COLD TIRE PRESSURE (including the spare) often and al- tire pressure. (See “TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert” (P.5-7).) Tire Pressure Monitoring System ways prior to long distance trips. (TPMS) The recommended tire pressure Incorrect tire pressure, including specifications are shown on the This vehicle is equipped with the Tire under inflation, may adversely Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It Tire and Loading Information label affect tire life and vehicle hand- monitors tire pressure of all tires except under the “Cold Tire Pressure” ling. the spare. When the low tire pressure heading. The Tire and Loading In- warning light is lit, and the “Tire Pressure formation label is affixed to the WARNING Low - Add Air” warning message is driver side center pillar. Tire pres- displayed in the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is sig- sures should be checked regularly . Improperly inflated tires can nificantly under-inflated. because: fail suddenly and cause an The TPMS will activate only when the . Most tires naturally lose air over accident. vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH time. . The Gross Vehicle Weight (25 km/h). Also, this system may not . Tires can lose air suddenly when rating (GVWR) is located on detect a sudden drop in tire pressure driven over potholes or other (for example a flat tire while driving). the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. cer- objects or if the vehicle strikes tification label. The vehicle For more details, see “Low tire pressure a curb while parking. warning light” (P.2-13), “Tire Pressure Mon- weight capacity is indicated itoring System (TPMS)” (P.5-5) and “Tire The tire pressures should be on the Tire and Loading In- Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)” (P.6- checked when the tires are cold. formation label. Do not load 3). The tires are considered COLD after your vehicle beyond this ca- the vehicle has been parked for 3 or pacity. Overloading your ve- more hours, or driven less than 1 hicle may result in reduced mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. tire life, unsafe operating TPMS with Easy Fill Tire Alert pro- conditions due to premature vides visual and audible signals tire failure, or unfavorable

Do-it-yourself 8-29 handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Loading beyond the specified capacity may also result in failure of other vehicle components. . Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level. . For additional information regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” (Canada) in the Warranty Information Book- let.

8-30 Do-it-yourself Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to provide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicle’s GVWR. Tire size — see “Tire labeling” (P.8-33). Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so

SDI2503 equipped) Tire and Loading Information label hicle loading information” Seating capacity: The max- (P.10-11). imum number of occu- Original size: The size of pants that can be seated the tires originally installed in the vehicle. on the vehicle at the fac- Vehicle load limit: See “Ve- tory.

Do-it-yourself 8-31 4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. 5. Add air to the tire as needed. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to release pressure. Recheck the pressure and add or release air as needed. SDI1949 6. Install the valve stem cap. 7. Check the pressure of all other Checking the tire pressure tires, including the spare. 1. Remove the valve stem cap from the tire. 2. Press the pressure gauge squarely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, or air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, reposition the gauge to eliminate this leakage. 3. Remove the gauge.

8-32 Do-it-yourself COLD TIRE INFLATION SIZE PRESSURE 215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI FRONT ORIGINAL 215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI TIRE 225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI 215/65 R16 98H 230 kPa, 33 PSI REAR ORIGINAL TIRE 215/60 R17 96H 230 kPa, 33 PSI 225/45 R19 92W 240 kPa, 35 PSI SPARE TIRE T145/90 D16 106M 420 kPa, 60 PSI

SDI1575 Example TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and de- scribes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

Do-it-yourself 8-33 height to width. 4. R: The “R” stands for radial. 5. Two-digit number (16): This number is the wheel or rim diameter in inches. 6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tire’s load index. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can support. You may not find this information on all tires because SDI1606 it is not required by law. JVM0694X Example 7. H: Tire speed rating. You should Example Tire size (example: P215/60R16 not drive the vehicle faster than TIN (Tire Identification Number) 94H) the tire speed rating. for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX 1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is XXX XXXX) designed for passenger vehicles. 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “De- (Not all tires have this informa- partment of Transportation”. tion.) The symbol can be placed 2. Three-digit number (215): This above, below or to the left or number gives the width in milli- right of the Tire Identification meters of the tire from sidewall Number. edge to sidewall edge. 2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s 3. Two-digit number (60): This identification mark number, known as the aspect 3. Two-digit code: Tire size ratio, gives the tire’s ratio of

8-34 Do-it-yourself 4. Three-digit code: Tire type code mum load in kilograms and pounds (2) the outward facing sidewall of (Optional) that can be carried by the tire. an asymmetrical tire that has a 5. Four numbers represent the When replacing the tires on the particular side that must always week and year the tire was built. vehicle, always use a tire that has face outward when mounted on a For example, the numbers 3103 the same load rating as the factory vehicle. means the 31st week of 2003. If installed tire. TYPES OF TIRES these numbers are missing, then Term of “tubeless” or “tube type” look on the other sidewall of the Indicates whether the tire requires WARNING tire. an inner tube (“tube type”) or not Tire ply composition and materi- (“tubeless”). . When changing or replacing tires, al be sure all four tires are of the The word “radial” same type (Example: Summer, All The number of layers or plies of The word “radial” is shown, if the Season or Snow) and construc- rubber-coated fabric in the tire. tire has radial structure. tion. A NISSAN dealer may be able Tire manufacturers also must in- to help you with information Manufacturer or brand name about tire type, size, speed rating dicate the materials in the tire, Manufacturer or brand name is and availability. which include steel, nylon, polye- shown. . Replacement tires may have a ster, and others. Other tire-related terminology: lower speed rating than the fac- Maximum permissible inflation tory equipped tires, and may not pressure In addition to the many terms that match the potential maximum are defined throughout this sec- vehicle speed. Never exceed the This number is the greatest tion, Intended Outboard Sidewall is maximum speed rating of the amount of air pressure that should (1) the sidewall that contains a tire. be put in the tire. Do not exceed the . whitewall, bears white lettering or Replacing tires with those not maximum permissible inflation originally specified by NISSAN bears manufacturer, brand and/or pressure. could affect the proper operation model name molding that is higher of the TPMS. Maximum load rating or deeper than the same molding This number indicates the maxi- on the other sidewall of the tire, or Do-it-yourself 8-35 . For additional information re- Summer tires tires. Skid and traction capabilities of garding tires, refer to “Important NISSAN specifies summer tires on some studded snow tires, on wet or dry sur- Tire Safety Information” (US) or models to provide superior performance faces, may be poorer than that of non- “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- on dry roads. Summer tire performance is studded snow tires. da) in the Warranty Information substantially reduced in snow and ice. TIRE CHAINS Booklet. Summer tires do not have the tire trac- Use of tire chains may be prohibited . Always use tires of the same type, tion rating M&S on the tire sidewall. according to location. Check the local size, brand, construction and If you plan to operate your vehicle in laws before installing tire chains. When tread pattern on all four wheels. snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recom- installing tire chains, make sure they are Failure to do so may result in a mends the use of SNOW tires or ALL the proper size for the tires on your circumference difference be- SEASON tires on all four wheels. vehicle and are installed according to tween tires on the front and rear the chain manufacturer’s suggestions. axles which can cause the Vehicle Snow tires Use only SAE Class S chains. Class “S” Dynamic Control (VDC) system to If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to chains are used on vehicles with re- malfunction resulting in personal select tires equivalent in size and load stricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles injury or death, excessive tire rating to the original equipment tires. If that can use Class “S” chains are designed wear and may damage the trans- you do not, it can adversely affect the to meet the SAE standard minimum mission, transfer case and differ- safety and handling of your vehicle. clearances between the tire and the ential gears. Generally, snow tires will have lower closest vehicle suspension or body com- speed ratings than factory equipped tires ponent required to accommodate the All season tires and may not match the potential max- use of a winter traction device (tire chains imum vehicle speed. Never exceed the or cables). The minimum clearances are NISSAN specifies all season tires on some maximum speed rating of the tire. determined using the factory equipped models to provide good performance all tire size. Other types may damage your year, including snowy and icy road con- If you install snow tires, they must be the vehicle. Use chain tensioners when re- ditions. All Season tires are identified by same size, brand, construction and tread commended by the tire chain manufac- ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) pattern on all four wheels. turer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have For additional traction on icy roads, of the tire chain must be secured or better snow traction than All Season tires studded tires may be used. However, removed to prevent the possibility of and may be more appropriate in some some U.S. states and Canadian provinces whipping action damage to the fenders areas. prohibit their use. Check local, state and or underbody. If possible, avoid fully load- provincial laws before installing studded ing your vehicle when using tire chains. In

8-36 Do-it-yourself addition, drive at a reduced speed. Other- The wheel nuts must be kept wise, your vehicle may be damaged and/ tightened to the specification at or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear specification at each tire rotation wheels. interval. Never install tire chains on a TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. WARNING Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions . After rotating the tires, can cause damage to the various me- check and adjust the tire chanisms of the vehicle due to some pressure. overstress. SDI1662 . Retighten the wheel nuts CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 Tire rotation km) (also in cases of a flat NISSAN recommends rotating the tire, etc.). tires every 5,000 miles (8,000 km). . Do not include the spare tire (See “Flat tire” (P.6-3) for tire repla- in the tire rotation. cing procedures.) . For additional information As soon as possible, tighten the regarding tires, refer to “Im- wheel nuts to the specified torque portant Tire Safety Informa- with a torque wrench. tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Wheel nut tightening torque: Information” (Canada) in the 80 ft-lb (108 N·m) Warranty Information Book- let.

Do-it-yourself 8-37 . The original tires have built- Warranty Information Book- in tread wear indicators. let. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be Replacing wheels and tires replaced. When replacing a tire, use the same size, . Tires degrade with age and tread design, speed rating and load use. Have tires, including the carrying capacity as originally equipped. spare, over 6 years old (See “Specifications” (P.10-7) for recom- checked by a qualified tech- mended types and sizes of tires and nician, because some tire wheels.) damage may not be ob- vious. Replace the tires as WARNING SDI1663 necessary to prevent tire . 1. Wear indicator failure and possible perso- The use of tires other than those 2. Wear indicator location mark nal injury. recommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, con- Tire wear and damage . Improper service of the struction (bias, bias-belted or ra- spare tire may result in ser- dial), or tread patterns can ious personal injury. If it is adversely affect the ride, braking, WARNING necessary to repair the handling, VDC system, ground spare tire, it is recom- clearance, body-to-tire clearance, . Tires should be periodically tire chain clearance, speed- inspected for wear, cracking, mended you visit a NISSAN ometer calibration, headlight bulging or objects caught in dealer for this service. aim and bumper height. Some of the tread. If excessive wear, . For additional information these effects may lead to accidents and could result in serious cracks, bulging or deep cuts regarding tires, refer to “Im- portant Tire Safety Informa- personal injury. are found, the tire(s) should . tion” (US) or “Tire Safety For Two-Wheel Drive (2WD) mod- be replaced. els, if your vehicle was originally Information” (Canada) in the equipped with 4 tires that were 8-38 Do-it-yourself the same size and you are only possible. It is recommended you . The use of retread tire is not replacing 2 of the 4 tires, install visit a NISSAN dealer for these recommended. the new tires on the rear axle. services. . For additional information re- Placing new tires on the front . Replacing tires with those not garding tires, refer to “Important axle may cause loss of vehicle originally specified by NISSAN Tire Safety Information” (US) or control in some driving condi- could affect the proper operation “Tire Safety Information” (Cana- tions and cause an accident and of the TPMS. da) in the Warranty Information personal injury. . The TPMS sensor may be da- Booklet. . If the wheels are changed for any maged if it is not handled cor- reason, always replace with rectly. Be careful when handling All-Wheel Drive (AWD) models wheels which have the same off- the TPMS sensor. set dimension. Wheels of a differ- . ent off-set could cause prema- When replacing the TPMS sensor, CAUTION ture tire wear, degrade vehicle the ID registration may be required. It is recommended you handling characteristics and/or . interference with the brake visit a NISSAN dealer for ID regis- Always use tires of the same size, discs/drums. Such interference tration. brand, construction (bias, bias- can lead to decreased braking . Do not use a valve stem cap that belted or radial), and tread pat- efficiency and/or early brake is not specified by NISSAN. The tern on all four wheels. Failure to pad/shoe wear. See “Wheels and valve stem cap may become do so may result in a circumfer- tires” (P.10-7) of this manual for stuck. ence difference between tires on the front and rear axles which will wheel off-set dimensions. . Be sure that the valve stem caps cause excessive tire wear and . Since the spare tire is not are correctly fitted. Otherwise the may damage the transmission, equipped with the TPMS, when a valve may be clogged up with dirt transfer case and rear differential spare tire is mounted or a wheel and cause a malfunction or loss gears. is replaced, the TPMS will not of pressure. . Only use spare tires specified for function and the low tire pressure . Do not install a damaged or each AWD model. warning light will flash for ap- deformed wheel or tire even if it proximately 1 minute. The light has been repaired. Such wheels If excessive tire wear is found, it is will remain on after 1 minute. or tires could have structural recommended that all four tires be re- Have your tires replaced and/or damage and could fail without placed with tires of the same size, brand, TPMS system reset as soon as warning. Do-it-yourself 8-39 construction and tread pattern. The tire Spare tire 50 MPH (80 km/h). pressure and wheel alignment should Since the spare tire is not equipped with . also be checked and corrected as neces- When driving on roads covered the TPMS, when a spare tire is mounted with snow or ice, the TEMPORARY sary. It is recommended you visit a (TEMPORARY USE ONLY), the TPMS will NISSAN dealer for this service. USE ONLY spare tire should be not function. used on the rear wheels and Wheel balance Observe the following precautions if the original tire used on the front Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire must be wheels (drive wheels). Use tire handling and tire life. Even with regular used, otherwise your vehicle could be chains only on the front (original) use, wheels can get out of balance. damaged or involved in an accident. tires. Therefore, they should be balanced as . Tire tread of the TEMPORARY USE required. WARNING ONLY spare tire will wear at a Wheel balance service should be per- faster rate than the standard tire. Replace the spare tire as soon as formed with the wheels off the vehicle. . The TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare Spin balancing the wheels on the vehi- the tread wear indicators appear. tire should be used for emer- . cle could lead to mechanical damage. gency use. It should be replaced Do not use the spare tire on other For additional information regarding tires, with the standard tire at the first vehicles. refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- opportunity to avoid possible tire . Do not use more than one spare tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” or differential damage. tire at the same time. (Canada) in the Warranty Information . Drive carefully while the TEMPOR- Booklet. ARY USE ONLY spare tire is in- Care of wheels stalled. Avoid sharp turns and CAUTION abrupt braking while driving. See “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2) for details . about care of the wheels. Periodically check spare tire in- . Do not use tire chains on a flation pressure. Always keep the TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire. pressure of the TEMPORARY USE Tire chains will not fit properly ONLY spare tire at 60 psi (420 and may cause damage to the kPa, 4.2 bar). vehicle. . With the TEMPORARY USE ONLY . Because the TEMPORARY USE spare tire installed, do not drive ONLY spare tire is smaller than your vehicle at speeds faster than the original tire, ground clearance

8-40 Do-it-yourself is reduced. To avoid damage to the vehicle, do not drive over obstacles. Also do not drive the vehicle through an automatic car wash since it may get caught.

Do-it-yourself 8-41 MEMO

8-42 Do-it-yourself 9 Maintenance and schedules

Maintenance requirement ...... 9-2 Maintenance schedules ...... 9-6 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Additional maintenance items for severe Scheduled maintenance ...... 9-2 operating conditions ...... 9-6 Where to go for service ...... 9-2 Standard maintenance ...... 9-7 General maintenance ...... 9-2 Emission control system maintenance ...... 9-8 Explanation of general maintenance items...... 9-2 Chassis and body maintenance ...... 9-11 Explanation of scheduled maintenance items...... 9-5 Maintenance under severe Emission control system maintenance...... 9-5 driving conditions ...... 9-13 Chassis and body maintenance ...... 9-6 Maintenance log ...... 9-14 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

Some day-to-day and regular mainte- SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE During the normal day-to-day operation nance is essential to maintain your vehi- of the vehicle, general maintenance The maintenance items listed in this should be performed regularly as pre- cle good mechanical condition, as well as section are required to be serviced at its emission and engine performance. scribed in this section. If you detect any regular intervals. However, under severe unusual sounds, vibrations or smells, be It is the owner’s responsibility to make driving conditions, additional or more sure to check for the cause or have it sure that the scheduled maintenance, as frequent maintenance will be required. checked promptly. In addition, it is re- well as general maintenance, is per- WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE commended that you visit a NISSAN deal- formed. If maintenance service is required or your er if you think that repairs are required. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one vehicle appears to malfunction, have the When performing any checks or mainte- who can ensure that your vehicle receives systems checked and serviced. It is re- nance work, see “Maintenance precau- the proper maintenance care. You are a commended you visit a NISSAN dealer for tions” (P.8-2). vital link in the maintenance chain. this service. EXPLANATION OF GENERAL MAIN- GENERAL MAINTENANCE NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- TENANCE ITEMS General maintenance includes those cialists and are kept up-to-date with the items which should be checked during latest service information through tech- Additional information on the following normal day-to-day operation. They are nical bulletins, service tips, and training items with “*” is found in the “8. Do-it- essential for proper vehicle operation. It is programs. They are completely qualified yourself” section of this manual. your responsibility to perform these pro- to work on NISSAN vehicles before work Outside the vehicle cedures regularly as prescribed. begins. The maintenance items listed here should Performing general maintenance checks You can be confident that a NISSAN be performed from time to time, unless requires minimal mechanical skill and dealer’s service department performs otherwise specified. only a few general automotive tools. the best job to meet the maintenance requirements on your vehicle. Doors and engine hood: Check that all These checks or inspections can be done doors and the engine hood operate by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you properly. Also ensure that all latches lock prefer, a NISSAN dealer. securely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure that the secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or

9-2 Maintenance and schedules other corrosive materials, check lubrica- normal highway speeds, wheel balancing immediately. It is recommended you visit tion frequently. may be needed. a NISSAN dealer for this service. Keep the Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular For additional information regarding tires, floor mat away from the pedal. basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa- Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull lights, tail lights, turn signal lights, and tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information” the vehicle to one side when applied. other lights are all operating properly and (Canada) in the NISSAN Warranty Infor- Continuously Variable Transmission installed securely. Also check headlight mation Booklet. (CVT) P (Park) mechanism: On a fairly aim. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When regular basis. Check the windshield at securely with the shift lever in the P (Park) checking the tires, make sure no wheel least every six months for cracks or other position without applying any brakes. nuts are missing, and check for any loose damage. Have a damaged windshield Parking brake: Check the parking brake wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. repaired by a qualified repair facility. operation regularly. The vehicle should be Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated Windshield wiper blades*: Check for securely held on a fairly steep hill with every 5,000 miles (8,000 km). cracks or wear if they do not wipe only the parking brake applied. If the Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge properly. parking brake needs adjusted, it is recommended you visit a NISSAN dealer for often and always prior to long distance Inside the vehicle trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in this service. all tires, including the spare, to the The maintenance items listed here should Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat pressure specified. Check carefully for be checked on a regular basis, such as belt system (for example, buckles, an- damage, cuts or excessive wear. when performing scheduled mainte- chors, adjusters and retractors) operate nance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) properly and smoothly, and are installed transmitter components: Replace the Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve smooth operation and make sure the fraying, wear or damage. core and cap when the tires are replaced pedal does not catch or require uneven Seats: Check seat position controls such due to wear or age. effort. Keep the floor mat away from the as seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. pedal. Wheel alignment and balance: If the to ensure they operate smoothly and that vehicle should pull to either side while Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth all latches lock securely in every position. driving on a straight and level road, or if operation. If the brake pedal suddenly Check that the head restraints move up you detect uneven or abnormal tire wear, goes down further than normal, the pedal and down smoothly and that the locks (if there may be a need for wheel alignment. feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take so equipped) hold securely in all latched longer to stop, have your vehicle checked positions. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at Maintenance and schedules 9-3 Steering wheel: Check for changes in the 1. Installation or extended use of elec- 4) for exhaust gas (carbon monoxide).) steering conditions, such as excessive tronic accessories that consume Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for free play, hard steering or strange noises. battery power when the engine is fuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks after the Warning lights and chimes: Make sure not running (Phone chargers, GPS, vehicle has been parked for a while. Water that all warning lights and chimes are DVD players, etc.) dripping from the air conditioner after use operating properly. 2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/ is normal. If you should notice any leaks Windshield defroster: Check that the air or only driven short distances. or if gasoline fumes are evident, check for comes out of the defroster outlets prop- the cause and have it corrected immedi- In these cases, the battery may need to ately. erly and in sufficient quantity when oper- be charged to maintain battery health. ating the heater or air conditioner. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of Brake and clutch fluid level*: Make sure the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the brake and clutch fluid level is that the wipers and washers operate leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. between the MAX and MIN lines on the Make sure the hoses have no cracks, properly and that the wipers do not reservoir. streak. deformation, rot or loose connections. Engine coolant level*: Check the coolant Underbody: The underbody is frequently Under the hood and vehicle level when the engine is cold. exposed to corrosive substances such as The maintenance items listed here should Engine drive belt*: Make sure that the those used on icy roads or to control be checked periodically (for example, drive belt is not frayed, worn, cracked or dust. It is very important to remove these each time you check the engine oil or oily. substances, otherwise rust will form on refuel). Engine oil level*: Check the level after the floor pan, frame, fuel lines and around Battery*: Check the fluid level in each cell. parking the vehicle on a level surface and the exhaust system. At the end of winter, turning off the engine. Wait more than 10 the underbody should be thoroughly It should be between the MAX and MIN flushed with plain water, being careful to lines. Vehicles operated in high tempera- minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan. clean those areas where mud and dirt tures or under severe condition require may accumulate. For additional informa- Exhaust system: Make sure there are no frequent checks of the battery fluid level. tion, see “Cleaning exterior” (P.7-2). NOTE: loose supports, cracks or holes. If the sound of the exhaust seems unusual or Windshield washer fluid*: Check that Care should be taken to avoid situations there is a smell of exhaust fumes, im- there is adequate fluid in the reservoir. that can lead to potential battery dis- mediately have the exhaust system in- charge and potential no-start condi- spected. It is recommended you visit a tions such as: NISSAN dealer for this service. (See “Pre- cautions when starting and driving” (P.5- 9-4 Maintenance and schedules EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS

The following descriptions are provided For recommended fuel, lubricants, Engine oil and oil filter: to give you a better understanding of the fluids, grease, and refrigerant, refer to Replace engine oil and oil filter at the scheduled maintenance items that “Capacities and recommended fluids/ specified intervals. For recommended oil should be regularly checked or replaced. lubricants” (P.10-2) of this manual. grade and viscosity refer to “Capacities The maintenance schedule indicates at EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAIN- and recommended fluids/lubricants” which mileage/time intervals each item (P.10-2). requires service. TENANCE Engine valve clearance*: In addition to scheduled maintenance, Drive belt*: your vehicle requires that some items be Check engine drive belt for wear, fraying Inspect only if valve noise increases. checked during normal day-to-day op- or cracking and for proper tension. Re- Adjust valve clearance if necessary. eration. Refer to “General maintenance” place any damaged drive belt. Evaporative emissions control vapor (P.9-2). Engine air filter: lines*: Items marked with “*” are recommended Replace at specified intervals. When driv- Check vapor lines for leaks or looseness. by NISSAN for reliable vehicle operation. ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi- Tighten connections or replace parts as You are not required to perform main- tions, check/replace the filter more necessary. tenance on these items in order to frequently. maintain the warranties which come with Fuel filter your vehicle. Other maintenance items Engine coolant*: Periodic maintenance is not required (in- and intervals are required. Replace coolant at the specified interval. tank type filter). When applicable, additional information When adding or replacing coolant, be Fuel lines*: sure to use only Genuine NISSAN Long can be found in the “8. Do-it-yourself” Check the fuel hoses, piping and connec- section of this manual. Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent with the proper mixture. (Refer to tions for leaks, looseness, or deterioration. NOTE: “Engine cooling system” (P.8-4) to deter- Tighten connections or replace parts as NISSAN does not advocate the use of mine the proper mixture for your area.) necessary. non-OEM approved aftermarket flush- NOTE: Spark plugs: ing systems and strongly advises Mixing any other type of coolant or the Replace at specified intervals. Install new against performing these services on a plugs of the type as originally equipped. NISSAN product. Many of the aftermar- use of non-distilled water may reduce ket flushing systems use non-OEM ap- the recommended service interval of proved chemicals or solvents, the use of the coolant. which has not been validated by NISSAN. Maintenance and schedules 9-5 MAINTENANCE SCHEDULES

CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE Tire rotation: To help ensure smooth, safe and economical driving, NISSAN provides two Brake lines and cables: Tires should be rotated every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) according to the instructions maintenance schedules that may be Visually inspect for proper installation. used, depending upon the conditions in Check for chafing, cracks, deterioration, under “Explanation of general maintenance items” (P.9-2). When rotating tires, which you usually drive. These schedules and signs of leaking. Replace any deterio- contain both distance and time intervals, rated or damaged parts immediately. check for damage and uneven wear. Replace if necessary. up to 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 Brake pads and rotors: months. For most people, the odometer Transmission fluid/oil, differential oil reading will indicate when service is Check for wear, deterioration and fluid and transfer case oil: needed. However, if you drive very little, leaks. Replace any deteriorated or da- your vehicle should be serviced at the maged parts immediately. Visually inspect for signs of leakage at specified intervals. regular time intervals shown in the sche- Exhaust system: If using a car-top carrier, or driving on dule. Visually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler rough or muddy roads: After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 and hangers for leaks, cracks, deteriora- . Replace the Manual Transmission months, continue maintenance at the tion, and damage. Tighten connections or same mileage/time intervals. replace parts as necessary. gear oil every 20,000 miles (32,000 km) or 24 months. ADDITIONAL MAINTENANCE ITEMS In-cabin microfilter: . Replace the CVT fluid every 60,000 FOR SEVERE OPERATING CONDI- Replace at specified intervals. When driv- miles (96,000 km) or request the deal- TIONS ing for prolonged periods in dusty condi- er to inspect the fluid deterioration tions, replace the filter more frequently. data using a CONSULT. If the dete- Additional maintenance items for severe operating conditions; should be Propeller shaft(s): rioration data is more than 210,000, replace the CVT fluid. performed on vehicles that are driven Check for damage, looseness, and grease under especially demanding conditions. leakage. (AWD) Additional maintenance items should be Steering gear and linkage, axle and performed if you primarily operate your suspension parts, drive shaft boots: vehicle under the following conditions: Check for damage, looseness, and leak- . Repeated short trips of less than 5 age of oil or grease. Under severe driving miles (8 km). conditions, inspect more frequently. . Repeated short trips of less than 10 miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing.

9-6 Maintenance and schedules STANDARD MAINTENANCE

. Operating in hot weather in stop-and- The following tables show the standard go “rush hour” traffic. maintenance schedule. Depending upon . Extensive idling and/or low speed weather and atmospheric conditions, driving for long distances, such as varying road surfaces, individual driving police, taxi or door-to-door delivery habits and vehicle usage, additional or use. more frequent maintenance may be re- . Driving in dusty conditions. quired. . Driving on rough, muddy or salt After 120,000 miles (192,000 km)/144 spread roads. months, continue maintenance at the . Using a car-top carrier. same mileage/time intervals. NOTE: For vehicles operated in Canada, both standard and severe maintenance items should be performed at every interval.

Maintenance and schedules 9-7 EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles × 1,000 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Perform at number of miles, (km × 1,000) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 kilometers or months, Months (8) (16) (24) (32) (40) (48) (56) (64) (72) (80) (88) (96) whichever comes first. 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil RRRRRRRRRRRR

Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (7) clearance*

9-8 Maintenance and schedules MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles × 1,000 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Perform at number of miles, (km × 1,000) 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 kilometers or months, Months (104) (112) (120) (128) (136) (144) (152) (160) (168) (176) (184) (192) whichever comes first. 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 Drive belt See NOTE (1) I* I* I* I* I* I*

Air cleaner filter See NOTE (2) R R

EVAP vapor lines I* I* I*

Fuel lines I* I* I*

Fuel filter See NOTE (3)

Engine coolant* See NOTE (4)(5)

Engine oil RRRRRRRRRRRR

Engine oil filter RRRRRRRRRRRR

Spark plugs See NOTE (6) Replace every 105,000 miles (168,000 km) Intake and exhaust valve See NOTE (7) clearance*

NOTE: miles (168,000 km) or 84 months. After (6) Replace spark plug when the plug (1) After 40,000 miles (64,000 km) or 48 first replacement, replace every 75,000 gap exceeds 0.053 in (1.35 mm) even if months, inspect every 10,000 miles miles (120,000 km) or 60 months. within specified replacement mileage. (16,000 km) or 12 months. Replace the (5) Use only Genuine NISSAN Long Life (7) Periodic maintenance is not re- drive belt if found damaged. Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent quired. However, if valve noise in- (2) If operating mainly in dusty condi- with proper mixture ratio of 50% anti- creases, inspect valve clearance. tions, more frequent maintenance may freeze and 50% demineralized or dis- *: Maintenance items and intervals with be required. tilled water. Mixing any other type of “*” are recommended by NISSAN for (3) Periodic maintenance is not re- coolant or the use of non-distilled water reliable vehicle operation. The owner quired. may reduce the life expectancy of the does not need to perform such main- factory fill coolant. (4) First replacement interval is 105,000 tenance in order to maintain the emis- Maintenance and schedules 9-9 sion warranty or manufacturer recall liability. Other maintenance items and intervals are required.

9-10 Maintenance and schedules CHASSIS AND BODY MAINTENANCE Abbreviations: I = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary, R = Replace MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles × 1,000 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Perform at of miles, kilo- (km × 1,000) 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 meters or months, whichever Months (8) (16) (24) (32) (40) (48) (56) (64) (72) (80) (88) (96) comes first. 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ II I I I I

Brake fluid$ RR R

CVT fluid See NOTE (1) II I I I I Manual Transmission gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid and differential See NOTE (2) I I I I I I gear oil Steering gear and linkage, II I axle and suspension parts$ Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft (AWD) and II I I I I drive shaft boots$ Exhaust system$ II I

In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery I R R R

Maintenance and schedules 9-11 MAINTENANCE OPERATION Miles × 1,000 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL Perform at of miles, kilo- (km × 1,000) 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 meters or months, which- Months (104) (112) (120) (128) (136) (144) (152) (160) (168) (176) (184) (192) ever comes first. 78 84 90 96 102 108 114 120 126 132 138 144 Brake lines and cables I I I I I I

Brake pads and rotors$ II II I I

Brake fluid$ RR R

CVT fluid See NOTE (1) II II I I Manual Transmission gear oil See NOTE (2) I I I I I I

Transfer fluid and differential See NOTE (2) I I I I I I gear oil Steering gear and linkage, II I axle and suspension parts$ Tire rotation See NOTE (3)

Propeller shaft (AWD) and II II I I drive shaft boots$ $ Exhaust system II I In-cabin microfilter R R R R

Intelligent Key battery R R R R

NOTE: fluid deterioration every 60,000 miles (2) If using a car-top carrier, or driving Maintenance items with “$” should be (96,000 km), then change CVT fluid if on rough or muddy roads, change (not performed more frequently according necessary. It is recommended that you just inspect) oil at every 20,000 miles to “Maintenance under severe driving visit a NISSAN dealer for this service. (32,000 km) or 24 months. conditions” (P.9-13). And if the inspection is not performed, (3) Refer to “Tire rotation” under “Gen- (1) If using a car-top carrier, or driving change (not just inspect) CVT fluid every eral maintenance” (P.9-2). on rough or muddy roads, inspect CVT 60,000 miles (96,000 km). 9-12 Maintenance and schedules MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONS

The maintenance intervals shown on the Maintenance item Maintenance opera- Maintenance interval preceding pages are for normal operating tion conditions. If the vehicle is mainly oper- Brake fluid Replace Every 10,000 miles (16,000 km) or 12 ated under severe driving conditions as months shown below, more frequent mainte- Brake pads & rotors Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 nance must be performed on the follow- months ing items as shown in the table. Steering gear & linkage, axle & Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 Severe driving conditions suspension parts months . Repeated short trips of less than 5 Propeller shaft (AWD) and drive Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 shaft boots months miles (8 km). . Exhaust system Inspect Every 5,000 miles (8,000 km) or 6 Repeated short trips of less than 10 months miles (16 km) with outside temperatures remaining below freezing. . Operating in hot weather in stop-and- go “rush hour” traffic. . Extensive idling and/or low speed driving for long distances, such as police, taxi or door-to-door delivery use. . Driving in dusty conditions. . Driving on rough, muddy, or salt spread roads. . Using a car-top carrier. Maintenance operation: Inspect = Inspect and correct or replace as necessary.

Maintenance and schedules 9-13 MAINTENANCE LOG

5,000 Miles (8,000 km) or 6 Months 10,000 Miles (16,000 km) or 12 Months 15,000 Miles (24,000 km) or 18 Months

Dealer Name: Dealer Name: Dealer Name:

Date: Date: Date:

Mileage: Mileage: Mileage: